Текст
                    Volume
The Organic Chemistry
of Drug Synthesis
Daniel Lednicer


THE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF DRUG SYNTHESIS Volume 5
THE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF DRUG SYNTHESIS Volume 5 DANIEL LEDNICER National Cancer Institute Bethesda, Maryland  A Wiley-Interscience Publication JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. New York / Chichester / Brisbane / Toronto / Singapore 
This text is printed on acid-free paper. Copyright @ 1995 by John Wiley & Sons. Inc. All rights reserved. Published simultaneously in Canada. Reproduction or translation of any part of this work beyond that pennitted by Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the pennission of the copyright owner is unlawful. Requests for pennission or further infonnation should be addressed to the Pennissions Department. John Wiley & Sons. Inc.. 605 Third Avenue. New York, NY 10158-00 12. Library of Congress CaJaloging in Publication Data: Lednicer, Daniel, 1929- The organic chemistry of drug synthesis. .. A Wiley-Interscience publication." Includes bibliographical references and Index. I. Chemistry, Phannaceutical. 2. Drugs. 3. Chemistry. Organic-Synthesis. I. Title. [DNLM 1. Chemistry, Organic. 2. Chemistry, Phannaceutical. 3. Drugs-Chemical synthesis. QV 744 L4730 1977] RS403.L38 615' .19 ISBN 0-471-58959-4(v. 5) 76-28387 Printed in the United States of America 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 
To Beryle-my wife, friend, and companion 
The quotation below appeared as the frontpiece in Volume 1 of this series. It is still an apt description of drug discovery close to two decades later. The three princes of Se ren dip , Balakrama, Vijayo and Rajasigha, as they traveled. .. "... were always making discoveries by accident and sagacity, of things they were not in quest of ,'* *Horace Walpole, in a letter of January 28, 1754, as quoted in The Three Princes of Serendip, by E. J. Hodges, Athaneum, New York, 1964. 
CONTENTS PREFACE xi 1 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 1 1 . Acyclic Compounds / 1 2. Alicyclic Compounds / 5 References / 13 2 MONOCYCLIC AROMA TIC COMPOUNDS 14 1 . Pheny lethanolamines / 14 2. Phenoxypropanolamines / 16 3. Benzoic Acid Derivatives / 19 4. Sulfonamides and Sulfonylanilides / 22 5. Arylalkylamines / 25 6. Miscellaneous Monocyclic Aromatic Compounds / 28 References / 33 3 POLYCYCLIC AROMA TIC AND HYDROAROMA TIC COMPOUNDS 35 References / 47 4 STEROIDS 48 References / 62 vii 
viii CONTENTS 5 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES 64 1. Compounds with One Heteroatom / 64 2. Compounds with Two Heteroatoms / 68 3. Compounds with Three Heteroatoms / 75 References / 78 6. SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES 80 1 . Compounds with One Ring Heteroatom / 80 2. Compounds with Two Ring Heteroatoms / 90 3. Rings Containing Three Heteroatoms / 100 References / 102 7 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 105 1 . Benzene Rings Fused to Rings Containing Two Heteroatoms / 115 References / 118 8 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 120 1. Six-Membered Benzoheterocycles Containing One Ring Heteroatom / 120 2. Six-Membered Benzoheterocycles Containing Two Heteroatoms / 130 3. Benzene Fused to Seven-Membered Ring Heterocycles / 135 References / 139 9 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES 141 1. Five-Membered Heterocycles Fused to Pyridines / 141 2. Five-Membered Heterocycles Fused to Pyrimidines / 144 3. Thienothiopyrans / 147 4. Pyridopyridines / 149 5. Miscellaneous Bicyclic Fused Heterocycles / 152 References / 154 1 0 BETA LACT AMS 155 References / 162 
CONTENTS ix 11 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES 163 1 . Linear Tricyclic Compounds / 163 2. Angular Tricyclic Compounds / 170 3. Four or More Fused Heterocyclic Rings / 177 References / 181 Cross Index of Drugs 183 Cumulative Index, Volumes 1-5 191 Subject Index 213 
PREFACE This volume, like its predecessors, is based on the premise that the opera- tional manipulations involved in preparing new therapeutic agents consist of synthetic organic chemistry. Once a target compound has been designed using the tools of medicinal chemistry, it is up to the practitioner to actually synthesize the compound so that it may be evaluated for biological activity. Broad areas of organic chemistry are used to prepare the highly diverse group of chemical structures utilized as therapeutic agents. The emphasis of this series continues to be the exposition of that chemistry as this is probably of interest to chemists outside the confines of medicinal chemistry. Since all target compounds included in this volume have shown biological activity, that infonnation is included as well. An attempt has been made to place actual or potential utility of the agents in context by providing thumbnail sketches of the relevant therapeutic areas. Readers are referred to some of the more specialized medicinal chemistry or phannacology texts for more detailed descriptions of those subjects. The criterion for inclusion of a specific compound in the book is its appearance in the annual compilation of United States Adopted Names (USAN) published by the United States Phannacopeia in "USAN and the USP Dictionary of Adopted Names." The existence of such a designation, known commonly as a generic name and shown in boldface type in the book, is an indication that the sponsoring laboratory considers the compound to show sufficiently promising activity to merit evaluation in the clinic. The current volume includes compounds from approximately 1988, where Vol- xi 
xii PREFACE ume 4 left off, to those that appear in USAN 1993. Readers familiar with the previous volumes will note the smaller number of compounds discussed in this book; whereas over 300 agents each with USAN were included in Volumes 3 and 4, approximately 250 appear in this volume. It would be interesting, but beyond the scope of this book, to speculate whether this represents a drop in the rate of discovery of new therapeutic agents or the adoption of stricter criteria for declaring compounds candidates for clinical trial. The changing nature of medicinal chemistry, as reflected by this series, has been noted in the earlier books. The most profound change indicated by Volume 5 is in the field of antibiotics: a mere nine compounds comprise the section on 13-lactams (Chapter 10), while that on quinolone antibiotics in Chapter 8 has grown to over a dozen compounds. A sizeable number of new therapeutic targets such as lypoxygenase inhibitors, leukotriene antag- onists, and renin inhibitors make their debut in this volume. It is too early to assess their significance since none have yet been approved for clinical practice. The large number of entries whose synthesis appears only in the patent literature, most often in European Patent Applications, precluded consulting original sources; the syntheses for those agents were of necessity recon- structed from condensations in Chemical Abstracts. The reader should bear in mind too that the syntheses presented here, more often than not, represent those aimed at efficiently preparing analogue series. The actual route for preparing a commercialized drug may in fact be quite different. Finally, I will take this opportunity to acknowledge the help provided by my colleague, Dr. Ravi Vanna. Ravi offered cogent comments and sugges- tions on the manuscript and provided invaluable help in insuring that the numbers in the flow diagrams match those in the text. Any remaining errors of course remain my sole responsibility. DANIEL LEDNICER Rockville, Maryland September 1994 
THE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF DRUG SYNTHESIS Volume 5 
CHAPTER 1 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 1. ACYCLIC COMPOUNDS It is generally recognized that the action of a majority of biologically active compounds, and especially drugs, is due to their interaction with receptors or enzymes. The recognition sites on those substrates are composed of de- fined, intricate arrays of atoms that are part of biopolymers. The complexity of the receptor site is thus often mirrored by an equal level of complexity in the molecules with which it interacts. Consequently, it is not surprising to find few drugs based on alicyclic skeletons. Those that fall into this category often owe their activity to physiochemical properties rather than to interaction with a receptor, as for example, in the case of amifostine. Ionizing radiation remains one of the more effective first line therapeutic methods for treatment of cancers. It is however often accompanied by a large number of unwanted effects due to the inability to limit cell damage to the cancerous tissue. Considerable work has consequently been devoted to developing compounds that limit radiation damage to healthy cells. Many of these compounds resulted from the finding that mercaptans tend to have anti radiation activity, possibly because of their ability to remove radiation- generated free radicals. The phosphorothioate amifostine, 4, may be viewed as a highly modified mercaptan derivative. Preparation of the compound starts in straightfolWard fashion by alkylation of 1,3-diaminopropane (1) with 2-chloroethanol; reaction of the product, 2, with hydrogen bromide gives the corresponding bromo derivative 3; the presence of excess hydrogen 1 
2 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS bromide may prevent self-alkylation of the product by protonating the amino groups. Nucleophilic displacement of bromine by sulfur in sodium thio- phosphonate leads, after acidification, to amifostine, 4. 1 H2NNH2  H2NNR H 2, R=OH 3, R...Br 1 o H2NNSP(OH)2 H 4 Calcium channel-blocking agents have found increasing use over the past decade as antianginal and antihypertensive drugs. Most compounds in this class typically consist of heterocycles such as dihydropyridines or benzo- thiazepines. An acyclic bisphosphonate also reportedly exhibits this activity. Alkylation of the anion from diethyl malonate with bromoethylphenol 5 (itself the product of phenoxide and dibromoethane) leads to malonate 6. Reduction of the ester with LAH followed by acylation of the thus produced diol (7) with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride gives the bistosylate 8. Displacement of the tosylates by means of sodium dibutyl phosphonate (9) gives the cal- cium channel-blocking agent belfosdil, 10. 2  1>- °v Br :> (\ I>- OC02Et C0 2 El 5 6 9 1 C}-- 0VYOR OR (\ 1>- 0VY(OBU)2 P(OBu)2 I o o I NaP(OBu)2 .- 7, R-H 1 0 8, R- p-02SCeH.CH3 
1. ACYCLIC COMPOUNDS 3 The most important mechanism for regulating blood pressure involves constriction or dilation of blood vessels on the arterial side. This vascular musculature is in turn under the control of both the involuntary nelVous system, via its neurotransmitter catecholamines, and the set of peptide hor- mones that comprise the renin-angiotensin system. The very potent vaso- constrictor angiotensin II is this system's ultimate effector. The cascade that leads to production of this octapeptide starts with the cleavage of the peptide angiotensinogen to the decapeptide angiotensin I, which is catalyzed by the enzyme renin. Removal of a dipeptide fragment from that intennediate, catalyzed by angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE), gives the physiologi- cally active angiotensin II. IntelVention with the cascade at a number of links seemed like an attractive approach for developing agents that reverse vasoconstriction and consequently lower elevated blood pressure. The clin- ical efficacy of ACE inhibitors such as captopril and enalapril indicated the viability of this approach. Inhibition of the first step in the cascade, by blocking the action of renin, seemed to some to offer the possibility of developing more specific agents. The renin inhibitors described below are all designed as mimics of the peptide bond cleavage involved in the synthesis of angiotensin I from an- giotensinogen I. Though not immediately apparent from the structures, the compounds include a minimal number of peptides or peptide surrogates for recognition by renin. A crucial element in each compound is a moiety closely related to statine (14). This dipetide-like fragment of the fennentation prod- uct, pepstatin, closely resembles the hydrated amide transition state for peptide cleavage and inhibits peptidases at the transition point when part of a larger molecule that is recognized by one of those enzymes. The synthesis of statine 3 illustrates the general approach to these necessary moieties. Thus reduction of leucine as its tert-butylcarbonyl (BOC) derivative I I with diiso- butylaluminum hydride at low temperature leads to the corresponding al- dehyde 12. Condensation of 12 with the lithium salt of ethyl acetate gives the protected statine derivative 13. :> :> BOCNH BOCNH R 1 NH co R 2 2 OH 1 1 1 2 R 1 =BOC, R 2 =Et 13, 14, R 1 =R 2 =H BOC=(CH 3 )3C0 2 
4 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS Preparation of the renin inhibitor terlakiren starts by removal of the BOC protecting group from statine analogue 15 in which the isopropyl group of statine has been replaced by cyclohexyl. Condensation of the amino group under standard peptide synthesis conditions with the S-methyl ether of BOC- cysteine gives the intermediate 17. This is again deprotected (18) and the product is condensed with the N' -morpholylurea derivative of phenylalanine. There is thus obtained the renin inhibitor terlakiren (19).4 OiP, :> o RNH . N - H 'SWe OiP, - OH OH 15; R-BOC 1 6; R = H / 17; R=BOC 1 8: R - H o O H 0 N _ N -= H 'SMe OiP, OH 1 9 A somewhat lengthier series of amino acid condensations leads to the renin inhibitor ditekiren. 5 In this case, the transition state mimic moiety is not located at the terminal position and is more complex than statine. A key reaction in the sequence involves condensation of the aminomethylpyridyl- amide derivative 20 of isoleucine with the statine surrogate 21. The remain- ing amino acids are then coupled with the product to give ditekiren (22). 5 Enalkiren (23) represents a renin inhibitor whose structure is yet a further departure from the polypetide motif in that the terminal portion of the mol- ecule, which presumably functions like statine, is an aliphatic group rather than a carboxylic acid derivative. 6 The virus that causes AIDS, HIV, depends on a series of peptidases coded by its own genome for final assembly of new viral particles. The very extensive work on renin inhibitors provided a vital clue to the design of protease inhibitors which acted on the viral enzyme and consequently showed 
2. ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 5 o BOCHN lJ _ N /"  H I I  BOCNH OR o y 2 1 20 QyM N Me o H 0 N _ N - H "I I 22 NH 2 -MN H OCH 3 o NH H _ N . OH YNH N -=:/ 23 in vitro antiviral activity. Several of these compounds are currently headed for clinical trials as AIDS antiviral agents. 2. ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS The early phannacological studies on the prostaglandins were based in part on the speculation that these agents might be a new class of endocrine honnones. As more compounds in this class were isolated and their activities elucidated, it was recognized that many had profoundly injurious effects at the cellular level, particularly on the circulatory system. It was recognized 
6 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS as well that they were all products of the arachidonic acid cascade, origi- nating from that compound by a complex biogenic pathway. Thromboxane A 2 (24), one of the earliest intennediates on the pathway catalyzed by the enzyme cyclooxygenase, is a potent vasoconstrictor and platelet aggregating agent. The highly substituted cyclopentane vapiprost (25), which shares many structural features of prostaglandins, interestingly acts as a blocker of thromboxane A 2 at its receptor site. .",'" CO H 2 - OH 24 CH 2 Q. \\   C02H HO 0 25 Synthesis of vapiprost begins with resolution of the bicyclic adduct from ketene and cyclopentadiene. Addition to the double bond of the elements of hypobromous acid (bromodimethyl hydantoin in acetic acid) gives the bromo acetate 27. This undergoes a skeletal rearrangement when treated with pi- peridine, whose net effect is migration of the methylene bond on the cyclo- butanone to fonnally replace bromine. The acetate is then removed (28) and the free hydroxyl group alkylated by means of p-phenylbenzyl bromide to give intennediate 29. Following along the lines of prostaglandin syntheses, the ketone is then oxidized to a lactone by Baeyer- Villiger reaction to yield 30. Reduction by means of diisobutylaluminum hydride (diBALH) yields hydroxyaldehyde 31, which is then homologated by reaction with methoxy- methylenephosphorane to give 32. The remaining four-carbon fragment is added by a second Wittig reaction, this time with the ylide from 4-triphenylphosphonium butyrate; reaction conditions are carefully con- trolled to insure fonnation of the cis olefin instead of the trans isomer nonnally favored in ylide condensations. Note that the hydroxyl group on 
2. ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 7 the six-membered ring is in the wrong configuration in the first condensation intennediate. This is inverted by Swern oxidation followed by reduction with diBALH under carefully controlled conditions. The presence of the large biphenylmethyl grouping may help control the stereochemistry of this last step, and vapiprost 25 7 is thus finally obtained. o )( "'A \d :) o )( ......... 0 . ). Br OAe :) OR 26 27 28 t R-H 29, R-CeH6CeH.- RO (x"CH-O  o HO < 10 OR 31, R-CeHsCeH.- 30, R-CeHsCeH.- ! R CH-O -: ,, 9: 0 HO :) RO _  ,\,,-C02H 9: 0 HO 32, R-CeH6CeH,- 33 R-C8HsC8H- An alternate pathway from arachidonic acid, catalyzed by lipoxygenase, leads to a series of open-chain products known collectively as leukotrienes. These compounds are intimately involved in such allergic manifestations as bronchoconstriction. A significant effort has been devoted to developing 
8 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS leukotriene antagonists and lipoxygenase inhibitors. The synthesis of one of the latter, docebenone (42), begins with the reaction of 2,3,5-trimethyl hydroquinone (34) with dihydrofuran to fonn the furyl ether 35. Treatment of that compound with a Lewis acid leads to migration of the tetrahydrofuryl group to the ortho position (36) in a reaction reminiscent of the Fries rear- rangement. Following protection of the phenol groups as their methyl ethers (37), the benzylic ether bond is cleaved reductively by palladium-catalyzed hydrogenation (38); the tenninal hydroxyl group is then converted to the iodide (39). Alkylation of the Grignard reagent from diacetylene, 40, gives the long-chain alcohol 41 after hydrolysis of the tetrahydropyranyl protecting group. Treatment of that intennediate with a cerium + IV salt simultaneously cleaves the methyl ethers and oxidizes the ring to the quinone to fonn docebenone (42). 8 OH OH OR * ----+ * :. :. R 08 °u CBs S8; R-OH S9; R-[ 34 35 38; R-H S7; R-CH s  CBaOTHP 40 ° CHaO H  ° OCH s CHaO B 41 42 Compounds related to retinoic acid (43) have been investigated in some detail for their putative anticarcinogenic and keratolytic activity. The anti- keratinizing activity, which may be of use in treating acne, is retained when the tenninal unsaturated acid moiety is replaced by a benzoic acid. Reaction of a-bromobenzyl benzoate 44 with triethyl phosphite leads to fonnation of phosphonate 45 by a classical Arbuzov reaction. Condensation of the ylide from that phosphonate with aldehyde 47, itself available by Wittig homo- logation of the naturally occurring terpene {J-ionone 46, gives the olefin 48. In this case the usual tendency of y lide reactions to fonn trans olefins is allowed to prevail. Saponification of that product affords pelretin (49). 9 
2. ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 9 OCC02H ,Cr C0 2 Et " /. BrH 2 C ,Cr eo z ! t , :. 0 I II /. (EtO)2 PH 2 C oco 48 l OCCH.O 43 4. 45 47 OCC02R 48; R-Et 49; R-H Extensive effort has been expended in the search for drugs to treat severe pain. Drugs related to morphine, the so-called opioids, are still the sole class effective for this indication. The shortcomings of the opioids, the most prom- inent of which is their propensity for causing addiction, have spurred con- tinued research. There is some evidence that compounds which bind to subsets of opioid receptors, the kappa receptors, may have reduced addic- tion liability. One of these compounds, spiradoline (63), departs markedly from the connectivity at one time through necessary for opioid analgesic activity. The preparation starts with addition of the lithium reagent from l-ethoxyethyl-2-bromoethane to the monoacetal of 1,4-cyclohexanedione (50). Removal of the protective group leads to diol 52. Exposure of that product to acid under aprotic conditions probably results first in loss of the tertiary hydroxyl to fonn a carbocation; the observed spiro-fused tetrahy- drofuran product 53 results from attack of the hydroxyl on that cation. The acetal is then removed by hydrolysis and the resulting ketone (54) is reduced to the corresponding alcohol 55. Dehydration, followed by epoxidation of the olefin (56), gives the oxirane 57, which is of unspecified stereochemistry. Ring opening of the oxirane with N-methyl-N-benzylamine affords a mixture of the two possible isomeric aminoalcohols 58 and 59. The amino and hydroxyl group should be trans to each other in each isomer as a conse- quence of diaxial opening of the epoxide. The mixture is then treated in 
10 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS turn with tosyl chloride and piperidine. This sequence again produces a mixture of isomers, 61, and the compound in which piperidine and benzyl- amine are interchanged. The stereochemistry of the amines indicates that the sequence does not represent a simple displacement of the tosylate from 58 since that would lead to inversion and fonnation of the cis diamine. It is probable that both tosylates undergo internal displacement to an intennediate such as the aziridinium salt 60; ring opening by piperidine would then give the observed products. Debenzylation of the desired isomer 61 by means of reduction over palladium followed by acylation of the secondary amine (62) with 3,4-dichloroacetic acid gives spiradoline (63). 10 o=O<J > H0-J-\/J ROO 51: R- EtCHCB R 52; R-a > CO:J 50 53 R I cxJ-RZ c c)CJZ < j OC>=R 5B:R 1 .OH:R Z .NYeCH Z Ph 59:R I -NYeCH z Ph:R z -OH 56: Z-Bond 54: R-O 55: R-B,OB 57; z-O + 60jZ-N YeCHzPh 1 oo  ,R  N 'CH  3 o :. oo  °YCHz -V- C 1 '- N  . 'c H 3 C 1 O 61: R-CBzPh 62: R-H 63 The clinical utility of estrogen antagonists such as the nonsteroid tamox- iCen in the treatment of breast cancer has led to a search for the corresponding androgen antagonists which might be useful for treating prostatic cancer. The only antiandrogen with established clinical utility, finasteride (see 
2. ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 11 Chapter 5), is in fact a highly modified steroid. The nonsteroidal compound cioteronel has demonstrated both anti androgen and antineoplastic activity in vitro. 11 Coupling of the Grignard reagent from 5-methoxy-I-chlorohep- tane (64) with chlorocyclopent-2-ene gives the alkylated product by dis- placement of the reactive allylic halogen. Addition of dichloroketene, ob- tained from 2,2-dichloroacetyl chloride, to the double bond leads to the bicyclic product 67; the stereochemistry is inferred from the method of synthesis. Reaction of the cyclobutanone carbonyl group with diazomethane leads to addition and then ring enlargement in a classical Demjanow rear- rangement to give 68. Reductive dechlorination by means of zinc in acetic acid affords cioteronel (69). 12 OC1 + OCH S Cl  65 64 66 ! o C 1 Jd.'" C 1 >(' . II( 67 88 ! 69 The serendipitous discovery of the antitumor compound cisplatin, 70, led to the synthesis of a host of analogues; several have shown sufficient activity to be used in clinical trials. The tetravalent platinum compound ormaplatin, 72, can be prepared by direct reaction of cis-l ,2-diaminocy- clohexane (DACH) with hexachloroplatinate under strongly 'oxidizing con- ditions. 13 Replacing racemic DACH with the resolved (R, R) isomer leads to the corresponding chiral drug dexormaplatin. 14 
12 ACYCLIC AND ALICYCLIC COMPOUNDS C 1 -" /NH 2 pt+ 2 _/ " Cl NH 2 a NH2 NH 2 :> C 1 a \\NH 2 I C 1 . ,,/ P t / 1 " NH 2 C 1 C 1 70 7 1 72 The very narrow therapeutic index of most cancer chemotherapy agents means that it is imperative to tightly control blood levels-there will be little effect if these are too low and too much toxicity if they are too high. The majority of these drugs are thus administered parenterally to avoid the highly variable blood levels that result from oral administration. Solubility of drugs in aqueous media is consequently an important consideration. Zeniplatin was designed to deliver a platinum drug in soluble fonn. HO X R HO R :> HO X NH2 CI- pt+ 2 HO NH 'CI- 73; R=Br 74; R-N 3 75; R=NH 2 76 H02C H02C 77 HO X NH2 ;02C >o pt+ 2 / " HO NH 2 -0 C 2 78 Displacement of bromine by azide in the diol 73 leads to bisazide 74 in straightforward fashion. The azide groups are then reduced to yield the diamine moiety 75; reaction of that with tertachloroplatinate affords the platinum complex 76. The anionic part of the molecule is prepared by cy- cloalkylation of diethyl malonate with 1,3-dibromoethane to a cyclobutane derivative, which gives the diacid 77 on saponification. Reaction of 77 as its silver salt with dihalide 76 leads to displacement of the chlorine ions by carboxylate anions and fonnation of zeniplatin (78).15 
REFERENCES 13 REFERENCES 1. Y. S. Kim and S. W. Kim, Taehan Hwakahoe Chi, 1983, 27; Chem. Abstr., 102, 149347 (1985). 2. N. M. Lan, E. Niesor, C. L. Bentzen, Y. Guyon-Gellin, K. Kathakis, P. H. Trong, and J. R. Rossier, Eur. Pat. Appl. EP 173,041 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105, 191393 (1986). 3. D. H. Rich, E. T. Sun, and A. S. Boparai, J. Org. Chern., 43, 3624 (1978). 4. D. J. Hoover, R. T. Webster, and R. L. Rosati, Eur. Pat. Appl. EP 266950 ( 1988); Chern. Abstr., 110, 154889 (1989). 5. S. Taisrivong, D. T. Pals, D. W. Harris, W. M. Kati, and S. R. Turner, J. Med. Chern., 29, 2088 (1986). 6. H. H. Stein, S. R. Crowley, and J. J. Plattner, Eur. Pat. Appl. EP 311012 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 112, 154889 (1990). 7. P. Lumley, H. Finch, E. W. C. Collington, and P. P. A. Humphrey, Drugs Future, 15, 1087 (1990). 8. M. Shiraishi and S. Terao, J. Chern. Soc., Perkin Trans. J, 1983,1519. 9. M. L. Dawson, P. D. Hobbs, K. Derdzinski, R. L. S. Chan, J. Gruber, W. Chan, S. Smith, R. W. Thies, and L. J. Schift, J. Med. Chern., 27, 1516 ( 1984 ) . 10. L. J. Kaplan, US Patent 4,483,130 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 101,54912 (1984). 11. L. C. Ford, W. S. Kasha, N. H. C. Chang, and R. L. Delange, Chernotherapy, 31,362 (1985). 12. W. S. Kasha and C. S. Bumison, US Patent 4,689,345 (1987); Chem. Abstr., 111,38925 (1989). 13. W. K. Anderson, D. A. Quagliato, R. D. Haugwitz, V. L. Narayanan, and M. K. Wolpert-Filipes, Cancer Treatment Rep., 70, 997 (1986). 14. R. J. H. Clark, V. B. Croud, and A. R. Khokar, Inorg. Chern., 26, 3284 ( 1987). 15. P. Bitha, S. G. Carrajal, R. V. Citarella, R. G. Child, E. F. D. Santos, T. S. Dunne, F. E. Durr, J. J. Hlavka, S. A. Lang, H. J. Lindsay, G. O. Morton, J. P. Thomas, R. E. Wallace, Y. I. Lin, R. C. Haltiwanger and C. G. Pierpont, J. Med. Chem., 32, 2015 (1989). 
CHAPTER 2 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS The ready availability of a host of variously substituted derivatives of ben- zene have made this one of the most thoroughly investigated nuclei as the basis of biologically active compounds. This fact has been put to good advantage in preparing modified agonists or antagonists of endogenous com- pounds which are themselves based on simple benzene derivatives such as the {J-agonists and antagonists. In addition, the benzene ring constitutes a flat, electron-rich moiety with bonds that project at set, defined angles. This provides a suitable base for positioning portions of phannacophores at de- fined spatial positions, and led to the discovery of drugs based on benzene rings some of which bear little relation to endogenous compounds. 1. PHENYLETHANOLAMINES The catecholamines norepinephrine (1) and epinephrine (2) are the main neurotransmitters of the sympathetic nervous system. These endogenous compounds are of particular importance in the regulation of involuntary musculature, particularly that of the cardiovascular and bronchial systems. Norepinephrine itself is generally considered to act on a-sympathetic recep- tors while epinephrine acts mostly on l3-sympathetic receptors; highly de- tailed pharamacology has revealed that the latter is further subdivided into at least two other branches. Stimulation of {31-sympathetic receptors, which 14 
1. PHENYLETHANOLAMINES 15 are found mostly in the cardiovascular system, results in an increase in heart rate and force of contraction which can lead to a rise in blood pressure. Action on the 132-receptors, which predominate in lung tissue, leads to di- lation of the bronchioles. One of the sequelae of heart disease is the loss of force of contraction of heart muscle to the point where it may be insufficient to support the circu- latory system. The l3-sympathetic agonists have been used to treat this dis- ease because of their cardiostimulant action. Some effort has been devoted to synthesizing analogues of epinephrine since the endogenous compound is too poorly biovailable and unstable to be used per see Synthesis of the N- substituted epinephrine derivative arbutamine, 5, starts with reductive al- kylation of 2 with aldehyde 3 to give intennediate 4. Removal of the benzyl protecting group by hydrogenolysis leads to arbutamine (5).1 HO NHR 1 OR 2 + HO 1 I R 1 - H 2. R 1 -CH s 2 3. R -CH 2 C e Hf) / HO H N OR 2 HO (. I R 2 -CH 2 C e Hf) 5. R 2 - H Beta-sympathetic agonists have been one of the mainstays for the relief of asthmatic attacks since the advent of isoproterenol (1, R I = i Pr). Ex- tensive research in the area revealed that activity was retained even when significant changes were made in the catechol function. Interposition of a methylene group between the benzene ring and the meta phenolic group led to the compound albuterol (6), which shows some selectivity for the 132- receptors which predominate in the lung; this selectivity led to a better- tolerated drug. Preparation of a significantly more lipophilic analogue begins with alkylation of 2-phenylethanol with 1,6-dibromohexane to give the 
16 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS HO MBR Br(CB2)eO + HO 8, R-IPr 8 7, R-H / HO H N(CH2)e O HO 9 monohalide 8. Alkylation of the primary amine 7 2 corresponding to albu- terol with that side chain leads to the l3-agonist salmeterol (9). 3 It is interesting that l3-sympathetic agonist activity seems to be retained when the phenolic hydroxyl is replaced by a weakly basic aniline group. Though only a single enantiomer is responsible for the activity of most l3-agonists, and for that matter most antagonists, the majority of these com- pounds are sold as their racemates. Recent developments in methods for enantioselective synthesis have placed increasing importance on the prepa- ration of drugs as single enantiomers. The synthesis of picumetrol represents an interesting exercise in enantioselective synthesis based on transfer of chirality. Alkylation of the bromoalkyl derivative 10, prepared in a manner analogous to the benzene analogue 8, with the reduction product of L-phen- ylglycine (S-phenylglycinol, 11), gives the chiral derivative 12. Alkylation with highly substituted bromoacetophenone 13 leads to the aminoketone 14. Reduction of the carbonyl group by means of sodium borohydride occurs in highly stereoselective fashion with transfer of chirality from the phenylgly- cinol moiety to the newly fonned hydroxyl group. The chiral transfer group, which has also served as a protecting group to avoid overalkyation, is then removed by hydrogenolysis over palladium on carbon. There is thus obtained picumetrol (15). 4 2. PHENOXYPROPANOLAMINES As noted in the earlier volumes, it was found empirically that insertion of an oxymethylene function in phenylethanolamines yielded compounds that acted as {3-adrenergic antagonists, as long as the benzene ring did not include 
2. PHENOXYPROPANOLAMINES 17 Gt-- I /' N O(CH 2 )e Br OH '" X  o OB > NO(CH2)eN H 1 0 1 1 1 2 B::2 C 1 13 c o O (CB!) eN.L.OB C 1 Gt-- I /' H H O(CH 2 )e N HB 2 15 14 C 1 OH HH 2 C 1 a phenolic group at the para position. These agents, as predicted by theory, exhibited antiarrhythmic activity in man. Data from the clinic revealed that they also fortuitously acted as antihypertensive agents. Their therapeutic utility is by now well established, as evidenced by the commercial avail- ability of a host of drugs. Efforts to locate compounds with somewhat dif- ferent biological profiles continue in the hope of finding a special niche in the market. The structures of the great majority of these compounds include the phenoxypropanolamine function. The preparation of a typical compound in this class starts by selective saponification of the less-hindered phenol of the hydroquinone diacetate 16 to give the monoacetate 17. Alkylation of the phenol group with epichlo- rohydrin proceeds to the glycidic ether 18. The product may result in straightforward fashion by simple SN2 displacement of chlorine; alterna- tively, the phenoxide may first attack the oxirane ring to lead to a choro- alkoxide, as an intennediate; internal displacement of halogen would then afford 18. Reaction of the oxirane with isopropylamine proceeds via attack at the less-hindered position to give the {J-blocker metipronalol (19). 5 In much the same vein, application of the standard scheme to the phenol 20 gives the {J-blocker propafenone (21). 6 Preparation of the starting material for 21 is not described; one can, however, imagine several schemes, such 
18 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS HsC CBS OAC V OR BSC )I HsC CBs OAC V\ 8 S C o ----+ / \ HaC CBs OAC V OKHiPr HsC OR 18. R-OAe 17. R-H 18 18  OH OKHiPr OH o 20 2 1 as reaction of salicylaldehyde with a phenethy I Grignard reagent followed by oxidation. The finding that l3-blockers can lower intraocular pressure have led to the use of this class of agents for the treatment of glaucoma. It is desirable that the effects of such topically applied drugs be limited to the eye to avoid any cardiovascular effects. Beta blockers designed for intravenous use in treating cardiovascular infarcts present an analogous situation; in that case it is very important that circulating drug levels be reduced on demand to avoid ex... cessive cardiac depression. The development of the tJ-blocker esmolol, 7 which contains a carefully designed metabollic weak link, provided a com- pound whose levels can be finely tuned. The metabolite is an inactive car- boxylic acid. The ophthalmic drug adaprolol (27) differs from esmolol in that the simple methyl ester of the latter is replaced by the more lipophilic and presumably more slowly hydrolyzed 2-adamantylethoxy group; how- ever, both compounds give the same inactive acid metabolite. Successive reaction of 4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid (22) with ethanol and dihydropyran leads to the corresponding tetrahydropyrany I (THP) ethyl ester 23. The acid 24, obtained on saponification, is converted to the desired ester by reaction with 2-( l-adamantyl)ethanol; removal of the THP group in mild acid gives phenol 26. Successive reaction with epichlorohydrin and isopropylamine affords adaprolol 27. 8 An alternative strategy for avoiding the cardiovas- cular effects of classical /3-blockers consists of modifying the structure to make the agent selective for the eye. The oxime alprenoxime (29) which corresponds to the well-known {3-blocker alprenolol (28) is described as an 
3. BENZOIC ACID DERIVATIVES 19 OR t OR 1 ONHiPr y OH :. I; :. I; /co R 2 2 CO 2 CO 2 22, R 1 .R 2 .H 25, R-THP 27 23, R 1 .THP, R 2 -Et 28, R-H 24, R 1 =THP, R 2 =H OH  NHiPr I' ,/  NOH  NHiPr I' ,/  28 29 agent which has potent occular hypotensive action and weak systemic l3-blocking and cardiovascular action. 9 3. BENZOIC ACID DERIVATIVES The majority of recent cholesterol-lowering agents are relatively complex compounds related structurally to the natural product mevalonate inhibitor lovastatin (see Chapter 3). It is thus of interest that a seemingly simple derivative of 2-phenylbenzoic acid has been described as a hypolipidemic compound. The synthesis of this agent, xenalipin, starts by protection of 2-bromobenzaldehyde (30) as its dimetyl acetal (31). This compound is then treated with magnesium to fonn Grignard reagent 32. The second half of the molecule starts from iodo compound 33; this is converted to the palla- dium derivative 34 by means oftetra(triphenylphosphonium)palladium. Con- densation of the two organometallics fonns the biphenyl bond. Hydrolysis of the thus obtained intennediate acetal yields aldehyde 35; oxidation by means of pennanganate affords xenalipin (36).10 Amides of hindered anilines such as lidocaine (37) have a venerable history as local anesthetics. A number of structurally related compounds has been prepared more recently as antiarrhythmic agents. It is interesting that a seemingly minor change leads to a compound described as an anticonvul- sant agent. Acylation of p-nitrobenzoyl chloride (38) with 2,6-dimethyl- 
20 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS (, /(- 8r CB-O __ (, /(- 1 CB(OIl')a 31, X-Sr 32. 1-IiISr 30 ((C.HI)aP)ad V Cra +-- ' v cra 34 33 Q-V- cr s CO.B o H {j 3 C II - CN'CH2C \ / H 3 C 37 Q-V- cr s CB-O +--- 38 35 H 3 C 02N V COC 1  R2N -V- ld -{) H 3 C 38 39 I R=O 40, R=H aniline yields the hindered benzamide 39. Reduction of the nitro group to a primary amine under any of several conditions gives ameltolide (40).11 Cholecystokinin is one of a series of oligopeptide honnones that occurs in both the intestinal tract and the central nervous system. In the fonner, the compound causes contraction of the gall bladder and mediates the satiety; its role in the CNS is still under active investigation. A relatively simple benzamide aspartate interestingly exhibits potent CCK antagonist activity. Acylation of free aspartic acid (42) with the substituted benzoyl chloride 41 gives the benzamide 43. Heating the dicarboxylic acid with acetic anhydride leads to fonnation of the cyclic anhydride 44. Reaction of that intennediate with di-n-amylamine proceeds nonselectively at both carboxyl groups of the anhydride to give a mixture of acids. The isomer fonned by attack at the carboxyl adjacent to the amide is then isolated from the mixture by selective extraction made possible because the carboxyl group from alternate ring opening is hydrogen bonded to the adjacent amide, whereas that in the desired product is free. Lorglumide is thus obtained (45).12 Though the benzamide metoclopramide (46) was originally developed as an antipsychotic drug, its main usage is stimulating gastric motility and, more importantly, effectively countering the nausea caused by cancer chemo- therapy. These activities, originally attributed to the dopamine antagonist action of the compound, are now attributed to its antagonist action at 5-HT (5-hydroxytryptamine, serotonin) receptors. The preparation of an antiemetic 
3. BENZOIC ACID DERIVATIVES 21 C10 H2NC2H C 1 I + :> Cl ./": COel e0 2 H e 1 4 1 42 e 1 H Nl: 2 H e0 2 H 43 1 H ° N U " ° 44 C 1 e 1 C 1 H 1°1 <: NyC(nC5Hll)2 e02H 45 analogue of that drug starts with metoclopramide (46, R = CH 3 ) itself. Thus reaction with the sodium salt of ethyl sulfide in DMF leads to the free phenol 46 (R = H). Alkylation of that intennediate with 3-chloro-propan- 2-one affords batanopride (47).13 A similar sequence starting from the an- tiemetic zacopride (48) would lead to pancopride (50). (The method de- scribed in the patent literature involves acylation of the free acid correspond- ing to 50 with 2-aminoquinuclidine. 14 ) H H o NN(Et)2 NN(Et)2 OR 00:( :> C 1 C 1 NH 2 NH 2 46, R=H 47 :-0 :-0 OR 0 1 :> C 1 C 1 NH 2 NH 2 48, R-CH 50 - 3 49, R=H 
22 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS The protein elastin is essential for maintaining flexibility in those tissues whose function requires elasticity. The enzyme elastase, elaborated by neu- trophils, is a protease which fonns part of the tissue repair mechanism; it has particular affinity for elastin. Excessive elastase or elastase activity leads to destruction of elastin and consequent loss of flexibility in many tissues. The best-known clinical example of this is emphysema, which results from loss of pulmonary elastase. A carboxylic acid derivative, which shares the bipolar nature of some detergents, interestingly acts as an elastin inhibitor. Acylation of the acid chloride from acid 51 with 1, I-dimethylethanolamine leads to amide 52. Dehydration of the amide by means of thionyl chloride gives the oxazoline 53, the newly fonned heterocycle serving as an a non- electrophilic acid-protecting group. The bromine in this group is then ex- changed for lithium by treatment with butyllithium. Reaction with n-hep- tadecanal then leads to the alcohol 54. Acid hydrolysis of this last product leads to removal of the protecting group and fonnation of lodelaben (55). 15 Br V C02H C 1 > Br : -f- oH Cl H > Br -o- X C 1 5 1 52 53 1 CH 3 (CH 2 ) 16 r-O- \ / C0 2 H HO C 1 <: CH 3 (CH 2 )16 HO C 1 55 54 4. SULFONAMIDES AND SULFONYLANILIDES Two rather closely related compounds, sulotraban and daltroban, show activity as thromboxane A2 receptor antagonists and consequently have po- tential therapeutic activity in treating thromboxane-mediated inflammatory processes. Alkylation of the phenolic group in 56 with ethyl bromoacetate gives the aryloxyacetic ester 57; treatment with strong acid gives the cor- responding free amino acid 58. Reaction of 58 with benzenesulfonyl chloride gives sulotraban (59).16 The analogue daltroban (61) is obtained on treat- ment of amino acid 60 with p-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride. 16 
4. SULFONAMIDES AND SULFONYLANILIDES 23 AcHN  OH RHNLJ="\ <\>- S02NH  ) O,---,C02R' -----. O,---,C02R' 56 57, R = Ac; R' = Et 58. R = R' = H 59 H2N  C02H  > CI -V- S02NH C 02H  60 61 Early work on the adrenergic phenylethanolamines revealed that activity was retained even when one of the phenolic groups from norepinephrine was deleted. The resulting compound, octopamine (63), still shows consid- erable cardiovascular activity. The design of the analogue sotalol (62) prob- ably relied on the fact that the proton on a sulfonyl anilide shows a pK Q not too far removed from that on phenolic hydroxyl. This replacement in fact led to one of the very first -blockers; this compound was so far ahead of its time that the clinical utility of this class of compounds was barely ap- prehended. In the event, clinical trials on sotalol revealed that the compound showed valuable antiarrhythmic activity. More recent extensive investigation of l3-blockers for this indication suggested that the activity of sotalol was not typical of its class; the sulfonamide moiety seems to contribute to its antiarrhythmic activity beyond acting as a simple surrogate phenolic group. A group of more recent antiarrhythmic agents, which do not act by direct effects on the adrenergic system, in fact incorporate this moiety.  NHiPr CH 3 S0 2 NH \ / OH  NH2 HO \ / OH 6 2 6 3 The first of these agents to be considered, ibutilide (67), retains the benzylic hydroxyl group of sotalol; the side chain connecting the amine has however been extended by two methylene groups. The tertiary amine in this compound is quite inconsistent with adrenergic activity. The starting material for this compound, 65, is obtained by acylation of methanesulfonalide proper (64) with succinic anhydride. Condensation of the acid with ethylheptyl- amine under any of several conditions affords the corresponding amide 66. 
24 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS o CH3S02HN -{ /) + CO _CH3S02HN  C02H \\ o 64 65 1 G-{J H ",CH2CH3 C H 3S 0 2 HN \ / N, If: ( CH 2)6 CH 3 -Q-{J- 0' / C H 2 CH 3 C H 3S02 HN \ / N CH CH ' ( 2)6 3 67 66 Treatment of this keto amide with LAH at aoc leads to reduction of the amide carbonyl to a methylene group and the ketone to the benzylic alcohol. There is thus obtained ibutilide (67). 16 The next two compounds demonstrate that a considerable degree of free- dom apparently exists as to the identity of the atoms fonning the four- membered chain separating the phenyl group and the amine. Thus acylation of the methyl ester of p-aminobenzoic acid (68) with methanesulfonyl chlo- ride gives the derivative 69. Heating that compound neat with N, N-dieth- ylethylenediamine affords the antiarrhythmic agent sematilide (70).17 Sul- fones or sulfoxides, which are to some extent isosteric with carbonyl groups, are occasionally biosisosteric as well. Such proves to be the case in this series of antiarrhythmic compounds. Reaction of methanesulfonalide with chlorosulfonic acid affords sulfonyl chloride 71. Condensation of that re- active intennediate with N, N' -diisisopropyl-ethylenediamine gives risotilide (72). 18 1  2 R HNC02R  o H2CHs > CH s S0 2 HN \ / ;-N, N CH 2 CH s H 68. R 1 =R 2 =H 69. R 1 -CH s S0 2 . R 2 -Et 70 CH3S02HN  S02CI  ,CH(CH 3 )2 :> CH3S02HNS\\ I CH(CH s )2 7 1 72 
5. ARYLALKYLAMINES 25 5. ARYLALKYLAMINES The tricyclic antidepressant drugs, which have now been available for close to 40 years, are undoubtedly quite effective. But the serious effect these drugs have on cardiac function in many patients has led to the development of a series of drugs that differs markedly in structure and side effects from the tricyclics. One of the best known is fluoxetine (76), which has gained notoriety in the press under its trade name, Prozac@. The N-demethyl deriv- ative, which corresponds to one of its metabolites, has antidepressant activity in its own right. Nucleophilic aromatic substitution of fluorine in p-tri- fluomethylfluorbenzene with the alkoxide from hydroxyphthalimide, 73, af- fords the corresponding aromatic ether 74. The phtalimide group is then removed by treatment of the intennediate with hydrazine. The primary amine seproxetine (75)20 is thus obtained. o 1:5\ /) o o 1:5\ /) o :)I V o I' FsC /. OH 74- / 73 NHR V o I' 'sC /. 75. R-H 76 I R-CH s Synthesis of a distantly related compound, sibutramine (80), starts by internal bis-alkylation of the anion from p-chlorophenylacetonitrile with 1,4- dibromopropane to give the cyclobutane 77. Reaction of the nitrile group with the Grignard reagent from 2-methyl-l-bromopropane gives the imine 78 as the first isolable intennediate. The most direct route to the final product consists of carefully isolating the hydrolytically labile imine and reducing it 
26 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS with LAH to afford the primary amine 79. Bis N-methylation of the amine by means of fonnaldehyde and fonnic acid (Clark-Eshweiler reaction) leads to the antidepressant sibutramine (80).21 It is of interest that the relation of the aromatic ring and the amino group in this compound and that which follows is the same as in amphetamine, which also has some mood-ele- vating activity. C 1 C 1 C 1 )0 )0 77 78 79, R-H 80, R-CH s In a somewhat similar vein, the anion from p-methoxyphenylacetonitrile is condensed with cyclohexanone to afford the tertiary carbinol 82. The nitrile group in that intennediate is then reduced with hydrogen over rhodium on alumina to give the primary amine 83. Dimethylation under Clark-Esh- weiler conditions leads to the antidepressant venlafaxine (84).22 CH 3 0 Q " /: CN CH 3 0 CH 3 0 CN :> OH NR 2 :> 8 1 82 83, 84, R=H R-CH - 3 The first of the antiulcer histamine H2 antagonists, cimetidine, retained many structural elements of the histamine molecule, whose action it antag- onized. Subsequent compounds demonstrated that many of these moieties, such as the imidazole ring and histamine-like side chain, could be dispensed with. A relatively simple phenolic ether histamine H2 antagonist, roxatidine (89), represents one of the furthest departures from the prototype. Reductive alkylation of m-hydroxybenzaldehyde (85) with piperidine affords the cor- responding piperidylmethyl derivative 86. Alkylation of the phenoxide from that intennediate with l-(N-phthalimido )-3-bromopropane leads to the phtal- imide 87; the free primary amine 88 is obtained when 87 is treated with hydrazine. Acylation of the amine with glycolic acid followed by acylation 
5. ARYLALKYLAMINES 27 o 0" cZ0 0B H o  CNH2COH 88 o 0  CNH2CO(CH2)a N 87 0 85 C 0 0 0 NH2CO (CH 2 ) a:'CCH 2 0'c'CH a .. 8S 1 o CNH2CO(CH2)aNH2 88 of the tenninal hydroxyl with acetic anhydride gives roxatidine (89).23 It has been suggested that the tenninal array of carbonyl groups mimics the thiourea surrogates present at the tenninus in most compounds of this class. Dopamine, 90, is one of the more important brain neurotransmitters. The action of this compound is limited by its ready reuptake and metabolic inactivation, and it was thought that locating transient higher concentrations would make it possible to correlate brain function with neurotransmitter levels. This theoretical possibility was converted to practicality by the avail- ability of the positron-emitting fluorine isotope 18p and the development of positron emission tomography (PET) together with the observation that 2-fluorodopamine showed virtually the same activity as the parent com- pound. The extremely short half-life of this isotope, 110 minutes, makes it ideal for clinical studies because of the self-limiting exposure to radiation. This very short half-life puts a premium on superfast and efficient preparative chemistry. While dopamine itself does not cross the blood brain barrier, its metabolic precursor, DOPA (91, dihdroxyphenylalanine), is readily taken into the CNS by an energy-dependent transport system; the same, it has been established, is true for the 2-fluoro derivative. Fluorodopa 18F (95) is thus the agent actually used for PET scans. The synthesis of the compound starts in a cyclotron, with the bombardment of a mixture of about 0.5 % cold fluorine and neon to generate 18p. This gas is then passed through a mixture of sodium acetate in acetic acid, thus producing acetyl fluoride. In a con- vergent synthesis, DOPA (91) is converted in several steps to the triply protected derivative 92. Treatment of that compound with mercuric trifluo- roacetate yields the isolable organomercury derivative 93. When freshly generated CH 3 C0 18 p is passed through a solution of 93, the mercury is replaced by fluorine to give 94. Exposure of the compound to hydriodic acid serves to remove all three protecting groups to give fluorodopa 18F (95).24,25 The scale of the work can be judged from the fact that the product is purified 
28 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS HO  R I ; NH 2 HO CH30  C02Et :. I NHCOCr 9 CH 0 /' 3 CHSO  C02It :. I MBCOCY S CHSO /. HgCOCf s 90, R-B 91, R-C0 2 H 92 93 1 HO  C02H I NH 2 /' HO 18,  CH S 0 JG() C0 2 Et I /' NHCOCr S CHSO 18y 95 94 by reverse phase HPLC; its time frame is such that synthesis and purification must be completed within one hour. 6. MISCELLANEOUS MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS The first branch of the arachidonic cascade to be recognized led to the prostaglandins and thromboxanes; the involvement of those products in tis- sue injury has already been noted. A more recently recognized pathway leads to a set of closely related acyclic compounds known as the leuko- trienes. These arachidonic acid derivatives, typified by leukotriene E4 (96), are probably the direct causes of many allergic symptoms and the broncho- constriction of asthma. While antiallergy compounds owe their actions to effects on leukotriene levels, antagonism of those agents at the cellular level could offer better efficacy. OH C >--- - _____ (CH 2 )4 CH 3 s H 2 N C0 2 H C0 2 H 96 The leukotriene antagonist sulukast (109) incorporates many of the fea- tures of the endogenous agonists; it should be noted that replacement of the tenninal carboxyl group by a tetrazole, a moiety with roughly the same pK a , 
6. MISCELLANEOUS MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS 29 is characteristic of this class of compounds. The quite complex synthesis starts with the bromination of m-toluonitrile (97) to the a-halo derivative 98; this is then oxidized to benzaldehyde 99. Perkin reaction of the aldehyde with malonic acid leads to condensation followed by decarboxylation to give the cinnamic acid 100. The acid chloride, obtained by means of oxalyl chloride, is then treated with sodium borohydride to selectively reduce the carbonyl group in the presence of the nitrile to afford the cinnamyl alcohol 101. o = HCCN . v y HOCN  l XH 2 C  CN  97, X = H 98, X = Br 99 100, Y = 0 101, Y = H 2 HO N N - ,\ N I / N R . I N N - "N HON V R 104, R = CPH 3 1 102, R = H 103, R = CPh3 N N - "N I / N R o o = HC   " N N - " N I / N R 105, R = CPH 3 106, R = CPH 3 1 OH _N N \'N I / N R . nCgH 1 9 / N N -,' N I , N R nC 9 H 1 9   =. S I C C02R 107, R = CPH 3 108, R = CPh3 R = Et 109, R = R = H 
30 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS The nitrile group is converted to the tetrazole (102) with sodium azide in the presence of mineral acid; the acidic proton on the heterocycle is then converted to an ester-like function (103) by alkylation with trityl chloride. Sharpless oxidation of the olefin then stereospecifically introduces chirality; thus treatment of allylic alcohol 103 with butyl hydroperoxide in the presence of Ti(OiPr)4 and diisopropyl-L-tartrate gives epoxide 104 as a single enan- tiomer. Swem oxidation of the alcohol (oxalyl chloride, DMSO) converts this compound to aldehyde 105. Condensation of that compound with the phosphorane, (C6Hs)3P=CHCH=O, gives the bishomollogated derivative 106; the fonnation of the trans olefin follows from the nonnal course of ylide condensations. The remaining carbon atoms are then added by reaction of the aldehyde group with the ylide from triphenyl-n-decyl bromide; this reaction is carried out under" salt free" conditions so as to obtain the newly fonned olefin as its cis isomer (107). Reaction of this last product with ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate gives the epoxide ring-opening product 108. The syn- thesis of sulukast (109) is completed by removal of the trityl protecting group with an acid resin and saponification of the ester. 26 A somewhat simpler compound, which shares only the fatty side chain and tetrazole ring of sulukast, retains activity as a leukotriene receptor antagonist. The synthesis of the compound starts by acylation of catechol to the acetophenone 111; alkylation by means of allyl bromide takes place at the hydroxyl para to the acyl group, the reactivity of the other phenol being reduced by chelation, Claisen rearrangement interestingly proceeds to give the more highly hindered product 112. This is then reduced catalytically to 113. 27 Alkylation of this intennediate with 1,4-dibromobutane again pro- ceeds at the nonchelated phenol para to the acyl group (114). The remaining halide is then displaced by cyanide to lead to nitrile 115. That functionality is converted to a tetrazole ring by treatment with sodium azide in the pres- ence of acid to afford tomelukast (116).28 Nonsteroidal antiinflammatory agents (NSAIDS) owe their activity to in- hibition of the cyclooxygenase enzymes, which convert arachidonic acid into prostaglandins and thromboxanes. The SAR of this enonnous series of compounds leaves little doubt that a carboxylic acid group is essential for this interaction. This functional group in fact occurs in the great majority of NSAIDS. The few exceptions to this rule include moieties that are capable of in vivo metabolic conversion to carboxylic acids. Though the tenninal ethynyl group of the NSAID tebufelone (118) would seem a prime candidate for such a transfonnation, one of the main metabolites of this drug in fact consists of the compound hydroxylated at one of the tert-butyl methyl groups. Tebufelone (118) is obtained by Friedel-Crafts acylation of 2,6-di-tert-butyl phenol with 5-hexynoyl chloride. 29 A compound related to the naturally occurring guaiaretic acids has been 
6. MISCELLANEOUS MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS 31 o i  OR HO > > O Br 110, R=H 111, R=CH 2 CH=CH 2 X 112 , R- CH-CH 2 113 , R= CH 2 CH S 114 j O < /IH N, N N o CN 11 6 11 5 HO :> HO 117 1 1 8 described as a lipoxygenase inhibitor which inhibits tumors and has anti- psoriatic activity. Alkylation of the bromination product, 120, from 3,4- dimethoxypropiophenone (119) with the carbanion from the same ketone, yields the symmetric product 121 as a single isomer. The stereochemical outcome of this reaction is probably guided by the fact that the product results from the sterically favored transition state; the alternate intennediates that would lead to the isomeric product involve a greater number of non- bonding interactions. Hydride reduction of the diketone leads to the ste- reochemically undefined diol 122. Catalytic reduction over palladium serves to remove the benzylic hydroxyl groups (123). That product is then de- methylated with hydrogen bromide to afford masoprocol (124).30 Malignancies in organs that are honnonally supported, such as breast and prostate cancer, should in theory be arrested by blocking stimulation by the specific honnone. This theory has been borne out by the finding that estro- 
32 MONOCVCLlC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS o OCH S CHSO ;)0 CHsO OCH s OCB S 1 1 9 . R-H 121 120 . R-Br \ OR OCH S OR OCH S < RO CHSO OR OCH S 1 23 . R-OCH S 122 124. R-H . OR o  ; I' /. o  OC H 2 Ph 125 126 127, R = CH2Ph 128, R = H Me2 N L 0 1 c HO +- 131, X = CI 132, X = H 130 129 
REFERENCES 33 gen-receptor positive breast cancer can be treated with estrogen-receptor antagonists. The nonsteroidal antagonist tamoxifen (132) has consequently gained wide acceptance as an adjuvant for treating breast cancer. Synthesis of an analogue of that drug starts with the alkylation of desoxybenzoin (125) with the benzyl ether of 2-bromoethanol to afford the product 126. Addition of the Grignard reagent from the tetrahydropyranyl ether (THP) of p-bro- mophenol gives the benzhydryl alcohol 127. The benzyl blocking group on the primary alcohol on the side chain is then removed by hydrogenation over palladium catalyst. Treatment of the product, 128, with strong acid leads initially to fonnation of the carbocation at the benzhydryl center by loss of the hydroxyl group; addition of the free primary side chain alcohol leads to fonnation of the tertrahydrofuran ring; concomitant loss of the acid labile tetrahydropyranyl group give the observed phenol 129. The free phenol function is then alkylated with 2-chloroethyldimethylamine to give the basic ether 130. Treatment of that product with hydrogen chloride leads to the ring-opened olefin in which oxygen has been replaced by chlorine. There is thus obtained the estrogen receptor antagonist, toremifine (131).31 REFERENCES 1. R. R. Tuttle and C. E. Browne, Eur. Pat. Appl. EP 329464 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 114,602 (1991). 2. D. Lednice,r and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, vol. 2, Wiley, New York, 1980, p. 43. 3. I. F. Skidmore, L. H. C. Lunts, H. Finch, and A. Naylor, Ger. Offen. 3414752 (1984); Chern Abstr., 102,95383 (1986). 4. B. D. Judkins, B. Evans, and J. D. Meadows, Eur. Pat. Appl. EP 460924 (1991); Chern. Abstr., 116,128677 (1992). 5. L. Blaha, J. Weichet, J. Horodva, and V. Trcka, Czech. Patent 128471 (1968); Chern. Abstr., 71,3129 (1969). 6. R. Sachse, Ger. Offen. 200143 (1971); Chern. Abstr., 75, 151538 (1971). 7. D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, vol. 4, Wiley, New York, 1980, p. 47. 8. N. Bodor, A. A. EI-Khousi, M. Kano, and M. M. Khalifa, J. Med. Chern., 31, 1651 (1988). 9. N. Bodor and A. A. EI-Khousi, S. T. P. Pharma. Sci. 2,61 (1992). 10. J. F. Eaddy, U.S. Patent 4578522 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105,6311 (1986). 11. C. R. Clark, R. T. Sansom, C. M. Lin, and G. Norris, J. Med. Chern., 28, 1259 (1985). 12. F. Makovec, C. Rolando, M. Bani, and L. Revel, Eur. J. Med. Chern., 21, 9 ( 1986). 
34 MONOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS 13. I. Monkovic, Drugs Future, 14,41 (1989). 14. R. Aguire Alpunte, J. Boix Iglesias, and A. Vega Noverola, Spanish Patent 2019042 (1991); Chern. Abstr., 116,6421 (1992). 15. R. A. Mueller and R. A. Partis, U.S. Patent 4469885 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 101,210751 (1984). 16. D. E. Mais, F. Mohamadi, G. P. Dube, W. L. Kutz, K. A. Brune, B. G. Utterback, M. M. Spees, and J. A. Jakubowski, Eur. J. Med. Chern., 26, 821 ( 1 991 ) . 17. J. B. Hester, J. K. Gibson, M. G. Cimini, D. E. Emmert, P. K. Locker, S. C. Perricone, L. L. Skaletzky, J. K. Sykes, and B. E. West, J. Med. Chern., 34, 308 (1991). 18. W. C. Lumma, R. A. Wohl, D. D. Davey, T. M. Argentieri, R. J. DeVita, R. P. Gomez, V. K. Jain, A. J. Marisca, T. K. Morgan, H. J. Reiser, M. E. Sullivan, J. Wiggins and S. S. Wong, J. Med. Chern., 30, 755 (1987). 19. G. C. Buzby and T. J. Colatsky, U.S. Patent 4721809 (1988); Chern. Abstr., 110,212382 (1989). 20. R. W. Fuller, D. W. Robertson, and D. T. Wong, Eur. Pat. A ppl., 369685 ( 1990); Chern. Abstr., 113, 190895 (1990). 21. W. R. Beckett and P. J. Harris, Drugs Future, 13, 736 (1988). 22. J. P. Yardley, G. E. M. Husbands, G. Stack, J. Butch, J. Bickler, J. A. Moyer, G. A. Muth, T. Andree, H. Fletcher, M. N. G. James, and A. R. Sielecki, J. Med. Chern., 33, 2899 (1990). 23. N. Yamakoshi, N. Kurata, N. Koizumi, M. Yarutan, H. Sakuma, and K. Konishi, U.S. Patent, 4293557 (1981); Drugs Future, 10, 995 (1985). 24. A. Luxen and J. R., Bario, Tetrahedron Lett., 29, 1501 (1988). 25. M. Namavari, A. Bishop, N. Satyamurthy, G. Bida, and J. R. Bario, Appl. Radiat. Isot., 43, 986 (1992). 26. S. R. Baker, J. R. Boot, R. Lucas, and G. Wishart, Drugs Fdture, 16, 432 ( 1 991 ) . 27. W. Baker and O. M. Lothian, J. Chern. Soc., 628 (1935). 28. W. S. Marshall, T. Goodson, G. J. Cullinan, D. Swanson-Bean, K. D. Haisch, L. E. Rinkema, and J. H. Fleisch, J. Med. Chern., 30, 628 (1987). 29. J. A. Miller and R. S. Matthews, J. Org. Chern., 57, 2514 (1992). 30. C. W. Perry, M. V. Kalnins, and K. H. Deitcher, J. Org. Chern., 37 (1972). 31. R. J. Toivola, A. J. Karjlaainen, K. O. A. Kurkelka, M. J. Sodervall, L. V. M. Kangas, L. G. Blanco, and H. K. Sundquist, Eur. Pat. Appl. 95875 (1983); Chern. Abstr., 102, 166452 (1985). 
CHAPTER 3 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS At least two of the reasons for the use of benzene rings as centers for the construction of biologically active compounds extend to polycyclic com- pounds. Polycyclic arrays afford rigid nuclei which allow the positioning of putative phannacophores over an even larger span than do simple benzene rings; these rings further provide centers of higher electron density than single benzene rings. Few if any endogenous mammalian compounds in- corporate such ring systems. This is in distinct contrast to secondary metab- olites from plants and microorganisms, where polycyclic aromatics are quite common. The sulfonylurea functionality has a venerable association with oral an- tidiabetic agents, the great majority of which incorporate this group or an isostere thereof. A sulfonyl urea, which is virtually devoid of effects on sugar metabolism, interestingly exhibits antitumor activity in a number of experimental animal cancer models. Chlorosulfonation of indan (1) leads to the corresponding arylsulfonyl chloride 2. Reaction of that intennediate with ammonia gives the sulfonamide 3. Condensation of the sulfonamide with p-chlorobenzeneisocyanate leads to addition of the amide to the reactive isocyanate N=C bond and fonnation of a sulfonylurea; sulofenur (4)1 is thus obtained. Structural requirements in the nontricyclic antidepressants would seem to be quite liberal. The benzylic tertiary amine 13, dapoxetine, which owes its activity to inhibition of serotonin reuptake, bears only a passing resem- blance to the more classical drug ftuoxetine (Chapter 2). One of the enan- 35 
36 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS ccY R D CI O 2 0 I ccr S..w.. /" """ .......N/.......N I/" H H :> 1 , R=H 2, R=S02 C1 3 , R=S02 NH 2 4 tiomers is responsible for the activity of the compound, as is true of many biologically active compounds. The synthesis of that enantiomer starts with the reduction of the t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC) derivative of R phenylgly- cine (5) to the corresponding alcohol 6. This intennediate is then homolo- gated using one of the standard schemes. Thus the alcohol is first converted to the methanesulfonate (7) and the newly fonned leaving group i}displaced by cyanide to give the nitrile 8. This is then saponified to the aCId (9); the homologated alcohol 10 is obtained by reduction of the carboxyl group by means of a hydride reagent. Reaction of the alkoxide from 10 with I-fluoronaphthalene leads to fonnation of the I-naphthyl ether 11 by nu- cleophilic aromatic replacement of fluorine. The t-BOC protecting group is then removed by treatment with strong anhydrous acid to afford the primary amine 12. Dimethylation of this last intennediate with fonnaldehyde and fonnic acid (Clark-Eschweiler reaction) gives dapoxetine (13). 2 o COzH NHBOC  0 OR NHBOC o R NHBOC 5 8, R-H 7, R-SOzYe 8, R-CN BOC-tBuOCO 9, R-COzH o o . N(CHs>z -8 \ " I - c o \/ NHR \ o OH NHBOC 1 :3 11. R-BOC 12. R-H 10 A series of polyenes related to Vitamin A have an important role in epithelial cell proliferation and differentiation. The all-trans retinoic acid tretinoin (14) is indicated for treating severe acne and is in addition currently 
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS 37 C02H 1 4 being investigated in the clinic as an agent that may cause cancer cells to redifferentiate. This drug has also achieved some fame under the trade name Retin-A as a compound that will rejuvenate skin. A series of tetramethyl tetralins seem to exhibit activity similar to that of the monocyclic prototype. Including elements of the extended conjugated side chain of 14 in aromatic rings would seem to offer increased stability over that of the polyene. Acylation of the tetralin 15 with acetic anhydride or acetyl chloride leads to the acyl derivative 16. The carbonyl group is then reduced to an alcohol (17) and that group is converted to a bromide (18). Displacement of halogen with triphenylphosphine leads to the phosphonium salt 19. This compound is then converted to its y lide with strong base. Condensation of the phosphorane with p-ethylsulfonyl-benzaldehyde affords etarotene (20);3 sumarotene (21) is obtained by condensation with p-methyl- sulfonylbenzaldehyde. It is worth noting that olefinic linkage can be replaced by nitrogen. The p-sulfonyl-hydrazone of the key acetyl compound, Iinar- otene (22) shows the same activity as its congeners. =- =- 1 5 1 6 17, R=OH 18. R-Br + 19, R-PPh s / H  ....N ,o N " '/ S02 CH S 22 20. Rz:CH s 2 1, R - H 
38 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS Inclusion of a hydroxyl group in the alicyclic ring leads to a somewhat more hydrophobic compound which retains the same activity. The Wittig condensation sequence needs to be reversed in this case since the ring hy- droxyl would interfere with the original approach. Thus condensation of M'te phosphorane from phosphonate 24 with the acetyl tetralin 23 leads to the olefin 25; all these reactions lead to transoid olefins since they involve stabilized intennediates. Reduction of the ester in 25 with LAH gives do- retinel (26). 4 HO O C0 2 Et  I ,/ (EtO)2 PH 2 C + 23  24 HO j} CH 2 0H " ,/ HO 4: 0COzEt  26 25 The naphthalene adapalene (34), described as an antiacne agent, seems to bear little structural relation to the retinoids or the tetramethyltetralins derived therefrom. However, this compound features the highly lipophilic center at one end of the molecule, in this case an adamantyl moiety, also found in the retinoids. The acidic group in this case is separated from that lipophilic center by the highly conjugated phenylnaphthalene group; this could be envisaged as a surrogate for the trans polyene of the retinoids. It is well known that phenoxide anions often display reactions typical of enolate anions. Thus alkylation of the phenoxide from m-bromophenol with I-bromoadamantane leads to a mixture of the 2- and 4-adamantyl- bromophenols (29, 28). 5 The latter, once separated, is methylated to anisole 30. The key reaction in the sequence involves nickel-catalyzed coupling of a bromonaphthalene with an aryl Grignard reagent. Condensation of bro- monaphthalene 31 with the Grignard reagent from 30 and magnesium in the presence of the complex from nickel chloride and the bisphosphine 32 leads 
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS 39 A)Br > + OH Br 27 28 29 I R=H 30, R=CH 3 3 1 I Br  C0 2 R CeHs I HsC s , P, P C e H 5 I H 5 C e C0 2 R 32 33, R=Et 3 4, R = H to the phenyl naphthalene 33. Saponification of the ester gives adapalene (34). 6 The classical antipsychotic agents, typified by the phenothiazines, largely acted as dopamine antagonists. A more recent compound, alentomol (52), which bears only the most distant structural relation to those agents, also acts as a dopamine antagonist antipsychotic. The seemingly simple structure of this agent includes a dihydroperylene nucleus, that is difficult to reach and requires a somewhat involved synthetic scheme. The preparation starts with the bromination of the 2,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde 36 to give bromo- phenol 37; the hydroxyl group is then converted to its p-toluenesulfonate (Ts). In a convergent scheme, furfuraldehyde is converted to 39 by base- catalyzed condensation with nitromethane; catalytic reduction leads to 40. Reaction of the latter with benzaldehyde (38) in the presence of piperidine gives the addition product 41, piperidine having apparently displaced the initially fonned hydroxyl. Treatment of 41 with acid leads to fonnation of the conjugated nitroolefin 42. Hydrogenation of that intennediate reduces the double bond to give 43; reducing the nitro group gives primary amine 44. The ordinarily sensitive amine function needs to be protectd from some of the strenuous conditions involved in subsequent steps; conversion of the amine to a pyrrole (45) by means of hexane-2,5-dione greatly reduces its 
40 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS basicity and sensitivity. The key reaction to building the perylene nucleus involves an intramolecular Diels- Alder condensation using a benzyne as dienophile and furan as the diene. Thus reaction of 45 with the strong base phenyllithium results in fonnal ortho elimination of the elements of tolu- enesulfonyl bromide and fonnation of the hypothetical benzyne 46. CH = 0 CH = 0 O OH O OTS I ---+ I CH30 /' X CH30 /' Br 36, X = H 37, X = Br 38 CH30 C H 3 0 41 42 NO;- N02 39 40 j . .. NR2 I\: o OTs CH30 C H 3 0 CH3 0 46 45 43, R = 0 44, R = H The product of the internal electrocyclization reaction is the fused 1 ,4 oxide 47. The isolated double bond is then reduced and the ensuing product, 48, treated with the strong Lewis acid BF3 with net loss of oxygen and aromatization of the newly fonned ring (49). Treatment of that compound with hydroxylamine leads to an interesting exchange reaction involving the pyrrole ring and involving the presumable fonnation of the bisoxime of hexane-2,S-dione and concomitant restoration of the primary amine (50). Dialkyation of the primary amine by means of n-propyl chloride (51) fol- lowed by O-demethylation affords alentomol (52). 7 An enonnous amount of effort has been invested in modifying the mor- phine molecule to produce an agent with the pain-killing efficacy of the parent but devoid of its adverse side effects, the most notable of which is the addiction liability associated with the majority of opioids related to mor- phine. It was discovered that introduction of a hydroxyl group on the bridge- head position, as in oxymorphone, greatly increased potency. The starting 
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS 41  N  N  N ;) ;) CHsO CHsO CHsO .7 48 49 1 N c RO CHSO 51. R-CH S 52. R-H 50 material for 14 hydroxylated compounds is obtained by peroxide oxidation of the natural product thebaine 53. These can be envisaged, at least fonnally, as products of 1,4 addition to the conjugated diene in 53. H3 N o Oxymorphone A related 1 ,4 addition reaction on thebaine leads to an analgesic that contains basic nitrogen at the bridgehead position. Thus reaction of 53 with tetranitromethane in methanol leads to the product of fonnal addition of methyl nitrate across the double bond. The stereochemistry of the product, 54, as in the case of peroxidation, represents addition to the less-hindered face of thebaine. 8 The newly introduced nitro group is then reduced to the primary amine 55. That function is then acylated with pentanoic acid and 
42 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS H3 N H3 N :> 53 5 4. R = 0 5 5. R = H ! < H3 N NH 58 56 I R=O 57. R=H 2 the resulting amide, 56, is reduced with LAH to give the secondary amine 57. Treatment of this product with boron trifluoride at once demethylates the aromatic methyl ether and hydrolyzes the dimethyl acetal function. The analgesic pentamorphone (58)9 is thus obtained. The clinical antileukemic agent mitoxantrone (59) was developed in the course of structure activity studies on a compound lacking the two ring hydroxyls. That compound was in fact a ball point ink dye submitted for testing in the National Cancer Institute antitumor screen. The clinical effi- cacy of 59 together with a suggestive structural relationship to the anthra- cyclines (see below) spurred additional studies on antitumor anthraquinones. H HNNOH HNNOH H 59 
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS 43 Two closely related anthraquinone derivatives in which one of the car- bonyl groups has been incorporated in a fused pyrrazole ring have shown considerable antitumor activity in animal models. The preparation of the first is made relatively straightforward by the symmetry of the starting material (60). The scheme begins with conversion of the phenolic hydroxyls in 60 to their benzyl ethers (61). Reaction of that compound with a controlled amount of the substituted hydrazine 62 leads to fonnation of the pyrrazole ring; this can be rationalized to involve fonnation of a hydrazone and sub- sequent displacement of halogen by the remaining basic hydrazine nitrogen. Displacement of the remaining chlorine with 1,3-propylenediamine gives 64. The benzyl ethers are then removed by hydrogenation over palladium catalyst to afford piroxantrone (65).10.11 o C 1 RO B N - N  N-......../'o H B + B NNNOB 2 H )I RD 0 C 1 60. R-H 8 1 I R-CH 2 C e H(i RO 0 Cl 62 63, R-CB 2 C e H s / RO H N - N  H -......../' 0 H RO 0 HNNH2 84, R-CH 2 C e H 15 85, R-B The synthesis of losoxantrone, 70 (fonnerly biantrazole), is complicated by the regioisomers made possible by the unsymmetrical nature of starting anthraquinone 66. The 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl protecting group, used for this synthesis, adds to the solubility of the anthraquinones in nonpolar solvents and may decrease the reactivity of the adjacent carbonyl due to steric bulk. In the event, reaction of 67 with hydrazine 62 gives the anthrapyrrazole 68 as a 4: 1 mixture with its regi0isomer. The compound is converted to its N-t- BOC derivative to facilitate separation of the regioisomeric products. Treatment of the purified isomer with hydrogen chloride simultaneously 
44 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS o C 1 H N-NNOH  o C 1 RO o C 1 88. R-H 87. R-CHaC.BaKeS 88. R-CHaC.BaK8s 89. R-H H H-NNOH HNNOH H 70 removes the (-BOC and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl protecting groups to afford 69. Displacement of the remaining chlorine with N-(2-hydroxyethyl)- ethylenediamine gives losoxantrone, 70. 10 . 11 Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons are some of the earliest human car- cinogens to be identified. The identification of dimethylbenzathracene as the causative agent of scrotal cancer among chimney sweeps ranks among the triumphs of epidemiology. It is thus of interest that a closely related com- pound has shown antitumor activity in animal models. Fonnylation of chrys- ene 71 with dichloromethyl methyl ether catalyzed by stannic chloride yields aldehyde 72. Reductive alkylation of that compound with 1,2-bishydroxy- metylethylamine affords crisnatol (73).12 :> OH -fCH3 OH R 71, R=H 72, R=CH=O 73 
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS 45 The discovery that the antitumor activity of two structurally closely re- lated Streptomyces metabolites in lower species carried over to humans ush- ered in a new area of cancer chemotherapy. These compounds, daunorubi- cin (74) and doxorubcin (75), called anthracyclines, have found numerous applications in the treatment of malignancies. This is particularly true for the latter under its more familiar name adriamycin. The design of total syntheses for these compounds was particularly difficult because no good method could be devised for controlling the relative regiochemistry of the sole methoxyl group at the 4-position in ring D and the hydroxyacetone substituent at 9 in ring A. A totally synthetic compound intended to over- come that difficulty by omitting the 4-methoxyl not only retained good an- titumor activity but, unlike the prototypes, fortuitously, displayed oral ac- ti vity . R CHSO OCH s = o HaCM OH NH 2 7 4, R = H 75, R=OH A number of different methods have been used for the preparation of the key bicyclic intennediate 77. The most direct involves addition of I-methoxyvinyl lithium to the tetralone 75. Hydrolysis of the enol ether in product 76 leads to the required hydroxyacetone side chain for future position 9. 13 Lack of an ionizable center precludes resolution of 77 by the usual method involving salt fonnation with an optically active acid. Instead, the carbonyl function is reacted with S-a-benzylamine to fonn the imine 78. The two diastereomers of this product can fortuitously be separated by direct crystallization. Hydrolysis of the separated imines affords the pure enatio- mers of 77. Acylation of the R isomer of 77 with the acid chloride from the monoester of phthalic acid leads to the benzoy lated product. The ester group is then saponified and the resulting keto acid cyclized under somewhat more stren- uous conditions to give intennediate 79, which has all four rings in place and lack only functionality at position 9. Introduction of that group has proven to be one of the more difficult steps in the synthesis. (It might be 
OCH 3 "1/  OH > > OCH s OCH s OCH 3 76 77 75  A N CeH5 I 46 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC AND HYDROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS OCH S 78 added that a large number of claimed partial syntheses of anthracylines stop at 9 deoxy derivatives such as 79.) The side chain carbonyl group is then converted to its ethylene acetal 80. Free-radical bromination (bromine, AN) proceeds at the benzylic 9 position to give the stereochemically undefined bromide 81. This is then carefully hydrolyzed to the 9-a alcohol; the acetal is lost during this sequence to give 82. This aglycone, as well as its counterparts in the 4-methoxy series, is quite devoid of biological activity. OYe 0 » OWe R 79 80, R-B 8 1 I R-Br I 0 0 Olde 0 » OYe 77 c OYe o  HO NHR 83, R-COCf s 84. R-H OYe OH 82 
REFERENCES 47 Addition of the very necessary amino sugar is accomplished by condensation of alcohol 82 with the bromo derivative obtained from N-trifluoracetyl- daunosamine. Saponification using mild base serves to remove the N-trifluoroacetyl group and idarubicin (84) 14,15 is thus obtained. REFERENCES 1. J. J. Howbert, C. S. Grossman, T. A. Crowell, B. J. Rieder, K. E. Kramer, E. V. Tao, J. Aikins, G. P. Poore, S. M. Rinzel, G. B. Grindey, W. N. Shaw and G. C. Todd, J. Med. Chern., 33, 2393 (1990). 2. W. J. Wheeler and D. D. O'Bannon, J. Labelled Cornpd. Radiopharm., 31, 305 (1992). 3. M. Klaus, W. Bollag, P. Huber, and W. Kueng, Eur. J. Med. Chern., 18, 425 (1983). 4. F. F. Frickel, H. H. Wuest, and A. Nuerrenbach, Gennan Offen., 3434942 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 108, 150070 (1988). 5. Soon, Ng, Aust. J. Chern., 26, 2303 (1973). 6. B. Schroot, J. Eustache, and J. M. Bernardon, Eur. Pat. Appl., 86-400785; Chern. Abstr., 106, 84197 (1987). 7. W. H. Darlington and J. Szmuszkovicz, Tetrahedron Left., 29, 1883 (1988). 8. R. M. Allen, G. W. Kirby, and D. J. McDougal, J. Chern. Soc. Perkin Trans. I, 1143 (1981). 9. R. J. Kobylecki, I. G. Guest, J. W. Lewis, and G. W. Kirby, Gennan Offen., 2812581 (1978); Chern. Abstr., 90, 39100 (1979); Anon., Drugs Future, 15, 352 (1990). 10. H. D. H. Showalter, J. L. Johnson, J. M. Hoftiezer, W. R. Turner, L. M. Werbel, W. R. Leopold, J. L. Shillis, R. C. Jackson, and E. E. Elslager, J. Med. Chern., 30, 121 (1987). 11. V. G. Beylin, N. L. Colbry, O. P. Goel, J. E. Haky, D. R. Johnson, J. L. Johnson, G. D. Kanter, R. L. Leeds, B. Leja, E. P. Lewis, C. D. Rithner, H. D. H. Showalter, A. O. Serces, W. P. Turner, and S. E. Uhlendorf, J. Het- erocycl. Chern., 26, 85 (1989). 12. K. W. Bair, U. S. Patent 4719046 (1988); Chern. Abstr., 111,96882 (1989). 13. J. R. Wiseman, N. I. French, R. K. Hallmark, and K. G. Chiong, Tetrahedron Left., 40, 3765 (1978). 14. F. Arcamone, L. Bernardi, B. Patelli, P. Giardino, A. Di Marco, A. M. Cas- azza, C. Soranzo, and G. Pratesi, Experientia, 34, 1255 (1978). 15. F. Arcamone, Doxorubicin, Anticancer Antibiotics, Academic Press, New York, 1981, p. 48. 
CHAPTER 4 STEROIDS Medicinal chemistry SAR probes perfonned during the last half century have finnly established that the four-ring steroid ring system is a virtual require- ment for compounds that exhibit androgenic, progestational, corticoid, and Vitamin D type activity. Estrogens and their antagonists fonn a notable exception to this rule; the varied number of structures which exhibit at least some degree of estrogenic activity reflect the low discriminatory power of the estrogen receptor. Antagonists to endogenous androgens such as testosterone (1), have been sought for some time because of their potential utility in treating conditions exacerbated by excessive stimulation of androgen receptors. These range from the relatively mild, such as acne and benign prostatic hypertrophy, to life-threatening prostatic cancer. 4 1 Modification of ring A of testosterone seems to have been a profitable approach to developing compounds that show antiandrogenic activity. Com- 48 
STEROIDS 49 plete omission of the ring as in incoterone (10), leads to an antiacne agent. The profound departure in structure from natural steroids means that total synthesis is more expeditious than modification of the steroid nucleus. The synthesis starts by construction of the CD portion of the molecule by one of the classical approaches. Thus Robinson annulation of cyclopentanedione 3 with the methylvinyl ketone analogue 2 leads to the hydrindanone 4; the ketone at the future 17 position is then reduced to an alcohol; steroid ste- reochemistry prevails so that this affords a 17 -{3 hydroxy group. Saponifi- cation of the ester gives acid S. Catalytic hydrogenation of 5 leads to re- duction of the double bond in the enone; addition from the less-hindered side away from the angular methyl group establishes the all important trans CD ring fusion. It should be noted that the thennodynamically favored fusion for hydrindanes is in fact cis. Treatment of the resulting keto acid 6 with acetic anhydride leads to the cyclic enol ether 7. 1 Condensation of that intennediate with propylmagnesium bromide proceeds to the hypothetical diketone 8 by addition to the lactone carbonyl group. Reaction of the crude product from this Grignard reaction with base leads to annulation of the diketone to fonn ring B and afford 9; the 17 acetate group is lost in the course of that reaction. Treatment of 9 with acetic anhydride then leads to the antiandrogen inocoterone (10). 2 OH ) )j + :) 0'" ° Ue0 2 C R 2 0 C 2 2 3 4, R1-0, R 2 -Ke 5, 1 R 2 -H R -8,08, OH  ° H0 2 C 6 1 OAe OR 08 c c 9, R-H 10, R-OAc 8 7 Replacement of ring A by a piperidone and addition of a hindered amide at the 17 position also leads to an antiandrogenic compound, in this case, finasteride, 17, which has been approved in the United States for treatment of benign prostatic hypertrophy. The starting material, 11, for the published 
50 STEROIDS synthesis can be prepared by oxidation of the 17 -acetyl side chain of pro- gesterone. Oxidative cleavage of the 3-4 double bond by sodium periodate and potassium pennanganate leads to the ring-opened keto acid 12. Reduc- tive amination of that compound with ammonia recloses ring A as a piper- idone (13). 3 Any amide fonned at the 17 position of the acid is presumably hydrolyzed on workup. Treatment of 13 with trimethylsilyl chloride under the usual conditions converts the acid to the silyl ester and the lactam to the corresponding silyl iminoether (14). Reaction of that intennediate with a classical steroid dehydrogenating agent, 2, 3-dichloro- 5, 6-dicyanoquinone (DDQ), introduces a double bond at the 1 position in ring A. Removal of the protecting groups by acid affords intennediate 15. Special conditions must be used to convert the acid at 17 to an amide, possibly because of its hindered nature as well as possible competing reactions of the unsaturated lactam. Thus treatment of that acid with carbonyldiimidazole gives the ac- ti vated fonn of the acid. Reaction of this imidazo amide with the salt from tert-butylamine and ethylmagnesium bromide leads to fonnation of the amide finasteride 17. 4 --+ C02H C0 2 H . C0 2 H o o 11 12 13 COR 1 C02SiMe3 . C0 2 H c o Me3SiO r=\ 16, R = NvN 17, R = NHCMe3 15 14 Endogenous estrogens, all of which possess an aromatic ring A, are de- rived from molecules closely related to testosterone. A key reaction in the biosynthesis of these molecules involves removal of the angular methyl group; an early step in the sequence involves oxidation of that group to an aldehyde. Inhibition of the enzyme involved in this sequence, aromatase, should reduce levels of endogenous estrogens. This should in theory provide an alternate treatment for estrogen-stimulated breast cancer. The aromatase 
STEROIDS 51 inhibitor plomestane, 24, is designed to provide a reactive group at the position attacked by the enzyme; interaction with the active site should fonn a covalent bond and inactivate the enzyme irreversibly. The 19-nor steroid starting material, 18, for this agent can be prepared from estradiol in a short sequence whose key step involved Birch reduction of the A ring. This in- tennediate is then converted to its bis acetal 19 by reaction with ethylene glycol. Reaction with N-bromosuccinimide in aqueous DMF in effect adds HOBr to the double bond. The stereochemical outcome follows from for- mation of the initial bromonium ion on the less-hindered (3 face of the molecule. Treatment with base leads to fonnation of the a-epoxide by in- ternal displacement of bromide. Condensation of the epoxide in the presence of cuprous chloride with the lithium reagent from the silyl derivative of propyne gives the silylpropyne 22. The acetal groups on the resulting 10-(3 propargyl derivative 22 are then removed by exchange with acetone in the presence of acid. The resulting (3-ketol dehydrates in the presence of base; the silyl protecting group is lost in the same reaction to afford plomestane (24) . 5 . O/j o o 18 19 20 1 . . O o R 24 22, R = OCH2CH20 23, R = 0 21 The majority of oral contraceptive drugs include as the progestational component a 19-nor steroid that carries an acetylenic carbinol at the 17 position. It has in fact been speculated that at least a portion of this com- ponent may be metabolized to the very potent 17-ethynyl aromatic A-ring estrogens. Compounds devoid of oxygen at the 3 position interestingly retain 
52 STEROIDS --+ --+ o o o o 25 26 27 ! +--  31 ! 29, R = 0 30, R = CH2 28 --+ 32 33 34 progestational activity. The 3-desoxy-I9-nor steroid desogestrel, 34, pro- vides the progestin in several oral contraceptives. The synthesis starts with the free radical induced functionalization of the otherwise inert methyl group at the 13 position. Thus reaction of the II-{3 alcohol 25 with lead tetraacetate and iodine in the presence of AIBN leads to oxidation of the 18 methyl, a reaction probably initiated by an II-oxy free radical. The oxidation product then cyclizes to 26. Condensation of that lactone with methyl Grignard reagent leads to the I3-acetyl derivative 27; reduction of the carbonyl by Wolf-Kishner reaction gives the 18 homologue 28 of the starting material. The hydroxyl at 11 is then oxidized to the corresponding ketone (29) and the product is reacted with methylene tri- phenylphosphorane to give the II-methylene intennediate 30. Acid-cata- lyzed interchange with acetone removes the ethylene ketal groups at 3 and 17; the 5,6 double bond shifts into conjugation in the process (31). For- mation of a cyclic acetal with ethylene dithiol proceeds preferentially at the 3 position (32); the nonnally lower reactivity of the 17 ketone is emphasized by the additional steric hindrance due to the added methylene group at carbon 
STEROIDS 53 18. Reaction of this ketone with lithium acetylide proceeds with the expected steric outcome to give the 17-a ethynyl derivative 33. Reductive cleavage of the thioacetal by means of sodium in liquid ammonia leads to the 3-desoxy derivative; there is thus obtained the orally active progestin de- sogestrel (34). 6 As noted in Chapter 1, the estrogen antagonists (e. g., the nonsteroidal agent tamoxifen), have provided a noncytotoxic alternative for treatment of breast cancer; the recently approved androgen antagonist finasteride, dis- cussed above, is under intense investigation as an agent for treatment of prostatic cancer. Compounds that acted as antagonists at progestin and cor- ticoid receptors were the last to be discovered. It is of interest that most agents of this class show antagonist activity at both of these receptors. The prototype antiprogestin mifepristone is currently the center of much emo- tional debate under the more familiar sobriquet RU-486. The synthesis of that agent starts with the diene 35, which constitutes an intennediate for total synthesis of 19-nor steroids. 7 Oxidation of that com- pound with a reagent prepared from trifluoroacetic anhydride:hydrogen per- oxide proceeds selectively at the tetrasubstituted 5, 10 double bond to afford exclusively the a-epoxide 36. The key reaction, which provides entry to the progestin/corticoid antagonists, may be viewed as a vinylogue of nonnal epoxide opening. Thus condensation of 36 with the Grignard reagent from 4-bromo-N,N-dimethylaniline results in addition of the reagent at the 11-{3 position; this results in rearrangement of the olefin to 9, 10 and opening of the epoxide. The stereochemistry of the product, 37, is consistent with trans opening of the oxirane, albeit at a remove of two carbon atoms. Mild hy- drolysis removes the silyl cyanohydrin protecting group at the 17 position. Reaction of the resulting ketone (38) with propargyl lithium leads to 39. Hydrolysis of that product under more strenuous conditions results first in removal of the acetal at 3; the resulting {3-hydroxyketone then dehydrates to afford the 4,1 O(9)-dieneone 40. 8 This product, mifepristone, is an orally active progestin antagonist, which has only minor activity at corticoid re- ceptors. The compound is an effective, orally active abortifacient in humans; its antiprogestational activity deprives the early conceptus of its necessary honnonal support and leads to tennination of pregnancy. An unusual degree of configurational freedom seems to be consistent with antiprogestational activity in this series. The progestin receptor antagonist onapristone, 47, displays a configuration inverted with respect to the natural series and the prototype, 40, at both the CD ring junction and at carbon 17. It should, however, be noted that a good three-point overlay can be obtained with models of the two molecules involving the carbonyl group at position 3, the basic anilino nitrogen, and the hydroxyl group at position 17. Epoxidation of the total synthesis intennediate 41, analogous to that used 
54 STEROIDS CN CN CN .,\\ OSi Me3 .,\\ OSi Me 3 .,\\ OSiMe3 . o OH 35 36 37 1 Me2N OH CH3 Me2 N .,\ . .....-.- 0 40 39 38 above, with a strong oxidant affords the 9,10-a oxirane 42. The 4-N,N- dimethylaniline moiety is added to the steroid by conjugate addition, exactly as described above, to give 43; oxidation of the alcohol at 17 leads to the corresponding 17-keto compound 44. Photolysis of this compound results in net inversion of the angular methyl group at carbon 13 to afford 45. This reaction can be rationalized by assuming initial scission of the 13-14 ring fusion; reclosure of the hypothetical intennediate to a thennodynamically favored cis hydrindane would lead to the observed product. Condensation of that compound with the Grignard reagent from the tetrahydropyranyl ether (THP) of 3-bromopropanol gives the carbinol 46. The predominant isomer from that reaction, in distinct contrast to the course of addition to nonnal Me2 N  41 42 Me2N ! Me2 N OH OTHP . - - OH OH 47 46 45 
STEROIDS 55 steroidal 17-ketones, results from attack of the reagent at the {3 face of the molecule. The steric course of this reaction reflects the now sterically more accessible nature of the (3 face. Hydrolysis of this last compound results in overall loss of the acetal and the THP groups as well as dehydration of the hydroxy I at position 5. Onapristone, 47, 9 is thus obtained. High levels of serum cholesterol have by now been finnly associated with increased risk of cardiovascular disease. Attempts to lower cholesterol levels are complicated by the fact that a significant fraction of those levels come from endogenous synthesis of this very necessary steroid starting material. The recently developed drugs, such as lovastatin, interfere with cholesterol biosynthesis at a very early stage; the close derivative of cholesterol itself, colestolone, probably acts at a very late stage as a false substrate or end- product feedback inhibitor. One of the more direct syntheses for the com- pound starts by bromination of cholesterol benzoate (48) to give a mixture of 7 -bromides (49). Dehydrobromination of this intennediate leads to the 5,7 endocyclic diene 50. The double bonds then migrate in the presence of hydrogen chloride. The extended 9( 10), 14 diene 51 is obtained in quite modest yield; the driving force for the transfonnation may be the fonnation of an all trans conjugated system. Oxidation by means of chromium trioxide proceeds on the extremities of the diene to give the 9-a-hydroxy-15-ketone 52. The allylic hydroxyl at position 9 is then removed reductively with zinc in acetic acid (53). Saponification of the benzoate at 3 affords colestolone (54).10  48, R-H 50 49. R-Br 1 c: RiO 52, R I -C e H 6 CO. R 2 -OH 53, Rl.C e H 5 CO ' R 2 _H 54. Rl_R2_H 5 1 
56 STEROIDS The first several volumes of this series chronicled the immense effort that went into research on corticosteroids, which was aimed at finding agents that retained the profound antiinflammatory activity of the series without the attendant honnonal effects. The realization that this was an unattainable goal has relegated the research to development of analogues that exert strictly local action and are inactivated as they enter the circulation. In the course of such work it has been noted that elements of the dihydroxyacetone side chain at the 17 position, once considered the landmark of the series, can be replace by mere bulk. The key reaction sequence to one of these agents starts with copper salt catalyzed conjugate addition of methyl magnesium bromide to pregnenolone acetate 55. The intennediate enolate, 56, is then treated in situ with methyl iodide. Both the conjugate addition and alkylation steps involve the approach of reagents from the less-hindered side to afford the 16/3, 17/3-dimethyl derivative 57. II )I o )I AcO AcO AcO 55 56 57 The II-acetoxy intennediate required for the synthesis (58) can be ob- tained in principle from a similar sequence on an II-oxygenated intennediate or by introduction of that group by fennentation of a suitable derivative of 57. Enolization of the acetyl group in 58, with lithium diisopropylamide followed by treatment with methyl iodide, gives the homologated derivative 59. Hydrolytic removal of the acetal at the 3-position proceeds with con- comitant loss of the II-acetyl group (60); this is reacetylated to 61. Treat- ment of this compound with the potent dehydrogenative agent 2,3-dichloro- 5,6-dicyanoquinone (DDQ) introduces double bonds at the 1 and 4 positions (62). Saponification of the acyl group at the II position affords the antiin- flammatory steroid rimexolone (63). 12 Antiinflammatory activity is retained when the carbonyl group at the 20 position is present as a carboxylate group; the side chain can thus consist of esters. These are presumably readily cleaved by esterases when they reach the circulation and are thus inactivated. Preparation of the topical ophthalmic agent loteprednol, 68, starts with prednisolone (64). Oxidation with sodium periodate cleaves the tenninal hydroxyketone function to give hydroxy acid 65. Reaction of this product with propionyl chloride leads to the mixed 17 -ester anhydride 66, which is readily hydrolyzed to the free acid 67. The 
STEROIDS 57 MeO MeO :> 58 59 <: j . I III 62, R-OAc 63, R=H 60, R=H 61, R...OAc key reagent in this reaction, chloromethyl chlorosulfonyl chloride (CICH 2 0S0 2 CI), can readily be prepared from chlorobromomethane and chlorosulfonic acid. Esterification of acid 67 with that reagent under phase transfer conditions leads to loteprednol (68).14 Addition of halogen, and particularly fluorine, at positions 9 and 6 in corticosteroids is known to markedly increase antiinflammatory potency; combining this substitution with replacement of the 21-hydroxyl by chlorine leads to a compound that is extremely effective for treating topical inflam- mations. The preparation of this agent, halobetasol (78), involves some classical transfonnation used in steroid chemistry. Treatment of beclometh- asone (69), itself the product of a lengthy sequence, with ethyl orthofonnate leads to cyclic orthofonnate 69 by exchange of ethoxy groups with the steroid hydroxyls. The double bond at 1,2 is then reduced by hydroge- nation in the presence of Wilkinson's catalyst (70). Fonnation of the anion from the sole remaining free hydroxyl, that at 11{3, results in internal dis- placement of chlorine to fonn the {3 epoxide 71; this oxirane in effect 
58 STEROIDS :. CO R t a IIIOR 2 o o o 8' 85. RI_R2_8 ee, R1_R2-COC2BS 87. R1_B. R2-COC 1 B& ! O-CH 2 C 1 o 88 consists of a protected latent fonn of the fluorohydrin present in the final product. Exposure of the orthoacetate to mild acid leads to preferential cleav- age of the ring at the 21 position, presumably owing to the sterically more open approach to that oxygen and the higher Lewis basicity of the primary acetal oxygen; the net effect, after loss of ethanol, is fonnation of 17- propionate (72). The hydroxyl at 21 is then converted to its mesylate (73), and that is displaced by chlorine using lithium chloride to give the 21-chloro derivative 74. Introduction of fluorine at the 6 position involves activation of that position by fonnation of the enol ether 75, extending the conjugation to 6. Reaction of that intennediate with fluorine perchlorate (FCI0 3 ) may be rationalized as a 1,6 addition reaction with concomitant hydrolysis of the enol ether. There is thus obtained the 6a-fluoro derivative 76. The 9,10 oxirane is then opened by treatment with the hydrogen fluoride:urea complex to give the 11 {3-hydroxy-9a-fluoro derivative 77. Restoration of the unsat- uration at 1,2 by treatment with DDQ completes the synthesis of halobetasol 78. 15 
o . o 69 70 o C2 H 5 0 +---  - F 76 75 STEROIDS 59 . o 71 1 72, R = OH 73, R = OMs 75, R = CI . 0 0 -  - F F 77 78 Structurally modified derivatives of Vitamin D have therapeutic value in the treatment of diseases related to faults in calcium transport. Addition of hydroxyl groups to the side chain is a particularly fruitful approach to in- creasing potency. The starting material for the synthesis, 79, can in principle be obtained from pregnenolone by extension of the side chain using an appropriate reaction at the 21-carbony I group and introducing of the 5, 7 diene by a sequence such as that used to prepare 50 (TMBDS = tert- butyldimethylsilyl). Condensation of the aldehyde with isopropenylmagne- sium bromide affords carbinol 80. The tenninal olefin in then oxidized to give epoxide 81. Reduction of this function with lithium aluminum hydride leads to the diol 82; the sily I protecting group is removed by treatment with fluoride ion (83). Photolysis of that intennediate leads to the electrocyclic ring-opening reaction characteristic of steroidal 5,7-dienes. The initial prod- uct in the reaction typically consists of the 5(lO),6,9-triene (steroid num- bering); this rearranges to the observed triene on thennal isomerization and secalciferol, 84 16 is thus obtained. 
60 STEROIDS TMBDSO TMBDSO - TMBDSO CH = 0 79 80 81 1 RO 84 82, R = TMBDS 83, R = H The presence of a hydroxyl group at the I position, which also occurs in an endogenous metabolite of Vitamin D, also enhances activity. The syn- thesis in this case starts with an advanced intennediate which already con- tains the I-hydroxyl. 17 Construction of the side chain begins with conden- sation of the ylide from phosphonium salt 85 with pivalaldehyde to give the unsaturated olefin 86. The carbonyl group is then reduced and the resulting allylic alcohol epoxidized under Sharpless conditions [tert-BuOOH, Ti(i-OPr)4] in the presence of (-) diisopropyl tartrate. The rate of reaction of the undesired allylic alcohol is sufficiently accelerated to pennit isolation of the S alcohol 87; this is then protected as the tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether. Ozonization of that intennediate gives the chiral side-chain synthon 88. The aldehyde group in intennediate 80 is then activated to function as a nucleophile by conversion to its bis-methylselenyl acetal, 90. Reaction with buty llithium leads to fonnation of an anion by a lithio-demethy lselenation sequence. Condensation with aldehyde, 88, leads to the product 91. The free hydroxyl in 91 is converted to a mesylate and the crude product is treated with triethylamine. This leads to elimination of the elements of meth- ylselenous acid and fonnation of the olefin (92). Removal of the TMBDS protecting group then affords calcipotriene, 93,18 an agent which has shown antipsoriatic activity. At least some of the tissue damage that accompanies traumatic shock has been attributed to the generation of oxygen free radicals, which results in lipid peroxidation; considerable evidence points to the toxic nature of these peroxidation products. A steroid that incorporates both a highly nitrogenated heterocyclic system and a corticosteroid precursor has shown activity in a number of animal models of traumatic shock. The initial steps in the prep- 
STEROIDS 61 CH = 0 SeMe SeMe . . 89 90 91 1 85 86, R = 0 87, R = ,8- OH 88  o Ph3P+ -  \<>TMBDS . V--O=HC V 92, R = TMBDS 93, R = H aration of this compound involve classical heterocyclic transfonnations. Thus displacement of chlorine in trichloropyrimidine 94 by means of pyrrolidine leads to incorporation of two of the five-membered ring bases. Reaction with piperazine under somewhat more forcing conditions leads to the trisubsti- tuted intennediate 96. The steroidal starting material consists of the classical corticoid intennediate 97. 19 Reaction with bromine leads to fonnation of the 21-bromomethyl derivative 98. Reaction of this intennediate with piperazine (96) leads to displacement of bromine and fonnation of tirilazad (99).20 C 1 0 0 N -=\ N -=\ 1\ N -=\ ClN > ClN :. HN'--INN C 1 tJ tJ 94 95 96 
62 STEROIDS :> o 1\ N =< N "----IN N o R o 97, R-H 98 J R=Br 99 REFERENCES 1. G. Nominee, G. Amiardo, and V. Torelli, Bull. Soc. Chirn. Fr., 3664 (1968). 2. H. Morales-Alanis, M. J. Brienne, J. Jacques, M. M. Bouton, L. Nedelec, V. Torelli, and V. Tournemine, J. Med. Chern., 28, 1796 (1985). 3. G. H. Rasmusson, G. F. Reynolds, N. G. Steinberg, E. Walton, G. F. Patel, T. Liang, M. Cacieri, A. H. Cheung, J. R. Brooks, and C. Bennan, J. Med. Chern., 29, 2298 (1986). 4. A. Bhattacharya, L. M. De Michele, U. H. Dolling, A. W. Douglas, and E. J. Grabowski, J. Arn. Chern. Soc., 110, 3318 (1988). 5. P. J. Bednarski, and S. D. Nelson, J. Med. Chern., 32, 203 (1989). 6. A. J. van den Broek, C. Van Bokhoven, P. M. J. Hobbelen, and J. Leemhuis, Reel. Trav. Chirn. Pays-Bas, 94, 35 (1975). 7. L. Velluz, G. Nominee, T. Bucourt, andJ. Mahieu, Cornpt. Rend., 257, 569 ( 1963) . 8. G. Teutsch, R. Deraedt, and D. Philbert, in Chronicles of Drug Discovery, Vol. 3, D. Lednicer, Ed., ACS Books, Washington, DC, 1993, p. 1. 9. G. Neef, S. Beier, W. Elger, D. Henderson, and R. Wiechert, Steroids, 44, 349 (1984). 10. T. Bakas, J. Horvath, and I. Vincze, Chern. Phys. Lipids, 63,23 (1992). II. J. Cairns, C. L. Hewett, R. T. Logan, G. McGarry, D. F. M. Stevenson, and G. F. Woods, J. Chern. Soc. Perkin 1, 1558 (1976). 12. J. Cairns, R. T. Logan, G. McGarry, G. Roy, R. G. Stevenson, and G. F. Woods, J. Chern. Soc. Perkin 1,2306 (1981). 13. E. Binderup and E. T. Hansen, Synth. Cornrnun., 14,857 (1984). 14. P. Druzgala, G. Hochhaus, and N. Bodor, J. Steroid Biochern. Mol. Bioi., 38, 149 (1 991 ) . 
REFERENCES 63 15. J. Kavolda, J. Grob, K. Jakel, R. Maier, P. Moser, H. Fuhrer, E. G. Weirich, and S. J. Yawalkar, Chimia, 46, 338 (1992). 16. S. Nakagawa, Y. Ando, S. Sakane, M. Shiono, Japanese Pat. Appl., 04273894; Chern. Abstr., 118, 213356 (1993). 17. For closely related compounds see D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 3, Wiley, New York, 1984, p. 103. 18. M. Calverly, Synlett., 157 (1990). 19. For closely related compounds see D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 1, Wiley, New York, 1977, p. 188. 20. J. E. Jacobson, J. M. McCall, D. E. Ayer, F. J. VanDoomik, J. R. Palmer, K. L. Belonga, M. J. Braughler, E. D. Hall, D. J. Houser, M. A. Krook and T. A. Runge, J. Med. Chern., 33, 1145 (1990). 
CHAPTER 5 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES Heterocylic rings, like their carbocyclic counterparts, play many different roles in biologically active compounds. In some cases these ring systems act as simple aromatic rings, supplying a flat electron-rich moiety. Some- times, as in the case of the pyrrolidine ring of the ACE inhibitors, the ring fonns part of the recognition pattern for the enzyme the drug is to inhibit. Basic heterocycles not infrequently simply provide basic nitrogen in a cyclic milieu. 1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE HETEROATOM By far the majority of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory agents (NSAIDs) in- clude a strongly acidic center. This typically consists of a frankly acidic group such as the carboxylic acids in aspirin or ibuprofen; the strongly acidic proton in the enol fonn of piroxicam fulfills the same role. The -diketone nitrile function in prinomide (4), provides the acidic proton for that NSAID. The synthesis of this compound begins with the methylation of pyrrolidine carboxylic acid 1 with base and methyl iodide. Condensation with the anion from acetonitrile affords the -cyano derivative 3. Reaction of that intennediate with phenyl isocyanate in the presence of triethylamine leads to addition of the methyne anion to the isocyanate carbonyl carbon. Thus prinomide (4), I is obtained. 64 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE HETEROATOM 65 f0- N C0 2 R I CH 3  :> I..:..CN CH 3 >  N  'N ' 0 I 0 ° I CH 3 / 1, R-H 3 4 2, R=CH 3 The cyclized amino acid, pyroglutamic acid, fonns the nucleus for an antihyperlipidemic agent. Thus condensation of the pyroglutamic 5, bearing a carbobenzyloxy (CBZ) protecting group on nitrogen with 3-cis-5,5-tri- methylcyclohexanol in the presence of DCC, gives the corresponding ester (6). The protecting group is then removed by hydrogenation over palladium on carbon to yield crilavastine (7). 2 0-:.:-Gc0 2 H N I CBZ 0-:':-/\ 0 :> N/1-r , 0 R 5 6, R=CBZ 7, R=H Though phosphorus is a rather common constituent of enzymes and other biological messenger compounds, this element is present in surprisingly few therapeutic agents. A pair of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor antihypertensive compounds do incorporate phosphorus. Many of the clas- sical ACE inhibitors contain proline as a central element; this is then coupled to a center that complexes with the putative zinc pocket in ACE. This consists of a thiol in the case of captopril. The phosphorus containing functional groups in ceronopril and fosinopril presumably interact with that same site. Condensation of the benzyl ester 9 of proline with chiral, protected, amino acid 8 leads to amide 10. Preparation of the phosphorus-containing moiety involves free radical addition of phosphite from sodium phosphite, to the tenninal olefin in 11 catalyzed by AIBN to afford the phosphinous acid derivative 12. The DCC mediated esterification of the hydroxyl group in 10 in the presence of 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) gives the ester 13. The phosphorus-hydrogen bond in phosphinous ester 13 is then oxidized;3 re- moval of the CBZ and benzyl groups by catalytic hydrogenation affords the ACE inhibitor ceronapril (14).4 
66 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES CBZNH(CH 2 ), HOC02H + HN C0 2 CH 2 Ph CBZNH(CH 2 ), > HON C0 2 CH 2 Ph 8 9 1 0 (\ / (CH2)2CH-CH2 o > (\ }- ( C H 2 ) .-' 0 H H 1 1 1 2 H 2 N(CH 2 ), (, />- (CH2).-'-ON c OH CO H 2 CBZNH(CH 2 ), (, />- (CH2).-'-ON H C0 2 CH 2 Ph 14 1 3 Alkylation of phosphinic acid 12 with benzyl bromoacetate in the pres- ence of excess base interestingly occurs on phosphorus, the more nucleo- philic center, to afford the P-alkylation product 15. Reaction of the alkoxide from that intennediate with chloroester 16 leads to alkylation on oxygen and fonnation of the ether 17. This product is then converted to the free acid (18) by removal of the benzyl group by hydrogenolysis and that resolved by classical diastereomeric salt fonnation. Condensation of this chiral acid with the proline derivative 19 leads to fonnation of the amide fosinopril (20). 5 The five-membered, nitrogen-containing ring in tropine 21 may be used to classify this compound as a pyrrolidine. Its function in the following two compounds in all probability consists of simply providing a basic side chain. Acylation of the alkoxide from tropine with 3,5-dichlorobenzoyl chloride affords the antiemetic serotonin inhibitor bemsetron (22), 6 a compound dis- tantly related to the metoclopramide antiemetics (Chapter 2). Acylation of tropine with the half ester-half acid chloride from phenyl- malonic acid yields the intennediate 23. Alkylation with methyl iodide gives the quaternary ammonium anticholinergic compound tematropium 24. 7 The presence of the positively charged center presumably assures that it will not show CNS activity since this should not cross the blood-brain barrier. 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE HETEROATOM 67 C 1  HsC-N Vl 0 OCl o 22 HSC I \ + HsC-X Vl o o (, It- (CHz) 4'_CHzC OzCBzPh + 08 ( CH s)zCHCO z C z HI5 I C I 15 16 o ° Q  II/CO H (CHa),-CHICO 2 o I ( CB S)ZCBCO Z C Z HI5 20 HS C- N\J::::\ l) 1H 2 1 1 HsC-X Vl o C0 2 C 2 H 5 :. 23 o (, II- (CHZ) 4'_CHZC OZR o I (CHS)2CHC02CZ8S 17. R-C8 2 Ph 18. R-8 /0 HQ C 0 2 8 1 9 C0 2 C 2 H 5 24 The antiinflammatory activity of the 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl- alkyne tebufelone (Chapter 2, 118) can be rationalized by assuming in vivo oxidation of the tenninal acetylene to the carboxylic acid present in the majority of NSAIDs. No such simple explanation can be invoked for the activity of prifelone (26), which shares only the highly hindered phenol 
68 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES (CH 3 )3 C HO  COC I (CH 3 )3 C (CH 3 )3 C :> HO (CH 3 )3 C 2 5 26 with the alkyne. The compound is prepared in a single step by Friedel-Crafts acylation of thiophene by substituted benzoyl chloride 25. 8 2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO HETEROA TOMS Yet another NSAID, this one bearing the traditional carboxylic acid, is built around an oxazole nucleus. Reaction of ethyl 2-chloroacetoacetate with p-chlorobenzoic acid in the presence of sodium carbonate leads to fonnation of the acetoacetate ester 27. Treatment of that intennediate with fonnamide in the presence of acid gives the oxazole 28. The reaction can be rationalized by assuming addition-elimination of ammonia or its equivalent to the enol fonn of the -keto ester; the resulting amine could then cyclize by fonning an imine with the benzoyl carbonyl group. The ester in the product is then reduced to the carbinol (29) by means of lithium aluminum hydride; the resulting hydroxyl is replaced by chlorine with thionyl chloride (30). Dis- placement of chlorine with the alkoxide from 2,2-dimethylglycolic acid gives the ether 31. The ester group in this product is saponified to afford the NSAID romazerit (32).9 The compound azumolene, which contains two five membered hetero- cycles, each of which has two heteroatoms, has been described as a muscle relaxant. The sequence for preparing this agent starts with fonnation of the imine 34 from the N-amino imidazolinedione 33 and glyoxylic acid. Con- densation of the tenninal carboxy I group with 2' -amino-p-chloroacetophe- none affords the amide 35. Reaction of that compound with phosphorus oxychloride results in internal dehydration of the 1 ,4-dicarbony I array and fonnation of an oxazole ring. Azumole (36)10 is thus obtained. Arachidonic acid, as noted earlier, leads to agents that promote inflam- mation by two diverse pathways: the cyclooxygenase pathway leads to thromboxanes and prostaglandins and the lipoxygenase pathway produces leukotrienes. A relatively simple heterocyclic compound, tepoxalin (40), is a potent inhibitor of both pathways. The starting acid 37 is obtained by acylation of the anion from 4-chloroacetophenone with succinic anhydride. 11 Treatment with acetic anhydride leads to fonnation of the reactive enol 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO HETEROATOMS 69  o Cl A_ o COaCaH, · CI : J[ O a 27 28. R-COICIH a 29, a-CH 2 0H so, R-CHICl 1 Cl : y 0 co R O X 2 3 1, R - C H R 32. R-H lactone 38. Reaction of that compound with N-methylhydroxylamine gives a mixture of the desired N-acylated product 39 and its O-acylated isomer; reaction of the latter with excess N-methylhydroxylamine leads its conver- sion to 39. Condensation of this intennediate with 4-methoxyphenylhydra- zine proceeds to the pyrazine tepoxalin (40), with high regioselectivity. 12 o // 1\ RN-N NH )( o :) /0  o n C 1 \ / /  N-N NH N )( H 0 33. R-H 2 35 34. R- H0 2 CCH- /0  rl C 1 \ / \ r N-N NH )( N 0 36 
70 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES 0 C0 2 H ifP :- '/ C 1 C 1 37 38 CH3  j N-NH ,\ CONOH CONOH I c: I CH 3 CH S C 1 C 1 40 39 Many antiarrhythmic agents consist of amides from aromatic acids and alkyl diamines. Activity is retained when the aromatic acid is replaced by a diphenylpyrazine. The key intennediate heterocyclic compound 43 can in principle be obtained by condensation of fonnylated desoxybenzoin 42 with ethyl N-aminoglycinate (42 can be prepared by reaction of desoxybenzoin 41 with ethyl fonnate in the presence of alkoxide). Heating 43 with l-amino- 3-N,N-diethylaminopropane results in the interchange of ethoxide in ester 43 with the primary amine and fonnation of an amide. There is thus obtained ipazilide (44).13 :. N , N l.COalt )I N , N H NNEla o R o 41. R-H 42. R-CH-O 43 44 Imidazolines bearing a substituted amino group at the 2 position are well- known a-adrenergic agonists. The centrally acting compound clonidine has a long history of use as an antihypertensive agent; its more recent congener 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO HETEROATOMS 71 apraclonidine (73), has been found useful in treating the increased intra- ocular pressure associated with glaucoma. It is thus noteworthy that a set of structurally different imidazoles, closely related to each other, also exhibit a-agonist activity. Reaction of the Grignard reagent from 2,3-dimethylbromobenzene with imidazole aldehyde 45 gives the carbinol 47. Removal of the benzylic hy- droxyl by hydrogenolysis over palladium on carbon affords the a-agonist detomidine (48).14.15 Reaction of the same Grignard reagent with imidazole ester 46 stops at addition of 1 equivalent of the organometallic and fonnation of the ketone 49. This is then treated with methyl magnesium bromide to give the tertiary alcohol 50. The sequence is completed by dehydration of the alcohol (50) and reduction of the resulting olefin. There is thus obtained the a-agonist medetomidine (52).16.17 Resolution of this compound reveals that the activity resides in the d isomer dexmedetomidine. °  CH s '- R CH s HN :.  \:::-- N 45, R-H 49, R-O 5 1 46, R-OKe 50, R-CHs,OH 1 1 R CH s CH s 47, R-OH 52 48, R-H The indanylimidazole atipamezole (58), which includes structural ele- ments similar to the foregoing compounds, also shows similar activity, with some selectivity for a2 receptors. The preparation of this agent begins with the alkylation of a,a' -dibromoxylene 53 with the anion from ketone 54. The methyl group on the ketone is then brominated (56); reaction of this intennediate with fonnamide leads to conversion of the bromoketone to an imidazole (57). Catalytic reduction of the vinyl group leads to atipamezole (58). 18.19 
72 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES Sr + <=  0' :> R Sr 53 54 55, R=H 56, R=Br 1 <: NH N NH N 58 57 An impressive amount of work in many laboratories has been devoted to the conazole class of anti fungal agents. Perusal of the various structures that have shown activity can easily leave the impression that activity requires only the presence in the molecule of an imidazole ring and one or more 2,4- dichlorobenzene rings (see, however, fluconazole, 89, below). An oxime O-ether serves as the link in the antifungal agent oxiconazole (61). Reaction of the imidazophenone 59, obtainable in principle from the chloroketone and imidazole, with hydroxylamine gives the corresponding oxime 60. Al- kylation on oxygen with 2,4-dichlorobenzyl chloride affords oxiconazole (61).20 C 1 C 1 :> C 1 G G N N 59, R= 0 6 1 60, R= =NOH 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO HETEROATOMS 73 A number of antiprotozoal 4-nitroimidazoles such as misonidazole sen- sitize anoxic solid tumors to radiation. It has recently been detennined that 2-nitroimidazoles show this same activity. Alkylation of 2-nitroimidazole, 62, with ethyl bromoacetate affords the ester 63. Heating that compound with ethanolamine leads to the amide radiosensitizing agent etanidazole 64. 21 r=\ NyNH N0 2 r=\ C0 2 Et > NyN-./ N0 2 :> ° r::=\ " I - \ ----./'"  ° H N" N N Y H N0 2 62 63 64 As noted previously, treatment of hypertension with ACE inhibitors de- pends on diminishing the levels of the vasoconstricting peptide, angiotensin II. Research on analogues of that peptide produced a number of congeners which acted as angiotensin receptor antagonists. Poor oral absorption and relatively quick metabolic inactivation precluded use of these as drugs. The recent discovery of relatively simple nonpeptide compounds that antagonize angiotensin II at its receptor site promise drugs that will be more specific and will presumably show even fewer unwanted effects. The preparation of one of these starts with the alkylation of the highly substituted imidazole 65 with bromomethylbiphenyl derivative 66 to give the N-alkylated imidazole 67. Treatment of that compound with the elements of hydrazoic acid (sodium azide in acid) converts the nitrile group to a tetrazole, and losartan (68)22 is thus obtained. HOCH 2 C 1 'r=< NyNH n-C.Hg + BrCH z -(, /) ,/) CM HOCHZ 'r=< C I  . NyN-CHz U  n-C.Hg CM 65 88 87 / HOCH 2 C 1 'r=< N y M-CH2 n-C.H, 88 
74 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES The increase in intraocular pressure caused by glaucoma often responds to antihypertensive agents. Routine use of these drugs is circumscribed by their effect on the systemic circulation; research has consequently been aimed at developing locally acting drugs whose absorption will be limited by their polarity. The primary amino group is the para position of the locally acting a-blocker apraclonidine (73), for example, makes this compound consid- erably more polar than the prototype clonidine, which bears hydrogen at that position. Reaction of nitroaniline 69 with ethyl fonnate leads to the corresponding fonnamide 70; this is converted to the bischloroimino deriv- ative 71 by treatment with a mixture of sulfuryl chloride and thionyl chloride. Displacement of halogen with 1,2-ethylenediamine leads to fonnation of the imidazoline ring (72). Reaction of this intennediate with iron and hydro- chloric acid selectively reduces the nitro group to an amine. There is thus obtained apraclonidine (73).23 C 1 C 1 C 1 H 02 N -Q- NHR -Q- CI R 2 N -Q- N =<: J )I 02N \-/ H==( )I C 1 C 1 C 1 C 1 H 89, R-H 7 1 72, R-O 70, R-CH-O 73, R-H The majority of oral hypoglycemic agents contain a sulfonylurea group. Some of the newer high-potency compounds also incorporate an extended side-chain tenninating in aromatic rings. The sulfonylurea function in the hypoglycemic agent pioglitazone (78) is replaced by a hydantoin ring; the drug does however contain the extended chain. Nucleophilic aromatic dis- placement of fluorine from 4-flurobenzonitrile with the alkoxide from 74 leads to the aromatic ether 75. The nitrile is converted to an aldehyde (76) by reduction with Raney nickel in fonnic acid. Condensation of the carbonyl group with hydantoin, 79, gives intennediate 77. The double bond is finally reduced to afford pioglitazone (78).24   1GJ CN I" ----+ I" 1/ N OH N 0 74 75 o NH so 79 o  NH I M s +- N 0 0 78  ACH = 0 . I"  N 0 76 I o  NH M' M s N 0 0 77 
3. COMPOUNDS WITH THREE HETEROATOMS 75 Five-membered compounds whose complement of heterocyclic atoms consists of only two sulfur atoms are quite rare among drugs. One agent in this class, matotilate (85), is described as a drug for treatment of liver disease. The synthesis begins with the seemingly simple base-catalyzed con- densation of diisopropyl malonate with carbon disulfide. The initial product probably results from addition of the malonate anion to carbon disulfide to afford an anion such as 80. Loss of a second malonate proton would lead to dianion 81. The first reaction intennediate, which is not isolated, likely consists of the dianion 82 which carries both charges on sulfur, this being a weaker base than its predecessor. Treatment of the intennediate with methyl sulfate affords the bis methylsulfide 83. Treatment of this compound with 1,1-2-trichloroethane leads to the heterocycle 84. The reaction in this case probably involves successive alkylations on sulfur to fonn the sulfonium salts; these eliminate methyl chloride under vigorous reaction conditions to give neutral sulfides. Elimination of hydrogen chloride from 83 completes the synthesis of matotilate (85).25 I -s C0 2 iPr -s C0 2 iPr -s C0 2 iPr I H s H- -- F< :- -- S C0 2 iPr S C0 2 iPr S C0 2 iPr 80 8 1 82 CH 3 S C0 2 iPr ) < CH 3 S C0 2 iPr  ClS>C02iPr S C0 2 iPr > [S>C02iPr S C0 2 iPr 83 84 85 3. COMPOUNDS WITH THREE HETEROATOMS The considerable degree of freedom that exists as to structural requirements for activity in the conazole series has been noted above. Thus fluorine re- places chlorine and 1,2,4 triazole replaces imidazole in the antifungal agent fluconazole (89), which has proven of particular value in treating some AIDS-related opportunistic fungal infections. The starting material, 86, for the sequence is obtained by Friedel-Crafts acylation of 1,3-difluorobenzene with chloroacetyl chloride. Displacement of the active chlorine by 1,2,4- triazole affords triazolophenone 87. The carbonyl function is then condensed with the sulfur ylide resulting from treatment of trimethylsulfonium iodide 
76 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES with strong base. The reaction starts by addition of an anionic methylene group to the ketone; the newly formed alkoxide group then displaces the methyl sulfide from the adjacent positively charged sulfonium center. The net result is addition of a carbon and formation of the oxirane 88. Ring opening of the epoxide with 1,2 ,4-triazole takes place predominantly at the more open primary center to afford the symmetrical alcohol and fluconazole (89)26 is thus obtained. C 1 N_N N_N F F l:'> F l:'> N N :> :> F F F 86 87 88 / OH N-N N_N (;:::JF l:'> N N F 89 The development of the histamine H 2 antagonists depended in large part on a systematic investigation of the SAR of the endogenous agonist for that receptor, histamine. The first antiulcer H 2 antihistamine to be commercial- ized, cimetidine, in fact shared the imidazole ring with the agonist. Further structural investigations in this series led to antiulcer agents in which the imidazole was replaced by other five- and sometimes six-membered het- erocycles. One of the most widely used antiulcer compounds in this class, ranitidine, contains a furan ring as the central element. The triazole ring, which is isosteric with an imidazole, can also serve as the core of histamine H 2 antagonists. Acylation of the amine on 90 with acetylglycolyl chloride gives the corresponding amide 91. Reaction of that intermediate with the hydrazone from N-methylhydrazine and benzaldehyde results in net displace- ment of one of the methylthioether groups, probably by an addition-elimi- 
3. COMPOUNDS WITH THREE HETEROATOMS 77 nation sequence. The driving force for the reaction is the loss of methyl mercaptan. The second methylthioether group is then displaced by reaction with the primary amino group in 93 to give the acylguanidine 94. Acid hydrolysis of this intennediate leads to cleavage of the hydrazone; the newly liberated amino group then reacts with the adjacent amide carbonyl to fonn a triazole ring (95). The acyl protecting group is then removed by saponi- fication with weak base to give the antiulcer compound, lavoltidine (96).27 CHSS)fSCH S NR :> CH 3 I CHsS)fNN-CHPh N10 OAe 0» N '/ o..(CH 2 )sNH 2 90, R-H 91, R-COCH 2 0Ae 92 93 \ 0» N I / CH O-(CH 2 )sN liN 'N s N\ OR < O 0 CH No- (CH 2 ) sNII)NcHPh N 1 0 OAe 95, R-Ae 96, R-H 94 An analogous sequence is used to construct the compound in which a sulfone replaces the hydroxyl group. The starting material 97 is obtained by acylation of 90 with methylthioacetyl chloride. This is then reacted with the hydrazone from N-methylhydrazine and benzaldehyde to give the guanidine 98. Cyclization as described above leads to the triazole 99. Oxidation of the sulfide to a sulfone completes the synthesis of the H 2 antagonist sufotidine (100).28.29 CBss 9CH 11 3 HR  CH 3 I cBsSIlNN - CHPh H 0 1 scH s Sl8 )i O N I / CH s O' (CH 2 ) sN"N'N N R 99, R:o:SCH 3 100, R-S0 2 CH s 90 I R:o:H 97 I R-COCH 2 SCH s 
78 FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES Cl Cl  '0 C 1 ;::::-- N  N, ;::J :> C1  '0 N C 1 N  N, ;::J > Cl \ I H C 1 C 1 101 102 103 A relatively simple triazole derivative which contains an unusual enol chloride function represents a novel anticonvulsant agent which is not related structurally to other compounds of this class. In the absence of a published synthesis, it may be speculated that the key intennediate 102 is obtained by alkylation of 2' -chloro-2,4-dichloroacetophenone (101) with 1,3,4-triazole. Reaction of the product, 102, with a halogenating agent such as thionyl chloride would afford loveclazole (103).30 REFERENCES 1. W. G. Walker, U.S. Patent. 4256759 (1981) Chern. Abstr., 95, 7046 (1981). 2. C. Laruelle, M. Lepant, and B. Raynier, Eur. Pat. Appl. 261017 (1988) Chern. Abstr., 110, 213345 (1989). 3. J. K. Thottathil and M. K. Y. Wong, Tetrahedron Leu.. 27, 5441 (1986). 4. D. S. Karanewsky, M. C. Badia. D. W. Cushman, J. M. DeForrest, T. Dejneka, M. L. Loots, M. G. Perri, E. W. Petrillo, and J. R. Powell, J. Med. Chern., 31,204 (1988). 5. E. W. Petrillo, D. S. Karanewsky, J. K. Thottathil, J. E. Heikes. and J. A. Grosso, Ger. Offen., 3833082, (1989) Chern. Abstr., 111,214701 (1989). 6. J. R. Fozard and M. W. Gittos, Eur. Pat. Appl. 67770 (1982) Chern. Abstr., 98, 149950 (1983). 7. R. H. HammerandN. S. Bodor, Int. Pat. Appl. 8705603 (1987); Chern. Abstr., 108, 167767, (1988). 8. G. G. I. Moore, U.S. Patent 4172082 (1979); Chern. Abstr., 92, 76276 (1980). 9. C. R. Self, W. E. Barber, P. J. Machin, J. M. Osbond, C. E. Smithen, B. P. Tong, J. C. Wickens, D. P. Bloxham, D. Bradshaw, C. H. Cashin, B. B. Dodge, E. S. Lewis, and D. Westmacott, J. Med. Chern., 34, 772 (1991). 10. R. L. White, F. L. Wessels, T. J. Swan, and K. O. Ellis, J. Med. Chern., 30, 236 (1987). 11. W. V. Murray, M. Wachter, D. Barton, and Y. Forero-Kelly, Synthesis, 18 ( 1 991 ) . 12. W. V. Murray, and s. K. Hadden, J. Org. Chern., 57, 6662 (1992). 13. D. M. Bailey, U.S. Patent 4916150 (1990); Chern. Ahstr., 113,59173 (1990). 14. A. J. Katjalaynen and K. o. A. Kurkela, Eur. Pat. Appl. 24829 (1981); Chern. Abstr., 95, 115545 (1981). 
REFERENCES 79 15. Anon., Drugs Future, 10, 17 (1985). 16. A. J. KaIjalaynen, E. K. Pojhala, and K. O. A. Kurkela, Brit. Pat. Appl. 2101114 (1983) Chern. Abstr., 99, 38462 (1983). 17. Anon., Drugs Future, 12, 1021 (1987). 18. A. J. KaIjalaynen, A. L. KaIjalainen. R. E. K. Virtanen, and K. O. A. Kurkela, Eur. Pat. Appl. 183492 (1986) Chern. Abstr., 105, 115070 (1986). 19. Anon., Drugs Future, 15, 448 (1990). 20. G. Mixich and K. Thiele, U.S. Patent 4550175 Chern. Abstr., 105, 6508 (1986). 21. A. G. Beaman, W. Tautz, and R. Duschinsky, Antirnicrob. Agents Chernother., 1967, 520 (1968). 22. D. J. Carini, P. C. B. Wong, and J. J. V. Duncia, Eur. Pat. Appl. 324337 (1989) Chern. Abstr., 112, 118817 (1990). 23. B. Ruout, and G. Leclerc, Bull. Chirn. Soc. Fr., 9-10 (Pt.2), 520 (1979). 24. Y. Momose, K. Megurao, H. Ikeda, C. Hatanaka, S. Oi, and T. Sohda, Chern. Phann. Bull., 39, 1440 (1991). 25. H. Matsui, H. Tanaka, K. Yabutani, and K. Hitoshi, U.S. Patent 4327223 (1982) Chern. Abstr., 97, 72349 (1982). 26. R. K. Richardson, Brit. Pat. Appl. 2099818 (1982); Chern. Abstr., 99, 38467 (1983). 27. J. W. Cliterow, J. Bradshaw, B. J. Price, M. Martin-Schmith, J. W. M. Mack- inon, D. B. Judd, R. Hayes, and L. Carey, Eur. Pat. Appl., 16565 (1980); Chern. Abstr., 94, 192345 (1981). 28. J. W. Cliterow, J. Bradshaw, J. W. M. Mackinon; D. B. Judd, D. E. Bays, R. Hayes, A. Pearce, Fr. Demande 2477150 (1981); Chern. Abstr., 96, 35271 ( 1982) . 29. For a review see D. E. Bays and H. Finch, Natural Prod. Rept., 408 (1990). 30. A. Wauquier, J. Fransen, W. Mellis, D. Ashton, J. M. Gillardin, P. J. Lewi, G. Van Clemen, J. Vaught, and P. A. J. Jansen, Drug Dev. Res., 19, 376 ( 1990). 
CHAPTER 6 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES 1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE RING HETEROATOM Thromboxane, one of the products from the arachidonic acid cascade, plays a central role in various injurious tissue responses including inflammation and platelet aggregation. Some compounds that inhibit the end effect of this metabolite, such as vapiprost (25, Chapter 1), act directly at the receptor level by competing with thromboxane for the binding site. Agents that lower levels of this arachidonic acid metabolite by inhibiting the enzyme throm- boxane synthetase are more common. The pyridyl-phenyl ketone derivative ridogrel, 6, falls into the latter category. Reaction of the Grignard reagent from m-trifluoromethylbromobenzene with nicotinaldehyde (1) affords the carbinol 2. This product is then oxidized and the resulting ketone, 3, is converted to its oxime. Alkylation of the enolate of the oxime with methyl 4-bromobutyrate gives the corresponding O-alkylated product 5. Saponifi- cation of the ester group gives the corresponding carboxylic acid, ridogrel ( 6). 1 Estrogen-dependent breast cancer, which also involves an endogenous honnone can in theory be treated by either blocking a receptor or diminishing production of the honnone. The stimulating effect of the honnone on tumor growth can be blocked at the receptor level with antagonists such as ta- moxifen (132, Chapter 2). A considerable amount of research has also been devoted to diminishing endogenous levels of estrogens by inhibition of one of the principal enzymes involved in their synthesis, aromatase. It was dis- 80 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE RING HETEROATOM 81 :> CF 3 :> CF 3 cr CH - O I' /' N "" ,.0, N (CH2)3C02R 1 2, R=H,OH 3 , R=O 4 . R..NOH 5. R-CH 3 6, R=H covered adventitiously some time ago that the sedative-hypnotic glutarimide glutethimide, 7, had some modest aromatase inhibiting activity. Inclusion of an amino group led to aminoglutetimide, 8, an agent which has found some use in the clinic. Aromatase-inhibiting activity is retained when the basic nitrogen is moved directly into the aromatic ring. Alkylation of the anion from ethyl homoisonicotinate 9 with ethyl bromide stops at the mono- alkylated product 10. Michael addition of acrylamide to this intennediate leads to 11. Reversing the order of the steps leads to far inferior yields. Base-catalyzed cyclization gives the glutarimide rogletimide (12). 2 CONH 2 ::> ::> 9 1 0 1 1 / R 7, R=H 8, R=NH 2 1 2 
82 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES The thiazide diuretics are a well-known and venerable class of drugs. All these agents possess one or more sulfonamide groups. The classical oral hypoglycemic agents, which also trace their parentage back to the sulfon- amide antibacterial agents, were based on the sulfonylurea function. Intro- duction of the sulfonylurea function into an aminopyridine interestingly leads to a compound that functions as a diuretic. Sulfonation of 4-hydroxypyridine with oleum affords the sulfonic acid 13. Reaction of that compound with phosphorus pentachloride serves to replace the ring hydroxy I by chlorine and to also convert the acid to the sulfonyl chloride (14). Treatment with ammonia leads to fonnation of the sulfonamide 15. Condensation of 15 with isopropyl isocyanate leads to fonnation of the sulfonylurea function in 16. Nucleophilic aromatic displacement of chloride in the pyridine ring by means of m-toludine leads to the 4-aminopyridine torsemide, (17). 3 R I (J S02 R2 I' " N C 1 (J S02NHCONHlpr I' " N o NB & S02NHCONHiPr I' " N ;)I :. 1S, R 1 .OR. RI.OR 14. R I -R 2 -Cl 16 1 7 I I 15, R -CI. R -NB 2 The majority of dihydropyridine calcium channel-blocking cardiovascular drugs contain a strongly electron withdrawing group in the aromatic ring, such as nitro in the case of the prototype of this class, nifedipine. It is thus of interest that an acrylate seemingly can serve the same function. The synthesis of the two agents in this subclass starts with the Wittig conden- sation of phthalaldehyde with one equivalent of the ylide from tert-butyl 2-triphenylphosphonium acetate. This reaction affords the product 18 from reaction of a single aldehyde group. The heterocyclic ring is then constructed by the classic Hantsch reaction typical of this series. Condensation of the remaining aldehyde function with ethyl 3-aminocrotonate, from ethyl ace- toacetate and ammonia, leads to dihydropyridine 19 in a single step. The reaction can be rationalized as addition of two successive acetoacetate de- rivatives to the aldehyde, the first by aldol condensation and the second by conjugate addition to the resulting aldol dehydration product. Internal ad- dition-elimination of an amino group forms the ring, and lacidipine, (19)4 is thus obtained. Reaction of this product with pyridinium bromide hydro- 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE RING HETEROATOM 83 HaC 19. R-B 20. R-Br  C02tBU CH-O H&CZOZC . H 3 C 18 H&CZOZC CH.H(CHa)a 21 bromide results in halogenation of the allylic methyl group and fonnation of 20. Displacement of that activated bromine with dimethylamine gives the antihypertensive taludipine, (21). 5 The synthetic opioid fentanyl (desfluoro 25, where propionyl replaces methoxyactyl) has long been known as an extremely potent central analgetic. The bulk of research has centered on the search for opioids that would be devoid of the addiction potential of morphine. The elusive nature of that goal has served to focus attention back on classical central analgetics; be- cause of its high potency, fentanyl has often served as the structural model. Condensation of piperidone 22 with o-fluoroaniline leads to the Schiff base 23, which is then reduced to give intennediate 24. Acylation of the second- ary amino group with 2-methoxyacety I chloride affords ocfentanil, (25). 6 It has been established by research in both the fentanyl and related series that potency is further enhanced by the presence of a methyl group at the ring position next to the anilide nitrogen. The synthesis of a compound bearing this potentiating group starts with the condensation of piperidone 26 with o-fluoroaniline followed by reduction of the intennediate imine to give 27 as a cis-trans mixture. The cis isomer is then isolated and acylated as above to afford the amide 29. Catalytic hydrogenolysis using a palladium catalyst gives the piperidine 30. Extensive prior work on the SAR in the fentanyl series has demonstrated the marked potentiating effect of an aryl- 
84 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES F\/J= 0  > F\ r N J N F   22 23 ! o OCH 3 r  NJ-N F   <  NJ-NH F   25 24 ethyl group on the piperidine nitrogen. It is of some interest that a tetrazolone ring can replace the more traditional benzenoid aromatics. Construction of that ring starts by reaction of ethyl isocyanate with aluminum azide, from sodium azide and aluminum chloride, to give an initial hypothetical adduct such as 32 (depicted only to show connectivity). Cyclization leads to the tetrazolone 33. The second urea nitrogen is then reacted with base and 1,2- bromochloroethane to give the key intennediate (34). 7 Alkylation of the secondary amino group in 30 with 34 affords the central analgetic brifentanil (31). 8 It has been established previously that analgetic activity is retained when an additional carbon is present on the ring position bearing anilide nitrogen. The finding that activity is retained when the aromatic group on the arylethyl moiety is replaced by an ester offers the possibility of designing short-acting central analgetics whose blood levels can be closely regulated. Serum es- terases would be expected to convert the tenninal ester to a polar acid that will not penetrate the blood-brain barrier, in effect inactivating such a com- pound. Reaction of the desmethyl analogue of piperidone 26 with hydrogen cyanide and N-methylaniline leads to the a-aminonitrile 35. Hydrolysis of the nitrile followed by esterification gives the ester 36; this is then acylated with propiony I chloride to yield amide 37; debenzy lation by hydrogenation over palladium affords the secondary amine 38. 9 Michael addition of the amine to ethyl acrylate affords remifentanil (39). 10 A compound that combines some of the structural elements of central analgetics with those of {j-blockers shows neither activity; the product is 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE RING HETEROATOM 85 C8HeCHZ-NO ----+ CIHeCRz-N8-NH , b __ CIReCHZ-NNH , b 26 27 28 I  o OCHs 'f-/ o N N HeCz-Hf >=\ N-N  c ,--( Or----' 0 C H 8 R-NN d 31 28, R- C.H 6 CB 2 30, R- H I +)' - I He C 2 H 0 1f- J. r"" \ - I '" N-N " o A » B 5 C 2 -N NR \ - I N-N 32 33, R-B 34, R- CH 2 CB 2 C 1 ,CN C6H5CH2-N -g N \ I H > C02C2H5 C6H5CH2-N -g N \ I R 35 36, R=H 37, R=COC 2 H 5 ! H 5 C 2 0 ONJC02C2H5 N -<\ /) <l o C 2 H 5 < C02C2H5 HN N -{ /) /l o C 2 H 5 39 38 
86 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES instead a quite effective anticonvulsant agent. Condensation of aminopiper- idine 40 with phenylisothiocyanate leads cleanly to thiourea 41. This is then treated with bromine in one of the standard schemes for fonning benzothia- zoles. This can be rationalized by assuming bromination on sulfur as the first step; cleavage of the sulfur-halogen bond would then afford a sulfur cation which would cyclize into the aromatic ring by electrophilic attack to afford 42. Saponification serves to remove the urethane protecting group (43). The second half of the molecule, epoxide ether 44, is obtained in straightfolWard manner by alkylation of p-fluorophenol with epichlorohy- drin. Reaction of epoxide 44 with secondary amine 43 affords the anticon- vulsant sabeluzole (45). II B 6 C 2 0 C}- ,CHs >,-N NB o H 6 C 2 0 C}- ,CBs >t-N N  0 >,-NB S b C}- ,CHs RN N  '- 'D 40 41 42. R-C0 2 C 2 H. 43. R-H / 44 OH r v oNC}-/H3 'F N 5'0 45 r v °r-\V° The anilide encainide, 46, has proven to be a clinically useful antiar- rhythmic agent. Acylation of the encainide intennediate 47 12 with an acti- vated derivative of 3-methoxy-4-hydroxybenzoic acid affords the closely related antiarrhythmic agent modecainide (48). OCHS OH --+ OCB a 48 47 48 I .j 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE RING HETEROATOM 87 A sizeable number of the newer nontricyclic antidepressant compounds consist of aryl ethers of p-ftuorophenylalkylamines. The structure is exem- plified by the highly successful drug fluoexetine and its close analogue seproxetine (76 and 75 respectively in Chapter 2). Antidepressant activity is retained when the amino group is located in a piperidine fonned by fonnal cyclization of the alkyl chain. Alkylation of the alkoxide from the fairly complex piperidine 49, whose preparation is not readily accessible, with substituted ftuorobenzene 50 affords paroxetine (51).13 F -O---C NH + F Ct ° I/,> o > F -O---C NH { 0-- 0= 0 1/ > o  OH 50 49 5 1 A small series of compounds distantly related to open-chain opioids has afforded a series of clinically useful antiarrhythmic agents. A common met- abolic mono-N-dealkyaltion reaction of one of these, disobutamide (57, in which the open-chain nitrogen bears two isopropyl groups), would lead to a secondary amine. The acetamide of this hypothetical derivative, bidiso- mide (57), is an antiarrhythmic drug in its own right. Alkylation of the carbanion from substituted arylacetonitrile 52, itself obtained from alkylation of 2-chloroacetonitrile, 14 with chloroethylamine 53 affords the diaminoaceto- nitrile 54. Hydrolysis of the nitrile group with strong acid leads to amide 55. The benzyl protecting group is then removed by hydrogenation over palladium. Acetylation of the resulting secondary amine 56 affords bidiso- mide (57). 15 The very high rate of endogenous synthesis of cholesterol, which may be measured in grams per day, seriously complicates efforts to control hyper- cholesterolemia by diet alone. One of the more successful drugs for treating elevated cholesterol levels is the fennentation product lovastatin (58). This compound and its descendants inhibit cholesterol synthesis at a very early stage by inhibiting the synthesis of the five carbon starting compound mev- alonic acid (3,5-dihydroxy-3-methylvaleric acid). Considerable research has demonstrated that the presence of the lactone is essential for activity, though there is considerable latitude regarding the nature of the lipophilic moiety. The synthesis of the hypocholesterolemic agent dalvastatin (65) begins with the reaction of the cyclohexanone 59 with DMF and phosphorus oxy- chloride. The resulting Vilsmeyer aldehyde 60 is then reacted with the Grig- 
88 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES o y y N, + C 1 N'R R > CN 0 52 53, R-CH 2 C 8 H 6 54, R=CH 2 C 8 H 5 /' y y NCOCH 3 N, R 0 I( 0 55, R-C e H 5 CH 2 57 56, R-H o  HODO \\\\ 5 8 nard reagent from 2-fluoro-3-bromotoluene in the presence of a cuprous salt. The product 61 can be rationalized by assuming initial conjugate addition of the transient cuprate to the carbon that bears chlorine. Loss of chloride ion from the resulting enolate ion affords 61. The aldehyde is then extended by condensation with the carbanion from the cyclohexylamine Schiff base of acetaldehyde; treatment of the first-fonned product with silica gel serves to hydrolyze the imine and to dehydrate the 13-hydroxyl group; the bis- homologated product 62 is obtained. Treatment of methyl acetoacetate with 
1. COMPOUNDS WITH ONE RING HETEROATOM 89 two equivalents of LDA affords the corresponding dianion. Reaction of that reagent with aldehyde 62 leads to addition of the more nucleophilic tenninal carbanion to the carbonyl group to afford the aldol product 63, which now contains all the required carbon atoms for the final product. This last product is racemate since this reaction introduces a chiral center. CH=O C 1 F :> :- H 3 C 59 60 6 1 H 3 C °rC02CH3 jOH  I F F < H 3 C 63 62 Reduction of the side chain ketone in 63 with sodium borohydride and triethylborane at -78°C leads to the diol (64) predominantly as a single diatereoisomer. Saponification of the ester followed by cylization of the resulting dihydroxy acid by means of ethyl chlorofonnate completes the synthesis of dalvastatin (65). 16 F HO r;: CO CH 2 3 ..OH  F HO g O \,0 ,\  :> H 3 C H 3 C 64 65 
90 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES The majority of anticonvulsant agents used in the treatment of epilepsy contain an acidic proton located on nitrogen, often in the fonn of imide. The relatively acidic sulfonamide group in the anticonvulsant drug topira- mate (68) apparently fulfills the same role. Reaction of the common sugar fructose (66) with acetone affords the bisacetal 67. 17 The reactivity of the remaining free hydroxyl group is greatly diminished by steric hindrance. The group thus needs to be converted to the corresponding alkoxide by means of sodium hydride for further elaboration. Reaction of that alkoxide with sulfamoyl chloride (CI0 2 SNH 2 ), leads to topiramate (68)}8 OH h:n/OH HO HOo ;)0 h,Ok OH 0'tor 67 :. o h,OOS02NH2 0'tor 68 66 2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO RING HETEROATOMS The piperazine ring is one of the most common groups found among com- pounds that have CNS activity. This group, which is included in the next 10 entries, may sometimes be replaced by a simple ethylenediamine moiety. The fact that a piperazine is often more active than its open chain analogue suggests that the ring structure leads to better receptor recognition. o  N NJL N /\N-1  \ \ '-------I N d o 69 The discovery of the benzodiazepines, close to three decades ago, af- forded the first series of drugs for the treatment of anxiety. The increasingly widespread use, and incidental abuse, of those agents led to the search for non-benzodiazepine anxiolytics. It was discovered adventitiously that the piperazine derivative buspirone (69), a failed antipsychotic compound, showed good clinical antianxiety activity. Detailed studies showed that this compound offered advantages over benzodiazepine, perhaps as a result of a different mechanism of action; the compounds do not interact with the ben- 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO RING HETEROATOMS 91 zodiazepine receptor. The clinical success of buspirone spurred research aimed at developing related compounds. Sequential reaction of the disulfide from thiosalicylic acid with thionyl chloride and chlorine leads to the intennediate dichloride 70. Treatment of the crude product without prior isolation with aqueous ammonia gives the benzoisothiazole 71; this is converted to the halide 72 by means of phos- phorus oxychloride. Reaction with a single equivalent of piperazine affords the monoalkylated product 73. Alkylation of that product with 1,4-dibro- mobutane leads to the dialky lation on the free piperazine nitrogen atom with fonnation of the spirocyclic quaternary salt 74. Condensation of the salt with imide 75 in the presence of base leads to ring opening of the quaternary salt. There is thus obtained the anxiolytic agent tiospirone (76).19 o II Cl )GJ 1/ C 1 S R N trQ l' \ / S  HN!\N 1!v N_ S '---/ ."  I  70 71, R-OH 72, R-Cl 73 \ cxj:H o /0 CX!JL<=x-U 4 o  Crf:\X 1!v N_ S '---/ ." Br-  I 75 76 7. Anxiolytic activity is interestingly retained when the spirocyclic imide in buspirone is replaced by a simpler, more readily available, bicyclic imide. Alkylation of the abundantly available reduction product 77 from the Diels- Alder adduct of maleimide and cyclopentadiene with propargyl bromide affords 78. The tenninal acetylenic carbon is sufficiently nucleophilic to undergo Mannich reaction. Thus condensation of 78 with the piperazine 79 and fonnaldehyde leads to adduct 80. Catalytic hydrogenation of this inter- mediate leads to tandospirone (81). 20 Activity is retained in the face of even more drastic modification of the side chain substituent, such as replacement by an aromatic imide-like het- erocycle, saccharine (82). Alkylation of the anion from that starting material with 1,4-dibromobutane gives the halide 83. Reaction of that intennediate with piperazine (79) leads to the antianxiety agent ipsapirone (84).21 
92 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES o NH o ----+ o NCH2C == CH o 1\ N ) HN N-\'-/ '--.J N 77 78  79 1\ N ) N N-\'-/ '--.J N c ac  1\ N ) NCH 2 C =: CCH 2 "N N-\' I \\ '--.J N o B 1 80 02 NH o  02 }Br o :. 02 C( s /\ r-'\ N ) I /' 'N-..I "-N N-<, / \ '--I N o 82 83 84 Piperazine derivative 85, trazodone, in which one of the piperazine ni- trogen atoms is attached via a three carbon chain, exhibits antidepressant activity; this compound was in fact one of the first clinically useful nontri- cyclic antidepressant drugs. This activity is retained when the molecule is simplified by replacing the fused aromatic ring with two ethyl groups. The synthesis of this compound, which illustrates another entry to the piperazine ring, starts by alkylation of triazole 86 with I-bromo-3-chloropropane. Dis- placement of the remaining halogen in the product (87) with N,N-dietha- nolamine affords the diol 88; the two hydroxyl groups are then replaced by chlorine by reaction with thionyl chloride to give 89. Double alkylation of the amino group in m-chloroaniline with the dichloride affords the antide- pressant, etoperidone (90).22 Restoration of the side chain to four atoms by inclusion of ether oxygen restores anxiolytic activity. Ring opening of glycidic ether 91 (obtained from I-hydroxy-3,4,5-trimethoxybenzene) with aryl piperazine 92, leads to ami- noalcohol 93. This compound, enciprazine (93), which bears a passing resemblance to a t3-blocker, is described as an antianxiety agent. 23 A piperazine ring fOnTIS the central element in a platelet aggregation inhibitor. Alkylation of piperazine with bromodiphenylmethane affords the monoalkylated product 94. Alkylation of the remaining secondary amine with chloromethylimidazole 95 affords Iifarazine 96, in a single step.24 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO RING HETEROATOMS 93 H5 C 2 N"R /N H5C2 0 ---. R H C N r H5C2N,  V 5 2-r::: 'N-(C H 2)J-N ----+ r- N N-(CH2)3-N N \ I H C ....N"r<  H C .,  '---.I 5 2 0 R 5 2 0 CI 86, R = H 87, R = ( CH 2)JCI 88, R = OH 89, R = CI 90 a N r---\ -Q /' - N-(CH2)jN N \ I :--... N  '-----' o CI 85 CH 3 0 CH 9 0 -{}- O'V° + HN=> i /) -- CH 3 0 Cl CHSO OH CH90 -{}- ON) --<\ /) CHsO Cl 9 1 92 93 r\ BI If '---I +  R CBs Ba C '-I /1I-- j RCl B 85 84 . CB a BaC-V--X 11-- 1 r\ RN If B '---I 88 
94 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES It sometimes happens that reinvestigation of old compounds using modem phannacological methods rekindles interest in those venerable agents. This seems to have happened in the case of the piperazine-substituted quinazo- linone pelanserin, 99, whose antihypertensive and vasodilator action is now attributed to its serotonin-blocking action. Alkylation of quinazolinone 97 with I-bromo-3-chloropropane under basic conditions proceeds by way of the ion fonned by removal of the more acidic proton (98). Displacement of the side-chain chlorine with 4-phenylpiperazine gives pelanserin (99).25 o NH N.J.O H :. o G( Cl I' N / N.J. O H 97 98 o I\  G( NN'---IN 1/ .J. N 0 H 99 The 2,6-xylilglycinnamide moiety has been incorporated in a great many antiarrhythmic agents since the discovery of the first compound of this class, lidocaine. A compound that includes this fragment in addition to a {3-blocker- like phenoxypropanolamine moiety instead shows antianginal activity. It should be noted that the propanolamine side-chain nitrogen is tertiary; a large amount of SAR exists to show that this nitrogen must be secondary for compounds to act as {3-blockers. The synthesis does however follow the familiar pattern. Thus reaction of the product 100 from methylcathechol and epichlorohydrin with piperazine gives the amino alcohol 101. Acylation of 101 with choroacetyl chloride gives chloroamide 102. Displacement of chlo- rine with 2,6-xylidine leads to ranolazine (103).26 A piperazine ring provides the basic nitrogen atom for an analgesic com- pound that does not follow the structural pattern for either central or pe- ripheral analgesics. Reaction of 1,4-pyridazinediol 104 with phosphorus oxychloride gives dichloride 105. Displacement of chlorine with the piper- azine 106, which probably proceeds by an addition-elimination sequence, gives the analgesic lorcinadol (107).27 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO RING HETEROATOMS 95 O .' V OCH3 OH ONNH V LJ OC H 3 OH ONr-->N-{ V OCH3 '---/ CI ----.  100 101 102 / OH OrN-'t _ V OCH3   103 N-N /\ N-=N /\ RR + HN'----IN > ClN'----IN 104 I R-OH 0 0 105 I R-Cl 106 107 All anthracycline antibiotic antitumor compounds, such as doxorubicin (75, Chapter 3), cause cardiac damage that is closely related to the cumu- lative lifetime dose. The absolute necessity to limit the course of treatment places real constraints on the use of these compounds in treating tumors. The imide related to EDT A, razoxane (110), reduces anthracycline-caused cardiac damage in a number of animal models. The dextrorotary isomer of the compound bearing a side-chain methyl group shows significantly im- proved potency. Alkylation of the enantiomerically pure diamine 108 with chloroacetic acid gives the tetracarboxilic acid 109. Reaction of that inter- mediate with fonnamide probably involves initial simple amide exchange; cyclization of the acid-amide leads to the corresponding imide. Dexrazox- ane (110)28 is thus obtained. CH HN j;:- S 2NH e  H02C CH \  S M----\ {COeB BOeCJ '--I LCO B 2  o h Jt HN N  o },-I N NB o y o lOB 109 110, a-CH s 111, a-H 
96 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES A pyridazine fonns the nucleus of a structurally rather untypical com- pound active on the central nervous system. Reaction of itaconic anhydride, 112, with benzene in the presence of a Lewis acid gives the product from acylation by the less hindered carbonyl group, 113. Reaction of that com- pound with hydrazine leads to pyridazinone, 114, by hydrazide and hydra- zone fonnation; the unsaturation shifts into the ring during the course of the reaction. Treatment of that intennediate with phosphorus oxychloride leads to the chloropyridazine 115. Displacement of halogen by means of 3-(N- morpholino )propyl-l-amine leads to minaprine (116).29 I; I; o il a  C 02H  \ =0 0 N-N H 112 113 11 4 1 1\ N(CH2)3-N 0 <: C 1 H '--J 116 115 Antineoplastic drugs by and large depend on very subtle, poorly under- stood differences between nonnal and cancerous cells. Most drugs rely on the fact that the latter tend to divide at a higher rate. Modified nucleotides that inhibit cell division by partly mimicking their nonnal counterparts have proven of some value in the treatment of cancer. The antineoplastic com- pound gemcitabine, 127, closely related to the anticancer agent cytarabine, differs from it by incorporating the gem diftuoro group on sugar. The syn- thesis starts with the chiron 117, obtained in a few steps from mannitol. Condensation of that compound with ethyl bromodifturoacetate in the pres- ence of zinc (Refonnatskii reaction) affords the alcohol 118 as a mixture of isomers; the free hydroxyl in then protected as its benzyl ether. Treatment under acidic conditions serves to remove the acetonide group and to cause fonnation of the transient hydroxy ester 120. This undergoes internal lac- tonization to the butyrolactone 121. The isomer corresponding to the natural sugar is obtained from the mixture by careful separation. The free hydroxyl is protected as a benzyl ether, (122). Reduction of the lactone carbonyl group 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO RING HETEROATOMS 97 by means of lithium aluminum tri-tert-butoxyhydride gives the correspond- ing lactol 123 as a mixture of anomers. Reaction of this last intennediate with methanesulfonyl chloride affords reactive mesylate 124. -J-o °0CH=0 -J-o F F :. 0C02Et OR HO F F HO \ 1'" x'  "C0 2 Et OBz :> 117 118. R=H 120 119. R=Bz l BZO b o OS02 CH S F .: B z 0 r BZO b o OH F .& B Z 0 r .: R0 -p o .........0 ......... F & - B Z 0 F 124 123 121, R-H 122, R=Bz Bz=C e H 5 CH 2 - The next step in the sequence consists of coupling the sugar moiety and the pyrimidine base. Cytosine is first converted to its bis silyl ether 125, a modification which enhances the electrophilicity of ring nitrogen. Reaction with the mesylate 124, which may proceed through the carbocation from loss of methanesulfonate, affords the coupling product 126 as a 1 : 1 mixture of isomers at the anomeric carbon. Removal of the benzyl groups by means of ammonia followed by separation gives the antineoplastic agent gemci- tabine (127).30 N iKe s uJ + 121 WesSiO N > N uJ, N 0 B Z 0\1 BzO r F ::. N u N 0 H°ti HO F F 125 126 127 
98 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES When considering antiviral therapy it should be recalled that viruses do not live independent of living cells. Viruses can be produced or reproduced only by a living host which has incorporated the viral genome. Virustatic agents thus need to act selectively on the subtly different populations of infected cells. Nucleosides have thus far proven the most reliable source of antiviral agents since enzymes encoded by viruses seem somewhat less dis- criminating for these compounds than the host enzymes. The modified nu- cleoside fiacitabine, 131, showed very good initial activity against hepatitis B virus in early clinical trials. The widely publicized, late blooming, severe toxicity manifested by this drug during chronic treatment caused it to be abandoned. The compound is prepared by the standard coupling reaction between bis-trimethylsiliyl-5-iodocytosine, 129, and the bromosugar 128. Treatment of the product 130 with ammonia removes both the benzyl ether and acetate groups to afford fiacitabine (131).31 BZ0 ty  NHSies] Br N " OA: + MesSiON/ NI ONjJ :. R 1 0 1 2 a 129 130. R 1 ..Bz. R 2 .Ac 131 R l_ R 2_ H . Nucleosides that lack ring hydroxyl groups such as zidovudine (AZT) have proven particularly active against the AIDS virus. Preparation of one of the more recent agents in this class, zalcitabine, 137 (DOC), starts with conversion of diol 132 to its methanesulfonate 133. Treatment with sodium hydroxide leads to backside attack of the ring oxygen enolate on the mesylate and fonnation of the transient bridged ether 134. A somewhat complex transfonnation, which probably involves addition of hydroxide to the het- erocyclic ring, results in rearrangement to the observed product, 135. Treat- ment of this intennediate with strong base causes eliminative ring opening of the strained oxetane to give the dihydrofuran 136. Catalytic reduction affords the anti-HIV agent zalcitabine (137).32 
2. COMPOUNDS WITH TWO RING HETEROATOMS 99 N5 NH N5 II }3 O-:lN I O-:lN I o N RO MeS0 3 TI  :- > OR 1 3 2 , R=H 134 135 1 3 3 , R=MeOS0 2 / N5 N5 o//l N I < o-:L N I Hot) HO  137 136 The poor discriminating capacity of the viral enzymes is emphasized by the fact that AIDS antiviral activity is retained when one of the ring carbon atoms in the sugar moiety is replaced by sulfur. Condensation of the benzoyl ester, 138, of glycolaldehyde with the acetal, 139, from thioglycoladehyde probably starts by addition of the thiol to the free carbonyl; exchange of the newly fonned hydroxyl with one of the methyl acetal groups leads to cy- clization and fonnation of 140 as a mixture of isomers. Reaction of that intennediate with silyl ether 125, fonned in situ from cytosine and trimeth- ylsilyl triflate (Me3SiOS02CF3), leads to the nucleoside-like compound 141 as a 1: 1 mixture of the two anomers. Separation of the isomers, followed by removal of the benzoate group by means of an ion exchange resin, leads to lamivudine (142).33 The antimycotic agent amorolfine, 145, is obtained by the straightfor- ward reductive alkylation of the morpholine 144 with the substituted phe- nylisobutyraldehyde 143. 34 Details on the preparation of these starting ma- terials are not readily available. 
100 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES C S H S C0 2 CH 2 CH-O + HSCH 2 CH(OCH s )2 CSHSC021/0 > \yOCH s 138 139 140 N O)J H0l; < / N ONJJ C8H5C02l; 142 14-1 -ffi-< CH S CHs C 2 H 5 \ / CH s CH-O  1\ + HH 0 '-/ > -fV-( CH S CH s ;- C 2 H 5 \ / r-\ C Hs N 0 '-/ ,   143 144 145 3. RINGS CONTAINING THREE HETEROA TOMS Preparation of the poultry coccidiostat toltazuril, 148, involves a somewhat more complex scheme. Reaction of the urea 146 with chlorofonnyl iso- cyanate (CICON=C=O) proceeds by initial alkylation on the more basic tenninal nitrogen rather than addition to the carbonyl group. The intenne- diate, 147, which is probably not isolated, then cyclizes to fonn the tri- azinedione ring which affords toltazuril (148).35 The activity of modified nucleosides as antineoplastic agents has been discussed above. Addition of a nitrogen ring to fonn a triazine ring still allows the compound to be recognized as a nucleoside substrate; this same modification causes the compound to block nonnal metabolic processes. The venerable synthesis of this agent illustrates an approach to the synthesis of nucleosides which relies on construction of the hetero ring in situ. Reaction of chloro sugar 149 with silver isocyanate leads to the product 150, appar- ently as the desired single anomer. Condensation with urea-O-methyl ether 
3. RINGS CONTAINING THREE HETEROATOMS 101 F s S -V-- 0 V NH >t-NH a 'c H3 :. J=L V a - CN FsS U- 0 \-/ NH '>=0 >t- N, a CHs 146 1.7 / J=L  °y.-NH FsS -U-0-U-- N FO >t-l\ o CH 3 148 leads to addition across the imine bond and fonnation of substituted urea 151. Treatment of that intennediate with methyl orthofonnate leads to ad- dition of the remaining carbon atom and cyclization of triazine 152. Expo- sure to ammonia replaces the ring O-methyl ether by an amino group, prob- ably by an addition-elimination sequence; the benzoyl protecting groups hydrolyze under the reaction conditions. There is thus obtained the antineo- plastic agent decitabine (153).36 BZO0"vv-  Cl OBz Bz01:J-C.O OBz =- OCH s H NN 2 HNO Bz°tJ =- OBz 149 150 151 Bz-C e H 6 CO NH 2 NN  N 0 HO c: OB 153 I OCR s NN l!.NO BzO OBz 152 
102 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES The well established cytotoxic agent cyclophosphamide, 154, is now known to undergo metabolic activation in the liver to the hydroxylated de- rivative 156. The carbinolamine in this product then opens to an aldehyde; this undergoes reverse Michael addition to give acrolein and the active al- kylating agent, phosphoramide mustard [H 2 NP0 2 N(CH 2 CH 2 CI)2]. Preacti- vation of cyclophosphamide should provide more generally active drugs by avoiding the need for liver hydroxylation. Reaction of cyclophosphamide with ozone in the presence of hydrogen peroxide, leads to hydroperoxide 155, possibly via the ring imine. This product, perfosfamide (152), has undergone clinical development as a cytotoxic agent. 37 o CI ( 0,  r P-N N '  H CI :.- <= 0, 110 rCI P-N N '  H 0 0 H CI  o CI <= 0, 11 r P-N N '  H 0 H CI 154 155 156 158 I 0- r\ 1I0 NrCI NH 3 + )-N '  _ ---.r S H CI °3 S ./".... -" S H HO S'  3 157 Irritation of the urinary bladder ranks among the many serious side effects of cyclophosphamide. Some evidence indicates this may be due to the direct action of metabolically produced acrolein. The soluble thiol Michael nu- cleophile mesna, 158, which is concentrated in the bladder, has been used as an acrolein trap for treating that side effect. The cytotoxic agent mafos- famide, 157, incotporates this moiety directly. Reduction of the hydrope- roxide group in 155 affords the alcohol 156. Reaction of this carbinolamine with the cyclohexylamine salt of mesna, 158, leads directly to mafosfamide (157).38 REFERENCES 1. E. J. Freyne, A. H. M. Rayemaekers, M. G. Venet, V. K. Sipido, and F. De Clerk, Drugs Future, 15, 463 (1990). 
REFERENCES 103 2. A. I. Boss, D. W. Clissold, J. Mann, A. J. Markson, and C. P. Thickitt, Tetrahedron, 45, 6011 (1989). 3. J. Delarge, Arznei.-Forsch., 38(IA), 144 (1988). 4. C. Semeraro, D. Micheli, D. Pieraccioli, G. Gaviraghi, and D. A. Borthwick, Ger. Offen. 3529997 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105, 97322 (1986). 5. C. Semeraro, D. Micheli, D. Pieraccioli, G. Gaviraghi, and D. A. Borthwick, Ger. Offen. 3628215 (1987); Chern. Abstr., 107,23240 (1987). 6. B. S. Huang, K. H. Deutsche, N. L. Lalinde, R. C. Terrell, and L. V. Kudzma, Eur. Pat. Appl. 160422 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 104, 186308 (1986). 7. F. Janssens, J. Torremans, and P. A. J. Janssen, J. Med. Chern., 29, 2290 (1986). 8. N. Lalinde, J. Moliterni, D. Wright, H. K. Spencer, M. H. Ossipov, T. C. Spaulding, and F. G. Rudo, J. Med. Chern., 33, 2876 (1990). 9. D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 3 , Wiley, 1984, p. 117. 10. P. L. Feldman, M. K. James, M. C. Brackeen, F. Marcus, J. M. Billota, S. V. Schuster, A. P. Lahey, M. R. Johnson, and H. J. Leighton, J. Med. Chern., 34, 2202 (1991). 11. L. Werbrouck, A. A. H. P. Megens, R. A. Stokbroekx, and C. J. E. Nieme- geers, Drug Dev. Res., 24,41 (1991). 12. D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 3, Wiley, 1984, p. 55. 13. Anon., Drugs Future, 11,112 (1986). 14. P. K. Yonan, R. L. Novotney, C. M. Woo, K. A. Prodan, and F. M. Her- shenson, J. Med. Chern., 23,1102 (1980). 15. B. N. Desai, R. J. Chorvat, and K. J. Rorig, Eur. Pat. Appl. 170901 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105,97320 (1986). 16. Anon., Drugs Future, 17,377 (1992). 17. R. F. Brady, Carbohydr. Res., 15, 35 (1970). 18. B. E. Maryanoff, S. O. Nortey, J. F. Gardocki, R. P. Shank, and S. P. Dodg- son, J. Med. Chern., 30, 880 (1987). 19. J. P. Yevich, J. S. New, D. W. Smith, W. G. Lobeck, J. D. Catt, J. L. Minelli, M. S. Eison, D. P. Taylor, L. A. Riblet and D. L. Temple, J. Med. Chern., 29, 359 (1886). 20. K. Ishizumi, A. Kojima, and F. Antoku, Chern. Phann. Bull., 39, 2288 (1991). 21. W. Dompert, T. Glaser, H. Horstmann, T. Schuunnan, P. R. Seidel, and T. Joerg, Ger. Offen. 3321969 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 102,220896 (1985). 22. Anon., Austrian Pat. 336021 (1977); Chern. Abstr., 87, 85033 (1977). 23. J. Engel, I. Fleischhauer, V. J akov lev, A. Kleeman, B. Kutscher, B. Nickel, H. Rauer, U. Werner, I. Szeleny, C. E. Johauser and C. R. Schuster, J. Med. Chern., 33, 2976 (1990). 24. J. C. Pascal, C. H. Lee, B. J. Alps, H. Pinhas, R. L. Whiting, and S. Beranger, Eur. Pat. Appl. 289277 (1988); Chern. Abstr., 110, 135273 (1989). 
104 SIX-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES 25. H. Shin, U. S. Patent 3274194 (1966); Chern. Abstr., 66,65510 (1966). 26. A. F. Kluge, R. D. Clark, A. M. Strosberg, J. C. Pascal, and R. L. Whiting, Eur. Pat. Appl., 126449 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 102, 166777 (1985). 27. Anon., Jpn. Kokai 62029575 (1987); Chern. Abstr., 106, 176427 (1987). 28. C. Y. Tu, G. W. Clark, and G. Borsotti, Eur. Pat. Appl. 330381 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 112, 118848 (1990). 29. T. S. Chou, P. C. Heath, L. E. Patterson, L. M. Poteet, R. E. Lakin, and A. H. Hunt, Synthesis, 565 (1992). 30. C. G. Wennuth and A. Exinger, Agressologie, 13,285 (1972). 31. K. A. Watanabe, U. Reichman, K. Hirota, C. Lopez, and J. J. Fox, J. Med. Chern., 22, 21 (1979). 32. J. P. HOlWitz, J. Chua, M. Noel, and J. T. Donatti, J. Org. Chern., 32, 817 ( 1967) . 33. R. Storer, I. R. Clemens, B. Lamont, S. A. Noble, C. Williamson, and B. Belleau, Nucleosides Nucleotides, 12, 225 (1992). 34. A. Pfiffner, Eur. Pat. Appl., 24334 (1981); Chern. Abstr., 95, 80987 (1981). 35. R. Lantzsch, Ger. Offen. 3516631; Chern. Abstr., 106,67365 (1987). 36. J. Piml and F. Sonn, Collect. Czech. Chern. Cornrnun., 29, 2576 (1964). 37. G. Peter and H. J. Hohorst, Cancer Chernother. Pharmacol., 3, 181 (1979). 38. U. Niemeyer, J. Engel, G. Scheffler, K. Molge, D. Sauerbier, and W. Weigert, Inv. New Drugs, 2, 133 (1984). 
CHAPTER 7 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES The apparently broad tolerance for structural modification in the hypocho- lesterolemic agents related to lovastatin (Chapter 6, 57) was noted above. Full activity is retained when the tetralin moiety in the prototype is replaced by a substituted indole. Construction of the heterocyclic moiety for this agent, fluvastatin (14) starts by alkylation of N-isopropylaniline with 4- fluorophenacyl chloride to afford the derivative 2. Treatment with a strong Lewis acid leads to cyclodehydration to indole 3. Reaction of this product with DMF in the presence of phosphorus oxychloride leads to fonnylation of the only open position of the indole ring and fonnation of aldehyde 4. This is then reduced to carbinol 5 by means of sodium borohydride. They hydroxyl is replaced by chlorine with oxalyl chloride. Reaction of that in- tennediate with trimethyl phosphite [(MeO)3P] leads initially to a transient phosphonium salt; the chlorine counterion then attacks one of the methoxyl groups on carbon to eliminate methyl chloride. The net result of this Arbusov reaction is fonnation of phosphonate 6. The side chain in fluvastatin corresponds to the open-chain fonn of the lactone moiety in lovastatin and the synthetic hypolipidemic compound dalvastatin (Chapter 6, 64). Construction of the side chain in chiral fonn requires an extended reaction sequence involving manipulation of protecting groups. The sequence starts by reduction of the free carboxyl group of the monomethyl ester 8 of L-malic acid 7. The primary hydroxyl group in the product, 9, is then converted selectively to the trityl ether by reaction with triphenylmethyl chloride to give 10. Saponification converts that intenne- 105 
106 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES F F :> Cl o - ,/ N )- :> F C I 1 2 3 / F F '" 4, R= CH=O 6 5, R= CH 2 0H diate to the free acid 11. Reaction of that acid with the magnesium enolate from monoallyl malonate in the presence of carbonyldiimidazole effects acy- lation on the malonate methyne group with subsequent monodecarboxylation of the bis-(3-carboxylate. There is thus obtained the keto ester 12. The sec- ondary hydroxyl group from malic acid is now protected as the tert-butyl- dimethylsilyl ether (TBDM) 13. Reduction with sodium borohydride in the presence of trimethylborane leads selectively to the erythto compound 14; the newly introduced hydroxyl group is again protected as its tert-butyldi- methylsilyl ether (15). Treatment of this product with acid selectively cleaves the trityl ether to afford the alcohol 16, which is taken on to aldehyde 17 by Swem oxidation. Assembly of the target molecule concludes by condensation of the ylide from treatment of the phosphonate 6 with base with aldehyde 17. The allyl 
FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 107 CO R 1 HOUh( 2 CO R 2 2 CO R 2 HOlill e 2 OR 1 rlC02A 1 y HOIIO'n:_ OTr :. > 7. Rl_R2_H 9. Rl_H. R 2 -CH 3 10. RI-Tr. R 2 -CH 3 11. R 1 =Tr. R 2 =H 1 2 8. R 1 =CH 3 . R 2 =H III TBDKO  C0 2 Aly .,\,OTBDK CH=O RiO  C02AlY ,\\,0 TBDK OR 2 < 0 y COA I Y ,\OR " OR 2 1 7 1 4 . 1 2 R -H. R -Tr 1 2 . 1 2 R -H. R -Tr 15. R 1 =TBDM. R 2 =Tr 16. R 1 =TBDM. R 2 =H 13. 1 2 R -TBDM. R -Tr Tr- (C e H 5 )3 C Aly- Allyl TBDK- t-BuSiKe 2 ester protecting group is then removed by treatment with a palladium-tri- phenylphosphine complex; reaction of the intennediate product with tetra- butylammonium fluoride selVes to cleave the silyl ethers. Fluvastatin (18)1.2 is thus obtained. , TBDKOrC02AIY '1'\'\ 0 T B MD CH-O :. , + 6 17 18 
108 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES An indole, 25, related structurally to the neurotransmitter serotonin 19 exhibits antimigraine activity; it is noteworthy that the pKa of the acidic proton in the sulfonamide is not too far removed from that of the phenol in the serotonin. Aniline 20 is converted to the hydrazine 21 by the standard diazotization-reduction sequence. Condensation with the acetal from 3-cy- anopropionaldehyde gives the hydrazone 22. Treatment of this last inter- mediate with acid under classic Fischer indole conditions leads to the product 23. The nitrile is then reduced to the primary amine 24; dimethylation of the amine by a modem version of the Clark-Eschweiler reaction affords sumatriptan (25)3. H0 'Grf NH2 " '\ ./ N H 19 H CH3S 0 2 N  NHR H C H 3S02 N  , I CN  ./ N N' H 22 20, R = H 21, R = NH2 1 H  NR2 C H 3S 0 2 N I' '\ ./ N H c H  CN C H 3S 0 2 N I' '\ ./ N H 24, R = H 25, R = CH3 23 An indole provides the nucleus for an analgetic said to act through a nonopioid mechanism. Friedel-Crafts acylation of 2-methylindole (26) with 4-anisoyl chloride affords the ketone 27. This intennediate is then converted to the nitrogen anion with sodium hydride; treatment with N-(2-chloro- ethyl)morpholine leads to alkylation on nitrogen. There is thus obtained pravadoline (28). 4 CB3 Nr- B  OCH s OCH s  '\ H " H) Co 26 27 28 
FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 109 The utility of 5-hydroxytryptamine antagonists such as metoclopramide (Chapter 2, 46) for the treatment of cancer chemotherapy induced emesis occasioned a large amount of work on the SAR for agents of this class. Activity is retained when both the ortho methoxyl group and amide linkage of the prototype are replaced. The first step in the preparation of this agent is conversion of indole-3-carboxylic acid, 29, to the mixed anhydride 30. Reaction with the rather complex bridged bicylic amino alcohol 31 gives the ester dolasetron (32). 5 Gd 0 2 R + H H 0 I" :. 0'1 I, o 29. R-H 3 1 32 30. R-OCCF s The importance of the presence of acidic ionizable protons for NSAID activity was discussed in greater detail in Chapter 2. The first step in the construction of an NSAID which contains such a group consists of the conversion of indolone 33 to its carbamate 34. The protons on the methylene group are sufficiently acidic to afford at least some of the carbanion on treatment with 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). Reaction of 34 with the acid chloride from thiophene-2-carboxylic acid in the presence of DMAP leads to acylation on the methylene group. The product, shown as its enol tautomer, is the NSAID tenidap (35). 6 CI lGQ I" ==0 /' N H  C 1 'GO== I" -0 /' N I CONH 2 :. HO Cl  :s/ N/ I CONH 2 33 34 35 Cardiac glycosides such as digitoxin were for many years the only drugs available for stimulating the weakening heart muscle that denotes congestive heart failure. The advent of the cardiotonic pyridone amrinone, 36, offered the first of a series of drugs that avoided the very narrow therapeutic ratio of the cardiac glycosides. Extensive investigation of the SAR in this area 
110 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES showed that considerable latitude exists in the structure of both heterocyclic moieties. Exhaustive methylation of indolone 37 with methyl iodide in the presence of sodium hydride gives the dimethyl derivative 39; the acetyl protecting group is then removed with aqueous base. Friedel-Crafts acyla- tion with succinic anhydride and AICI) leads to keto ester 40. Condensation of this intennediate with hydrazine leads to successive hydrazone and hy- drazide fonnation, though not necessarily in that order. The pyrazinone indolidan (41)7 is thus obtained. H ° XJ N " ,I H 2 N  N 0f\ 0 N/ Ac :> 36 37 HO 38, R=Ac 39, R=H 1 < 4 1 40 The utility of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors as anti- hypertensive agents is by now finnly established. All ACE inhibitors to date consist of a proline like moiety and a side chain that interacts with the putative zinc pocket on ACE (e.g., see ceronapril, 14, and fosinopril, 20, in Chapter 5). The side chain for the analogue in which a perhydroindole serves as the surrogate proline is constructed by reductive alkylation by means of sodium cyanoborohydride of S-norvaline with pyruvic acid. Asym- metric induction by the chiral center in the amino acid leads to stereoselective fonnation of the chiral product 44. n-C 3 H 7 CHNH 2 , C0 2 Et 42 C0 2 H + ° < CH 3 :> n-C 3 H 7 CHNHCHC0 2 H , , Et0 2 C CH 3 43 44 
FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 111 Hydrogenation of the chiral fonn of ester 45 over palladium on carbon gives the cis-perhydroindole ester 46; the fonnation of the cis isomer is favored by both the direction of attack of the catalyst and thennodynamic preference for cis 5,6-ring fusions. The ester group is then interchanged to tert-butyl by successive saponification (47) and reaction with isobutylene (48). Condensation of acid 44 with indoline 48 catalyzed DCC leads to fonnation of the amide 49. The tert-butyl protecting group is then removed preferentially to give the ACE inhibitor perindopril (50).8 C02Et _ N H H C02R N Ii H  H C02R N - \ H COCHNHCH-ftC 3 H 7 - - - - - - - - 45 46. R-Et 47. R-H 48. R-t-Bu CH 3 C0 2 E t 49. R...t-Bu 50. R-H A benzofuran ring provides the nucleus for the NSAID tifurac, 56, which contains the acidic proton as a traditional carboxylic acid. Acylation of benzofuran 51 with acetyl chloride gives the methyl ketone 52. Treatment of that compound with sulfur and morpholine leads to transposition of the carbonyl group to the end of the chain by the Wilgerodt reaction. The product from this seemingly simple, but in effect mechanistically complex, reaction is the arylacetyl morpholide 53. The amide is then hydrolyzed with strong acid, and the resulting acid is esterified to ethyl ester 54. Acylation of this compound with 4-thioanisoyl chloride under Friedel-Crafts conditions leads to the ketone 55; saponification of the ester gives the acid tifurac (56). 9 The SAR of antiemetic compounds related to metoclopramide had es- tablished the need for a methoxyl group located on the ring carbon adjacent to the amide group; it was later found that the ortho ether can be present as part of a fused hydrofuran ring. IO Separate lines of research indicate that activity is enhanced by including the basic amino group in a bicyclic frame- work. The antiemetic compound zatosetron, 65, combines both of these activity-enhancing features. Construction of the bicylic amine begins by conversion of readily available tropanone 57 to its benzylimine 58. Catalytic reduction of this compound proceeds by addition of hydrogen from the more open face to give the a-benzylamine derivative. The benzyl group is lost by hydrogenolysis during the course of the reaction to give the primary amine 59. Alkylation of the phenolic group in 60 with methallyl chloride gives the ether 61. This compound undergoes Claisen rearrangement to the phenol 62 
112 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 00 :- :> ./' ° 5 1 52 53 C0 2 R / C0 2 C 2 H 5 < CH 3 S 54 55, R-C 2 H e 56, R-H /CH3 0/  CH3 > C e H 5 CHN7  CH3 H 2 N > 57 58 59 on heating. Treatment of this intennediate with fonnic acid brings about cylization to fonn the dihydrofuran ring (63). The free acid, 64, is obtained by saponification of the ester. Reaction of the acid chloride from 64 with amine 59 affords the amide, zatosetron, (65).11 The enzyme 5-lypoxygenase is the factor ultimately responsible for re- lease of arachidonic acid, source of thromboxanes and leukotrienes, from fatty stores. It has been established that corticosteroids exert their antiinflam- matory effect by inhibition of this enzyme. A structurally simple benzothio- phene N-hydroxyurea, is one of the few nonsteroids reported to have the same activity. Stepwise acylation of hydroxylamine with phenyl chlorofor- mate leads to successive fonnation of the O-acylated (66) and O,N-diacy- lated (67) derivative. Reaction of 67 with 2-hydroxyethyl benzothiophene 68 in the presence of diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD) and triphenylphos- phine results in net displacement of the hydroxyl by hydroxylamine nitrogen 
FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 113   Cl C0 2 CH S C16 :> C I 60 6 1 62 NCH3 0, H "V I <: C 1 C 1 65 63, R=CH S 64 I R=H and fonnation of the dicarbonate 69 in a Mitsonobu reaction. Exposure of this intennediate to ammonia leads to ammonolysis of the N-carbonate to a urea and loss of the O-carbonate ester. There is thus obtained the 5-lyp- oxygenase inhibitor zileutron (70). 12 o I I H 2 NOCOC e H 5 o 0 I I I I > CeHeOCHNOCOCeH5 66 67 :> o :. I I NCOC e H 5 I o,C,OC e H 5 o o I I NCNH 2 I OH  sr-'OH 67 68 69 70 Inclusion of the trisubstituted double bond of the estrogen antagonists such as tamoxifen (132, Chapter 2), in a fused ring leads to compounds which retain both activity and potency. Dihydronaphthalenes of this general type, such as trioxifene and nafoxidine, were discussed in previous vol- umes. Replacement of the dihydronaphthalene ring of trioxifene with the isosteric benzothiophene, as well as addition of a hydroxyl group in the 
114 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES fused benzene ring, leads to raloxifene (78). Friedel-Crafts cyclization of the substituted acetophenone 71, which can be obtained from 4-methoxy- bromoacetophenone and 3-mercaptoanisole, with PPA, leads to benzothio- phene 72. Note that the anisoyl ring in 72 has in fact shifted from its position in the initial cyclization of the product. To avoid later complications resulting from the methyl protecting groups, these are first removed (73) and replaced by methanesulfonate (74) groups known to be inert under Friedel-Crafts conditions. Construction of the side chain begins by alkylation of methyl 4- hydroxy benzoate with N-(2-chloroethyl)piperidine to ether; the ester is then saponified to the acid 76. Acylation of 74 with the acid chloride from 76 in the presence of aluminum chloride gives the ketone 77. Exposure to mild aqueous base then affords raloxifene (78). 13 ycr OCH 3 o 1/ I"' .. I"' \; - OR C H 3 0 U- S · RO 71 72; R = CH3 73; R = H 74; R = OS02CH3 o  o I " --. o0  C02H 76 >-RO OR OH rQJ 77; R = OS02CH3 78; R = H C02 CH 3 75 The wide latitude of the SAR of the "conazole" antifungal compounds has been noted before (e.g., see fluconazole, Chapter 5, 89). The observed activity of compounds that share only an imidazole ring and halogenated aryl groups with other compounds in this class is yet another indication of the looseness of the structural requirements. Alkylation of the starting ma- terial, the rather complex dihydrothiophene 79, whose preparation is not readily retrievable, with difluorinated benzyl bromide 80 affords the anti- fungal agent cisconazole (81).14 r OH r F O-CH2  ';; r BrCH2 \ ';; I' F +  /' S N\\ N\\ N r N 79 80 8 1 
1. BENZENE RINGS FUSED TO RINGS CONTAINING TWO HETEROATOMS 115 1. BENZENE RINGS FUSED TO RINGS CONTAINING TWO HETEROATOMS The histamine H 2 receptor antagonists, which block the release of stomach acid stimulated by histamine, represented the first family of specific antiulcer agents. The more recently developed antiulcer agent omeprazole, 82, di- minishes gastric acid secretion by a quite different pathway: this compound inhibits the sodium-potassium pump, which powers acid secretion. The net effect is similar to that of the older series of compounds. CH30  N I J.-so ........: H H 9 C H CBs OCB s 82 Gastric acid secretion inhibiting activity is retained when the substitution pattern in the pyridine ring on the side chain is changed. Aromatic nitration of the dimethoxy N-oxide 83 affords the nitrated product 84. The ring is sufficiently activated by the N-oxide group so that treatment with methoxide results in replacement of the nitro group by a methoxyl, probably by an addition-elimination sequence. Treatment of this last intennediate with acetic anhydride leads first to the fonnation of a transient O-acetate; this undergoes migration to the adjacent ring methyl group with simultaneous oxidation (Polonovski reaction). Saponification of the acetate first obtained gives the hydroxymethyl derivative 86. Reaction with thionyl chloride converts the hydroxyl to chloro (87). Alkylation of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole with 87 proceeds by attack of the nucleophilic sulfur. Oxidation of the alkylation product with a controlled amount of m-chloroperbenzoic acid affords the antiulcer agent pantoprazole (88). 15 The preparation of a closely related compound begins with nitration of the N-oxide of 2,3-dimethylpyridine (89). In this case the nitro group is replaced by the anion from trifluoroethanol to give ether 90. This is then carried through the sequence described above to afford finally the antiulcer compound lansoprazole (94).16 The benzimidazole ring system provides the nucleus for a compound that promotes excretion of uric acid, the nucleoside metabolite associated with gout. Reaction of the ortho diamine function in benzophenone 95 with the iminoether from acetonitrile, [CH 3 C(OCH 3 ) = NH], leads to fonnation of the benzimidazole 96 by two successive addition-elimination reactions. The 
116 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES o H3 c iJ CH 3 0  o H 3 c -Q CH 0 R 3 :> ) HO I R CH 0 OCH 3 3 83 84. Rc: N0 2 86 85. R=OCH 3 / N,>--S  )1  N CH 0 OCH 3 H 3 rl CII R CH 0 OCH 3 3 87 88 o H3 c iJ H 3 C  o H 3 c -Q H C R 3 :> rl) HO I R H C OCH 2 CF s 3 89 90, R-N0 2 92 91, R-OCH 2 CF s / r01s  )1  N H C OCH 2 CF 3 H 3 rl =;> CII R H C OCH 2 CF s 3 93 94 
1. BENZENE RINGS FUSED TO RINGS CONTAINING TWO HETEROATOMS 117 carbonyl group is then reduced to an alcohol (97). Displacement of the activated hydroxyl on the diphenylmethane carbon with imidazole leads to fonnation of the uricosuric agent irtemazole (98). 17 [[ a R N NH2 N N I  I; ---. ,>"-CH s ---+ ,>"-c Hs N N NH 2 H H 95 96 ; R-a 98 97: R-H,OH The pyridazinone function that fonns the phannacophore in cardiotonic agents such as idolidan, 41, leads to the same activity when substituted on a benzimidazole. Acylation of the amino group of 99, which can be obtained by acylation of 2-nitroaniline with succinic anhydride, with anisoyl chloride gives the amide 100. Reaction of that intennediate with hydrazine leads to fonnation of the pyridazinone ring (101). The nitro group is then reduced to an amine by catalytic hydrogenation to give 102. Treatment with acid leads to cyclization of the ortho amino amide array to an imidazole. There is thus obtained the cardiotonic agent pimobendan (103). 18 0 2 / H2NC02CB3 °2 N w N  C02CB3 CHaO \ / o  99 100 I CHSO  I' H ./ N \ - N o c N CHaa,o a 103 101; R-a 102; R-H Further exploration of the SAR of 5-HT antagonist-based antiemetic com- pounds showed that the indole ring present in dolasetron, 32, can be re- 
118 FIVE-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES placed by an indazole. A [3,3, l]azabicyclononane linked via an amide pro- vides the requisite rigid bicyclic amine in this case. This last is prepared by first converting ketone 104 to its oxime, 105. Reduction of this inter- mediate with a hydride reagent proceeds by attack of the reagent from the open exo side of the molecule with fonnation of the endo amine 106. 19 Acylation of this amine with indazole 107 as its acid chloride leads to the corresponding amide. There is thus obtained the antiemetic compound grani- setron (108).20 R =\ >CH 3 ) > H 2 NI" < >CH 3 ) C0 2 H cd ' 'N ./" ' N \ CH 3 104; R=O 106 107 105; R=NOH II' < >CH 3 ) lOB REFERENCES 1. K. M. Cheng, G. E. Hardtman, G. T. Lee, J. Linder, S. Wattanasin, and K. P. Kapa, Eur. Pat. Appl. 244364 (1987); Chern. Abstr., 108, 131038 (1988). 2. J. Prous and J. Castaner, Drugs Future, 16, 804 (1991). 3. A. W. Oxford, Ger. Offen. 3527648 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105, 78831 (1986). 4. M. R. Bell, U.S. Patent 4973587 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 114,20702 (1991). 5. P. B. Anzeveno, Eur. Pat. Appl. 339669 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 112, 118673 ( 1990). 6. R. G. Schulte and F. J. Ehrgott, Eur. Pat. Appl. 421749 (1991); Chern. Abstr., 115,71392 (1991). 7. D. W. Robertson, J. H. Krushinski, E. E. Beedle, V. Wyss, G. D. Pollock, H. Wilson, R. F. Kauffman, and J. S. Hayes, J. Med. Chern., 29, 1832 (1986). 
REFERENCES 119 8. M. Vincent, G. Remond, B. Portevin, B. Serkiz, and M. Laubie, Tetrahedron Lett., 23, 1677 (1982). 9. J. P. Dunn, N. A. Ackennan, and A. J. Tomolonis, J. Med. Chern., 29, 2326 (1986). 10. D. LednicerandJ. H. Sun, U.S. Patent 4888353 (1989). 11. D. W. Robertson, W. B. Lacefield, W. Blomquist, W. Pfeifer, R. L. Simon, and M. L. Cohen, J. Med. Chern., 35, 310 (1992). 12. A. O. Stewart and D. W. Brooks, J. Org. Chern., 57, 5020 (1992). 13. C. D. Jones, M. G. Jevnikar, A. J. Pike, M. K. Peters, L. J. Black, A. R. Thompson, J. F . Falcone, and J. A. Clemens, J. M ed. Chern., 27, 1057 (1984). 14. D. F. Rane, J. A. Desai, and R. E. Pike, Eur. Pat. Appl. 185381 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105, 152918 (1986). 15. B. Kohl, E. Stunn, J. Senn-Bilfinger, A. W. Simon, U. Krueger, H. Schaefer, G. Rainer, V. Figala, and K. Klemm, J. Med. Chern., 35,1049 (1992). 16. K. Kubo, K. Oda, T. Kaneko, H. Sato, and A. Nohara, Chern. Pharm. Bull., 38, 2853 (1990). 17. A. H. M. Raeyemaekers, E. J. E. Freyne, and G. C. Sanz, Eur. Pat. Appl. 260744 (1988); Chern. Abstr., 109,73437 (1988). 18. V. Austel, K. Noll, E. Wolfgang, J. Heider, J. Van Meel, W. Diederen, and W. Haannann, Ger. Offen. 3728244 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 111, 97263 (1989). 19. P. Donatsch, E. Guenter, G. Huegi, B. P. Richardson, and P. Stadler, Ger. Offen. 3322574 (1983); Chern. Abstr., 100,209629 (1984). 20. J. Bennudez, C. S. Fake, G. F. Joiner, K. A. Joiner, F. D. King, W. D. Miner, and G. S. Sanger, J. Med. Chern., 33, 1924 (1990). 
CHAPTER 8 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 1. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING ONE RING HETEROA TOM As noted earlier, one of the branches of the arachidonic acid cascade leads to the injurious mediators typified by leukotriene L4 (96, Chapter 2). An- tagonists such as sulukast (109, Chapter 2) have shown some activity against leukotriene-mediated effects. The quinoline ring systems serves as the nu- cleus for two leukotriene antagonists. Each of these agents, it should be noted, shares the ionizable acidic proton common to this class. Displacement of chlorine in chloromethyl quinoline 1 by the phenoxide from 2 affords the corresponding ether 3. Catalytic hydrogenation of that intennediate then reduces the nitro group to the aniline (4). Acylation of the amine with triftuoromethylsulfonyl chloride leads to sulfonamide (5). The highly electron-withdrawing trifturomethyl group significantly increases the acidity of the amide proton in the product, ritolukast (5).1 Condensation of the anion on the methyl group from quinoline 6 with m-phthalaldehyde leads to the product from reaction of a single carbonyl group 7. The synthetic schemes reported for preparation of the pure enan- tiomers of the final product, 2 as well as the nonstereoselective one described below, in vol ve fonnation of a thioacetal as the next step. Thus reaction of 7 with N,N-dimethyl 3-mercaptopropionamide in the presence of hexamethyl disilazane leads to the silylated thioacetal 8. This is then allowed to react with ethyl 3-mercaptopropionamide in the presence of boron trifluoride. The 120 
1. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING ONE RING HETEROATOM 121 NC I  + o HON02 JGl N 1/ 0AO NR 2  > 1 2 3, R-Q 4, R=H / JGl N I /' 0AO NHSOCF 3  5 strong acid presumably leads to elimination of the trimethyl silyloxy group; the resulting carbocation then reacts with nucleophilic sulfur to fonn 9. Saponification of the ester completes the synthesis of the leukotriene antag- onist verlukast (10). 3 o  CINCH3 CINCH=O CINOSi(CH3}J  ----+  ----+  SCON (CH 3 )2 6 7 8 /  CINSC02R  S.............. CON (CH 3)2 9, R = C2HS 10, R = H The quinoline carboxylic acid derivative brequinar (15) has shown an- tineoplastic activity in a number of animal models. The mechanism of action of this agent, which bears little or no structural relation to other antitumor agents, remains to be defined. The compound is prepared by the one-step condensation of the biphenyl derivative 12, which may be obtained by acy- lation of 2-ftuorobiphenyl, with isatin, 11. The transfonnation can be ra- tionalized by assuming first the condensation of the aliphatic methylene group next to the carbonyl with the isatin ketone to fonn a transient inter- mediate such as 13. The isatin amide group can then hydrolyze under the 
122 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES protic basic reaction conditions to given an amino carboxylate such as 14. Intramolecular condensation of the carbonyl with the primary amine then fonns the quinoline ring. The end product of this one-pot sequence is bre- quinar (15).4 1 1 1 2 0 F > 1 3 1 0 F I( o o F lGr) " I =0 / N H + r 15 14 The ubiquity of piperazine rings among compounds that interact with the CNS and cardiovascular sites, discussed at greater length in Chapter 6, carries over to the quinolone series. Bisalkylation of the primary amino group on quinolone 16 with N,N-di-(2-bromoethyl)amine gives the piperazine 17. Acylation of this compound with 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride leads to the corresponding amide. The cardiotonic agent vesnarinone (18)5 is thus obtained. ()Cr NB I " ON/. ----. rXB ()Cr N-J " ON/. ---+ o rlfOCHI If-J VOCHI ON 18 17 18 Modem antibacterial agents owe their selectivity to the fact that these drugs inhibit enzymes involved in bacterial replication that have no mam- malian counterparts. The best known case is that of the 13-lactams, which inhibit enzymes involved in cell wall synthesis. More subtle differences can also lead to selectivity. If the DNA in the average cell were extended to its 
1. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING ONE RING HETEROATOM 123 full length, its span could be measured in inches. The DNA in cells thus exists in a highly coiled or supercoiled fonn. Those portions of DNA that must be read for replication need to be straightened out. Unwinding this coil is somewhat akin to unraveling a tight snarl of monofilament fishing line. The most efficient way to straighten a portion of the chain involves cutting snarls, passing the line through, and retying the cuts. The topoisomerase enzymes temporarily hold the cut ends until the chain is passed through; other enzymes then repair the cut. Inhibitors of the topoisomerases in effect replace the enzyme, but then fonn a covalent bond which holds the cut ends apart. The disrupted DNA chain then becomes nonfunctional. The quinolone antibiotics typified by the compounds in Table 1 result from several decades of investigation of the SAR of this heterocyclic nucleus. These compounds act as inhibitors of DNA gyrase, a special class of topoisomerases whose unique occurrence in bacteria leads to selective inhibition of prokaryotes. The 7 -amino substituted quinolone antibiotics listed in Table 1 are ac- cessible by a common synthetic scheme. The actual routes used for the individual compounds differ in the halogen atoms on the monocyclic starting materials; all include fluorine at the 3 position; the halogen substituent at position 2 and 4 may be either fluorine or chlorine. The first step consists of construction of the benzoyl acetate ester 21. This is accomplished by the Claisen-like condensation of benzoic acid 19 with the magnesium salt of ethyl acetate. 9 An alternative procedure for preparing the intennediate con- sists of carbethoxylation of acetophenone 20 with methylmagnesium car- bonate. 10 Condensation of 21 with ethyl orthofonnate in the presence of base leads to the fonnyl derivative 22. This is then reacted with the appropriate amine to provide the quinoline nitrogen in the fonn of an enamide (23), probably by an addition-elimination sequence. Treatment of this intenne- diate with a strong base, such as sodium hydride, fonns the anion on nitro- gen. This undergoes an internal aromatic nucleophilic displacement to fonn the quinolone ring 24. Reaction of this compound with the selected second- ary amine results in a second aromatic nucleophilic displacement reaction to afford 25 (Y=NR 2 ); the presence of the para carbonyl group activates the halogen at 7 to displacement. Saponification of the ester groups lead to the quinolone antibiotic 26 (Y = NR 2 ). The order in which the steps are carried out can be changed. Thus aro- matic nucleophilic displacement on 20 with 2-methylpiperazine affords in- tennediate 27. The secondary amine group is protected as its tert-butoxy- carbonyl derivative; carbethoxylation of the acetophenone function leads to the intennediate 28. This is then taken through the sequence depicted above; deprotection affords the antibiotic temafloxacin (37). 11 An alternate route to the key enamide consists of direct acylation of an enamide. For example, reaction of the benzoyl chloride 29 with 30 in the 
124 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 0 0 FC02H F C0 2 Me F I'   /" r r F r X X X 1 9 2 1 20 0 0 0 r C0 2 Me r C0 2 Me r C0 2 Me +-  F F NH F X X I X R 24 23 22  0 F CO R' 2 Y X 25, R-Me, Y-NR 2 26, R=H. Y=NR 2 0 0 r r COllie 20  r N · r N HNy fBOCNy 27 28 FCOCI C02)(e F C0 2 Me I' + > " /. C I 'NH C I C I NH C I 29 L L 30 3 1 
1. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING ONE RING HETEROATOM 125 ./ TABLE 1 0 F C0 2 H Y X R X Y # (Ref) 32 (6) 33 (7) 34 (8) 35 (9) 3 6 (1 0 ) 37 (11) 3 8 (1 2 ) 3 9 (1 3 ) USAN Lomeflo:xacin Binaf 1 oxac in Enroflo:xacin Danfloxacin Saraflo:xacin Temaflo:xacin Fleroxacin Cl inaf lox&cin C 2 H 5 H r\ N NH '----\ l()'N '--/ C 2 H 5 H <J r\ N NC 2 H 5 \........J H <J NNC2H5 H 4-FC e H, r\ N NH \........J H 2.4-F 2 C e H 3 H r\ N NH '----\ FCH 2 CH 2 F r\ N NCH s \........J <J N:=l.NH 2 r 
126 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES presence of triethylamine leads directly to 31. 8 Cyclization, followed by displacement of the chlorine at 7 by N-ethylpiperazine and finally saponifi- cation gives enrofloxacin (34). 8 Addition of a second nitrogen atom on the fused benzene ring depends on the different reactivities of the fluorine atoms on the 5 and 7 positions. The starting material, 40, is presumably prepared from pentafluorobenzoic acid by the standard sequence. Nucleophilic aromatic displacement on this compound with benzylamine in an aprotic solvent, in this case toluene, leads to displacement of the fluorine at the 5 position and fonnation of 41. This is then converted to the primary aniline 42 by removal of the benzyl group by hydrogenation over palladium on carbon; acetylation gives the amide 43. A second nucleophilic aromatic displacement reaction, this time using 2,6- dimethylpiperazine in the polar solvent ethanol, leads to replacement of the fluorine at the 7 position and fonnation of 44. Saponification using sodium hydroxide removes the N-acetyl and ester groups, and sparfloxacin (45)14 is thus obtained. r 0 RBN 0 RBN 0 F C0 2 Et r C0 2 1t r C0 2 R'  ---+ YN F r r F HNy F 40 4 1 , R-PhCH 2 44, R-Ac, R'-It 42, R-B 45, R-R'-H 43, R-Ac The synthetic route for fonning the quinolone antibiotics is sufficiently versatile that it can be applied to analogues in which the fused benzene ring is replaced by pyridine. An analogue that incorporates nitrogen in both fused rings, tosulfoxacin (47), is prepared from pyridine 46 using the general route outlined above. 15 o 0 F  II C02Et F )fX) " I I" I ,/    ,/ Cl N 46 Cl 9 N F H 2 N Y F 47 
1. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING ONE RING HETEROATOM 127 The very potent, broad spectrum activity of the quinolone antibiotics has led to an unusually detailed investigation of the SAR in this series, which has resulted in the synthesis of inumerable analogues. One result of this investigation is the finding that fusion of an additional ring onto the quin- alone nucleus is quite compatible with activity. In a sequence used in earlier routes to these compounds, tetrahydroquinoline 48 is condensed with meth- oxymethylenemalonate in the presence of polyphosphoric acid. The reaction can be rationalized as involving replacement of the methoxyl by the tetra- hydroquinolone nitrogen and Friedel-Crafts acylation of the benzene ring, though the order of the steps may in fact be reversed. The product tricyclic ester 49 is then saponified to afford the antibiotic ibafloxacin (50).16 F Et02CC02Et " + OCH 3 F C0 2 R :> H 3 C H 3 C 48 49, R=Et 5 0, R = H The most prominent functionality shared by the quinolone antibiotics is the presence of the electrophilic Michael acceptor ene-dicarbonyl array. In- dependent work has shown that this array is not actually involved in the mode of action of these agents. Support for this conclusion comes from the observation that replacement of the carboxy lie ester by a sulfoxide function leads to an antihypertensive agent apparently devoid of antibacterial activity. Acylation of the aniline function in 51 by means of methyl fonnate leads to fonnamide 52. Thennolysis of this intennediate in hot ethylene glycol mono- methyl ether brings about aldol condensation of the fonnamide carbonyl with the activated side-chain methylene group. There is thus obtained the antihypertensive agent flosequinan (53). 17 a o o r saCH 3 r saCHS r saCHS > > 5 1 52 53 
128 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES Although the majority of antiarrhythmic agents are based on hindered amides related to the local anesthetics, several agents that depend on ami- noalkyl ethers of phenols have also shown promising activity. Friedel-Crafts acylation of 2,6-xylenol with the chromone acid chloride 54 leads to the ketone 55 which on alkylation with 3-chloro-N,N-di-n-butylamine, affords bucromanone (56).18 O¥COC 1  II o > CH 3 OH CH 3 54 55 / CH 3 O(CH 2 )3 N (nC 4 H g )2 CH 3 56 The large amount of research devoted to the -blockers was chronicled in the earlier volumes in the series and to lesser extent in Chapter 2 of this book. It has been established that the ethanolamine function characteristic of this class can be attached to a benzofuran ring (bufuraloI 19 ). Replacement of that heterocycle by benzopyran more closely mimics the classical {3- blocker oxypropanolamine side chain; in this case the molecule is interest- ingly doubled. Catalytic hydrogenation of chromone 57 reduces both the double bond and the carbonyl group to afford benzopyran 58. The carboxylic acid is then reduced with DIBAL to the aldehyde 59. Reaction of this in- tennediate with the ylide from trimethylsulfonium iodide leads to the oxirane 60. This is then used to alkylate benzylamine to afford the bis-alkylation product 61, a compound with four chiral centers. Hydrogenation with pal- ladium on carbon removes the benzyl protecting group to give the -blocker nebivolol (62).20 A benzopyran provides the nucleus for the leukotriene antagonist ablu- kast (71). The synthesis of this agent starts with the preparation of chromone (64) by cyclization of dihydroxyacetophenone (63) with diethyl oxalate. Exhaustive catalytic hydrogenation leads to the benzopyran 65. Friedel- Crafts acylation then gives the acetyl derivative 66. The free phenol is 
1. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING ONE RING HETEROATOM 129 >' o :> COR o C0 2 H F F F 57 58, R=OH 5 9, R = H 60 / o OH R N OH 0 F F 61, R=PhCH 2 6 2, R = H alkylated with 5-acetoxy-l-bromopentane to give the phenol ether 67. The tenninal ester grouping is saponified and the resulting alcohol converted to a good leaving group by reaction with methanesulfonyl chloride to give 68. In a convergent scheme the starting acetophenone 63 is converted to the propyl derivative 69 by the same scheme used to prepare 113 in Chapter 2. Alkylation of this phenol with mesylate 68 proceeds on the less-hindered, nonchelated hydroxyl to give 70. Saponification of the ester group in this last intennediate gives ablukast (71).21 63 o ro -CO  1/ 1 --. 1/ HO 0 C02 E t HO 0 C02 Et 64 65 o  HO O,1 C02 Et 66 o  HOOH W HO 0 I'"  / 0 1/ o (C H 2)5 0 C02R · 70, R = Et 71, R = H 1 o  RO(C H 2)S OO..l C02 Et 69 67, R = Ac 68, R = S02Me 
130 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 2. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING TWO HETEROATOMS The pyridazinone ring serves as a cardiotonic phannacophore in a large variety of benzoheterocycles, several of which are discussed in earlier chap- ters. Attachment of that ring onto a benzopyrimidinone is quite consistent with activity. Condensation of diamine 72 with carbonyl dimidazole leads to the bicyclic intennediate 73. This is then acylated in the usual way with the half-acid chloride, half ester of succinic acid to give keto ester 74. Reaction with hydrazine fonns the pyridazinone ring. There is thus obtained prinoxodan (75).22 CH S 0 2 C NCH 3 NO H GC:NHCH 3 NH 2 -----+ cc ' NCH3 /"  N 0 H )I 72 73 o / 74 NCH s NO H 75 Leukotriene antagonist activity also seems to be consistent with a variety of heterocyclic nucleii. The quinazolinone tiacrilast, 79, shares little but an acidic proton with most agents of this class. Condensation of the ortho anthranilate 76 with fonnamide leads to fonnation of quinazolinone 77; the reason for the unusual location of the double bond in the product is not readily apparent. Alkylation of the anion from the amide nitrogen with methyl 3-chloroacrylate gives the eneamide 78, probably by an addition-elimination sequence. Saponification of the ester group completes the synthesis of ti- acrilast (79). 23 CHSS  C02CHS I' /. NH 2 o CHSS 'C( NH )I I /.  N o CHSS 'C( NC02R )I I /.  N 76 77 78. R=CH s '79. R-H 
2. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING TWO HETEROATOMS 131 A deceptive simple quinazolinone devoid of the ubiquitous pyridazinone function also shows cardiotonic activity. One synthesis for this compound starts from the tonnage chemical vanillin 80. The free phenol group is first protected as its benzenesulfonate 81; nitration gives the expected mixture of products in which the desired isomer, 82, predominates in a 2 to 1 ratio. The protecting group is then removed by hydrolysis and the resulting free phenol alkylated with methyl iodide to give 84. The aldehyde group is then oxidized to the acid 85. Reaction of the corresponding acid chloride with diethylmalonate followed by treatment with sodium hydroxide leads to bis decarboxy lation of the intennediate acylation product to afford the methyl ketone 86. The nitro group is then reduced (87) and the resulting aniline converted to the carbamate 88. Reaction of 88 as a melt with ammonium acetate fonns the quinazolinone ring, and bemarinone (89)24 is thus ob- tained. RO RO CH 3 0 CHsO'&CH-O CH30'OCH-O CH 3 0'QC0 2 H " :. 1/ :. I' / / N0 2 N0 2 80, R=H 82, R=S02 Ph 85 81, R=S02 Ph 83, R-H 84, R-CH 3 1 CH 3 0 CH s CH30 'CC ' 'N 1/  N 0 H 1( CH 0 CH 3 CH S 0 1G( ' ....0 I 0 +-- / N)-.J... 0 C H s H tc CH30 0 CH 3 0 I ; CH s NR 2 89 88 86, R-O 87, R=H Diabetes, particularly if it is uncontrolled, leads to profound changes in body chemistry. The buildup of excessive levels of the enzyme aldose re- ductase is one of the more insidious changes which leads to accumulation of the sugar reduction product sorbitol in the lens of the eye, a condition that leads to loss of vision. Considerable research has consequently been devoted to developing inhibitors of aldose reductase. Two compounds based on the phthalazine nucleus have shown activity against this enzyme. Reac- tion of phthalic anhydride with the ylid from ethyl triphenylphosphonium 
132 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES acetate leads to condensation of the reagent with one of the carbonyl groups to fonn ester 90. Reaction of that intennediate with hydrazine fonns the key phthalazine 91. The methyl group in benzothiazole 92 is then brominated in a convergent scheme to give 93. Alkylation of the amide nitrogen in 91 with 93 affords zolporestat (94).25 erS C02C2H5 I" 0 ,/ \ o :. ....... N I NH o >-- 0: ..... CIIOzCzH5 I I N  CF3 ,/ N"--./ ,/  I os" 90 9 1 N  CF3 RH 2 C-(; ,/ I s " 94 92 I R-H 93 I R-Br Alkylation of the phthalazine 91 with substituted benzyl bromide 95 in- stead of a benzothiazole gives the aldose reductase inhibitor ponalrestat (96).26 91 + BrHzC V Br F  CO Z C Z H5 Br o F 95 96 The incorporation of polar substituents into imidazolines to restrict a-adrenergic antagonists to the periphery was noted earlier in the discussion of aproclonidine (73, Chapter 5). The quinoxaline serves as the polar func- tion in the antiglaucoma agent brimodine (99). The bromine substituent at the a-position may provide the steric hindrance required to hold the imi- dazoline orthogonal. Reaction of the amino group in 97 with ammonium isothiocyanate leads to the thiourea 98; condensation with ethylenediamine then affords brimodine (99).27 
2. SIX-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES CONTAINING TWO HETEROATOMS 133 Br Br H N  N0NH2 :0N'1fNH2 I ..... " N: : '[J ./ ./ :. ::. N 97 98 99 The breadth of the SAR of the cardiotonic activity of pyridazinone car- diotonic agents is reinforced by the finding that activity is retained when the ring is attached to a benzomorpholinone ring. Mannich reaction with di- methylamine and fonnaldehyde on propiophenone 100, which may come from acylation of benzomorpholinone, affords the dimethyl amino methyl de- rivative 101. This is converted to the quaternary methiode 102. Reaction of that intennediate with cyanide may proceed to the nitrile 103 by direct displacement of trimethylamine. Alternatively, the quaternary salt may first undergo elimination to the unsaturated ketone; conjugate addition of cyanide would then afford the same product. Hydrolysis of the nitrile function then yields the keto acid 104. Ring closure with hydrazine completes the synthesis of bemoradan (105).28 o II 0 H31 ; N 0 H (CH 3 )n NCH 2 o N10 H :> 100 101. n=2 102. n=3.(+)I- 1 R :1 0 H o N)O H < 105 103. R=CN 104. R-C0 2 H 
134 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES The majority of the "spirone" anxiolytic agents derived from buspirone retain the pyrimidopiperazine moiety of the original drug (see tiospirone, 74, et. seq., Chapter 6). Replacing that moiety with an aminomethyl group but retaining the spiroglutarimide of the parent still maintains anxiolytic activity. Reaction of catechol with a-chlorocyanoacrylate gives the benzo- dioxane 106. Catalytic reduction of the double bond (107) followed by treatment with lithium aluminum hydride leads to the aminomethyl deriva- tive 108. In a convergent scheme, the spiroglutarimide is then alkylated with I-bromo-2-chloroethane to give intennediate 110. Use of the latter to al- kylate amine 108 affords the tranquilizer binospirone (111).29 0 ° Jr CN I'" I /. ° -----+ 0 0 r R ° 106 10'7, R-CN >- 0 0 ) M-F: I '" H ° /. o 108, R-CH 2 NH 2 111 H: / o - -F:hv-, CI  o 109 11 0 Addition of an oxygen atom to the dimeric J3-blocker nebivolol, 62, by replacing the benzopyran with a benzodioxane ring, retains the adrenergic blocking activity of the parent. Alkylation of salicylaldehyde with trans- 1,4-dichloro-2-butene gives the phenol ether 112. Oxidation of this com- pound with m-chloroperbenzoic acid converts the olefin to an oxirane and at the same time effects a Baeyer- V illiger reaction on the aldehyde to convert the group to a phenolic fonnyl ester 114. Saponification with mild base leads to the corresponding phenoxide. This attacks the reactive oxirane intramo- lecularly to fonn a benzodioxane ring; the resulting alkoxide then displaces the chlorine on the adjacent carbon to restore an oxirane function, now moved over by one bond (115). This oxirane is then converted to the dimeric ethanolamine bendacalol, 117, in the same manner as its benzopyran ana- logue. 3o 
3. BENZENE FUSED TO SEVEN-MEMBERED RING HETEROCYCLES 135 G( 0C 1 1/ CH=O ----+ o 00Cl OR GC: :. 112 113, R-CHO 114, R-H 115 / GC::::cD 116, R-CH 2 Ph 117, R-H 3. BENZENE FUSED TO SEVEN-MEMBERED RING HETEROCYCLES The prototype for angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, captopril, con- tains proline as a central structural element. Extensive research in this series had led to a large number of ACE inhibitors which involve other, apparently quite different, ring systems. The synthesis of an ACE inhibitor based on a benzazepinone starts by chlorination of lactam 118 to the dichloro derivative 119. Catalytic reduction removes one of the gem chi oro substituents to give 120; the halogen is then displaced with sodium azide to give intennediate 121. Alkylation of the amide with ethyl bromoacetate in the presence of base yields the ester 122. Hydrogenation then converts the azide to an amino group (123); that intennediate is then resolved by classical salt fonnation and crystallization. Saponification of the S enantiomer, 124, with sodium hydroxide affords amino acid 125. Reductive alkylation of that intennediate with keto ester 126 and sodium cyanoborohydride gives the desired product as a 70: 30 mixture of diastereoisomers; the enantiomeric excess is due to the proximity of the ring chiral center. Isolation of the predominant isomer gives benazepril (127).31 An unusual nitrogen-bridged dibenzoheptane acts as an antagonist to the hallucinogen PCP. However, the anticonvulsant action of the compound is of more direct therapeutic interest. Reaction of dibenzocycloheptenone 128 with methylmagnesium bromide proceeds to give the methyl carbinol 129. Condensation of that alcohol with hydroxylamine leads to replacement of 
136 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES Rl w-l'R2 N 0 H :. G(}R N 0 H :. G(}R N 0 ( C0 2 E t IlB, R1_R2_H 119, R 1 =R 2 =CI 120, R-CI 121, R=N 3 122, R-N s 123, R=NH 2 GO H C0 2 Et I '" OIIiN-! /. '", N°h (C0 2 H (;) C0 2 Et -I 0-_ '   < 126 GO"'IHH2 N 0 ( C0 2 R 127 124, R-Et 125, R=H the activated bisbenzylic tertiary alcohol to fonn 130, almost certainly via the carbocation. Cyclization of that intennediate by unspecified means leads to an unusual addition of nitrogen to the transannular double bond and fonnation of the bicyclic nucleus. Catalytic hydrogenation converts the hy- droxylamine function to a secondary amine, and dizocilpine (132)32 is thus obtained. =- :. 0 H 3 C R CH 3 1 2 B 129, R-OH 1 3 1 . R=OH 130, R-NHOH 132, R-H The benzodiazepines have a venerable history as CNS agents, and more specifically as anxiolytic drugs. It is interesting that transposing the phenyl substituent from the position adjacent to the fused benzene ring and changing the heterocyclic ring to aI, 3-diazepine yields a compound that has antide- pressant activity. The synthetic sequence starts by protection of the amine in 133 as its tBOC derivative 134. Reaction of that compound with butyl- lithium affords the corresponding benzyl anion; this adds to the Schiff base 
3. BENZENE FUSED TO SEVEN-MEMBERED RING HETEROCYCLES 137 from benzaldehyde and methylamine to give the phenethylamine 135. The protecting group is then removed to give diamine 136. Condensation of that intennediate with ethyl orthoacetate closes the benzodiazepine ring, and dazepinil (137)33 is thus obtained. (): NHR I' /" CH 3 ::. ::. N NCH 3 133. R-H 134. R=COztBu 135. R=COztBu 136. R=H 137 Peptides are very difficult to develop as drugs because they are often poorly bioavailable and are subject to rapid metabolism. Consequently, translating into drug therapy the enonnous strides made in recent years in detennining the structures of biologically active peptides and developing antagonists for those compounds is a slow process. The parallel detenni- nation of the detailed three-dimensional structure of peptide receptor sites has however made it possible to design topological analogues of those pep- tides that have quite different connectivities. The design of an orally effective benzodiazepine, which acts as an antagonist to the peptide cholecystokinin (CCK) at peripheral receptors, is one of the first recorded successes of this strategy. The synthesis of this agent starts, as do many benzodiazepine preparations, with the chloroacetamide 138. Finklestein reaction gives the corresponding iodide 139; treatment with hydroxylamine gives 140. Cycli- zation of that intennediate leads to the N-oxide 141. The N-oxide function is then used to oxidize the adjacent methylene group. Thus reaction of 141 with acetic anhydride leads to the acetate 142 by means of the Polonovsky rearrangement. The acetate is then saponified and the resulting alcohol con- verted to the chloro derivative 143 by means of thionyl chloride. Displace- ment with ammonia gives the amine 144. This is then acylated with indole- 2-carboxylic acid to give 145. Methylation of the anion obtained from 145 by treatment with sodium hydride and methyl iodide completes the synthesis of devazepide (146).34 The synthesis of the chlorinated analogue of the well-tried calcium chan- nel blocker diltiazem (deschloro 153) involves a stereoselective adaptation of the route used for the original drug. Thus condensation of the thiophenol 147 with the chiral glycidate 148 affords a mixture of regioisomers. The desired hydroxy ester 149 is separated from that mixture and reduced cata- lytically to the amine 150. That product is then cyclized thennally to the 
H NY'R o =- :> H N1-R -N 1 3 8 , R-Cl 141 142, R=OAc 139 , R = I 143. R=Cl 140. R=NHOH 144, R-NH 2 ! CH 3 H ki--N < Ni--N - N I I I - N I I I o N ,/ o N ,/ H H 146 145 + 0 =- Cl 'O S I OH /' NR 2 C0 2 CH 3 OCH 3 C1 'C! SH I' /. N0 2 OCH s " C 0 C H 2 3 147 148 Cl 'O S I' /' N 0 \ N(CH S )2 OCB s 149, R=O 150 t R=H ! < CI 'O S I' /' N H OCB s o 151 152, R-H 153 t R-Ac 138 
REFERENCES 139 lactam 151. Alkylation of the anion from treatment of the amide with base with 2-chlorothyldimethylamine gives intennediate 152. Acylation by means of acetic anhydride affords the calcium channel blocker clentiazem (153).35 REFERENCES 1. J. H. Musser, A. F. Kreft, R. H. Bender, D. M. Kubrak, R. P. Carlson, J. Chang, and J. M. Hand, J. Med. Chern., 32, 1176 (1989). 2. J. Y. Gauthier, T. Jones, E. Champion, L. Charette, R. Dehaven, R. W. Ford- Hutchinson, K. Hoogsteen, A. Lord, P. Masson, H. Piechuta, S. S. Pong, J. P. Springer, M. Therien, R. Zamboni and R. N. Young, J. Med. Chern., 33, 2841 (1990). 3. J. M. McNamara, J. L. Leazer, M. Bhupathy, J. S. Amato, R. A. Reamer, P. J. Reider, and F. J. Grabowski, J. Org. Chern., 54, 3718 (1989). 4. D. P. Hesson, Eur. Pat. Appl. 133244 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 102, 191177 (1985). 5. M. Tominaga, E. Yo, H. Ogawa, S. Yamashita, Y. Yabuuchi, and K. Naka- gawa, Chern. Pharm. Bull., 32, 2100 (1984). 6. Y. Itoh, H. Kato, N. Ogawa, E. Koshinaka, T. Suzuki, and N. Vagi, Ger. Offen. 343924 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 103, 123517 (1985). 7. M. R. Jefson and P. R. McGuirk, Eur. Pat. Appl. 215650 (1987); Chern. Abstr., 107, 7085 (1987). 8. K. Grohe and H. Heitzer, Libiegs Ann. Chern., 29 (1987). 9. P. R. McGuirk, M. R. Jefson, D. D. Mann, N. C. Elliott, P. Chang, E. P. Cisek, P. C. Cornell, T. D. Gootz, S. L. Haskell, M. S. Hindahl, L. J. LaFleur, M. J. Rosenfeld, T. R. Shryock, M. M. Silva and F. H. Weber, J. Med. Chern., 35, 611 (1992). 10. D. T. Chu, P. B. Fernandes, A. K. Claiborne, E. Pihuleac, C. W. Nordeen, R. E. Maleczka, and A. G. Pernet, J. Med. Chern., 28, 1558 (1985). 11. D. T. Chu, I. M. Lico, A. K. Claiborne, and H. Faubl, Can. J. Chern., 70, 1323 (1992). 12. T. Irikura, H. Koga, and S. Murayama, Aust. Pat. Specif. 537813 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 102, 24503 (1985). 13. J. P. Sanchez, J. M. Domagala, S. E. Hagen, C. L. Heifetz, M. P. Hutt, J. B. Nichols, and A. K. Trehan, J. Med. Chern., 31, 983 (1988). 14. T. Miyamoto, J. Matsumoto, K. Chiba, H. Egawa, K. Shibamori, A. Min- amida, Y. Nishimura, H. Okada, M. Kataoka, M. Fujita, T. Hirose, and J. Nakano, J. Med. Chern., 33, 1645 (1990). 15. H. Narita, Y. Konsishi, J. Nitta, I. Kitayama, M. Miyazima, Y. Watanabe, A. Yotsuji, and I. Saikawa, Yakugaku Zasshi, 106,802 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 106,196291 (1987). 16. R. M. Stem, Eur. Pat. Appl. 109284 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 101, 110764 (1984). 
140 SIX- AND SEVEN-MEMBERED BENZOHETEROCYCLES 17. L. Maclean, D. L. Roberts, K. Barron, K. J. Nichol, and A. E. Harrison, Eur. Pat. Appl. 317149 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 111, 232593 (1989). 18. C. Nicolas, M. Vemy, J. C. Maurizis, M. Payard, and M. Faurie, J. Labeled Corn pd. Radiopharm., 23, 837 (1986). 19. D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, vol. 2, Wiley, NY, 1980, p. 110. 20. G. R. VanLommen, M. F. L. De Bruyn, and M. F. J. Schroven, Eur. Pat. Appl. 145067 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 104, 5773; Drugs Future, 14, 957 (1989). 21. S. P. Manchand, R. A. Micheli, and S. J. Saposnik, Tetrahedron, 48, 9391 ( 1992). 22. D. E. Kuhla, H. F. Campbell, W. L. Studt, W. C. Faith, and B. F. Molino, PCT Int. Appl., 8703201 (1987); Chern. Abstr., 108, 6037 (1988). 23. V. Aguire Onnaza, Spanish Patent 549881 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 107, 236726 (1987). 24. J. B. Press, V. T. Bandurco, E. M. Wong, G. Z. Hajos, R. M. Kanojia, R. A. Mallory, E. G. Deegan, J. J. McNally, J. R. Roberts, M. L. Coffer, D. W. Gradan and J. R. Lloyd, J. Heterocycl. Chern., 23,1821 (1986). 25. B. L. Mylari, E. R. Larson, T. A. Beyer, W. J. Zembrowski, C. E. Aldinger, M. F. Dee, T. W. Siegel, and D. H. Singleton, J. Med. Chern., 34, 108 (1991). 26. D. R. Brittain and R. Wood, Eur. Pat. Appl. 2895 (1979); Chern. Abstr., 92, 76533 (1980). 27. J. T. Pento, Drugs Future, 10, 578 (1985). 28. D. W. Combs and J. P. Demers, PCT Int. Appl. 9211256 (1992); Chern. Abstr., 118, 38933 (1993). 29. M. Hibert and M. W. Gittos, Eur. Pat. Appl. 170213 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105, 24193 (1986). 30. C. F. Huebner and H. W. Gschwend, U.S. Patent 4380653 (1983); Chern. Abstr., 99,53771 (1983). 31. J. W. H. Watthey, J. L. Stanton, M. Desai, J. E. Babiarz, and B. M. Finn, J. Med. Chern., 28, 1511 (1985). 32. D. R. Bender, S. Karady, and T. Rothauser, Eur. Pat. Appl. 91071 (1983); Chern. Abstr., 101, 23329 (1984). 33. G. E. Lee and T. B. K. Lee, Eur. Pat. Appl. 66773 (1982); Chern. Abstr., 98, 197754 (1983). 34. B. E. Evans, K. E. Rittle, R. M. DiPardo, R. M. Freidinger, W. L. Whitter, G. F. Lundell, D. F. Veber, P. S. Anderson, R. S. L. Chang, V. J. Lotti, D. J. Cerino, T. B. Chen, P. J. Kling, K. A. Kunkel, J. P. Springer and J. Hirschfield, J. Med. Chern., 31, 2235 (1988). 35. H. Inoue, M. Konda, T. Hasiyama, H. Otsuka, K. Takahashi, M. Gaino, T. Date, K. Aoe, M. Takeda, S. Murata, H. Narita and T. Nagao, J. Med. Chern., 34, 675 (1991). 
CHAPTER 9 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES 1. FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES FUSED TO PYRIDINES As noted earlier in this volume, aromatase inhibitors promise to have ap- plication in the treatment of estrogen-dependent neoplasms by diminishing the endogenous conversion of androgens to estrogens. The great majority of those agents consist of modified steroids or derivatives of aminogluteth- emide. The imidazopyridine fadrazole, 10, represents a marked departure from those structural types. The synthesis of this agent starts by conversion of the arylpiperidine 1 to its N-oxide. Treatment with cyanide in dimethyl sulfate leads to introduction of a cyano group at the 2-position in a reaction reminiscent of the Polonovsky rearrangement; an intennediate N-O sulfate may playa role in this reaction. The newly introduced nitrile group is then reduced to the primary amine (4) and this is acylated to give the fonnamide 5. This intennediate cyclizes to fonn the imidazole 6 on treatment with POCI 3 . Catalytic hydrogenation of this product leads to apparently selective reduction of the pyridine ring to afford 7. The ester group in the intennediate is then saponified (8) and converted to the amide 9 via its acid chloride. Treatment of the amide with POCl 3 leads to dehydration of the amide to a nitrile. The aromatase inhibitor fadrazole (10) 1 is thus obtained. A more highly reduced imidazopyridine which bears some structural re- semblance to the classical immunoregulatory 6-phenylimidazothiazole lev- amisole retains the same activity. Treatment of the heterocycle 11 with butyllithium leads to lithiation on the six-membered ring at the position ex 141 
142 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES :) CN :) ::. MRR C0 2 Et C0 2 E t C0 2 Et C0 2 Et 1 2 3 .. , R-H 5 , R-CH-O  c: I( I( CN COR C0 2 Et C0 2 Et 1 0 B I R-H 7 S 9. R-NH 2 to the carbon at an acid oxidation stage. Exposure of the anion to diphenyl disulfide gives the sulfide 12. Oxidation of 12 by means of Chloramine T in methanol leads to the dimethyl acetal 13, oxamisole. ....C 8 "6 s H 3 C (;3-v (r-> (, ';; ::. a->-v ::. 1 1 12 13 The amide from the acid of a fully unsaturated analogue of 13 interest- ingly displays anxiolytic activity. Reaction the acid 14, whose synthesis is not described, via its acid chloride with disopropylamine gives aldipem (15). 3 C 1 :> N C I N_I C 1 CON(iPr)2 1 4 1 5 
1. FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES FUSED TO PYRIDINES 143 The highly substituted nicotinaldehyde vitamin precursor pyridoxal pro- vides the starting material for an antihypertensive agent. Condensation of the acetal 16 from pyridoxal and acetone with 4-chlorophenylmagnesium bromide gives the addition product 17. Reaction of that with strong acid probably leads initially to the hydrolysis product 18, which is not observed per see The benzylic hydroxyl group probably eliminates to give the car- bocation under the strongly acid conditions. Addition of the adjacent primary hydroxyl group leads to fonnation of the hydrofuran ring, and cicletanine, (19)4 is thus obtained. 0'><-0 0'><-0 80 HO HsC{i HsC HsC HsC I' ----+ ----+  N/ C H - 0 16 C 1 C 1 C 1 17 1 B 19 The by-now familiar aryl piperazine group leads to a neuroleptic com- pound when attached to a triazolopiperidine nucleus. One of the starting materials for the synthesis of this agent may well be derived initially from the Michael addition product from o-tolyl piperazine 23 and methyl acrylate. Hydrazinolysis of the product would give 21. Condensation of that inter- mediate with the iminoether 20 from piperidone leads directly to the con- densed heterocyclic system. The reaction may start with the addition-elim- ination of the tenninal hydrazide nitrogen to the iminoether. Cyclization of the carbonyl group with the now basic ring nitrogen completes the scheme. There is thus obtained the antipsychotic compound dapiprazole (24).5 20 B 2 N, H C NH s OJ-.CH2CH2H)  '1 2 1 cr;N HsC \ l\ u M CB2CH2N'--IN r'/(0CH S N +  2. CHsO 04 + I\ HS HN'--IN 22 23 
144 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES The more recent antiallergic antihistamines depart quite markedly from the ethylamine derivative structures typical for this activity. A detailed pe- rusal of the imidazopyridine nobevastine, 28, will reveal vestiges of that grouping in the aminopiperidine side chain. The starting material, 25, is probably obtained by alkylation of the unsubstituted imidazole with 5-methyl- 2-chloromethyl furan. Reaction of that compound with the protected ami- nopiperidine 26 results in displacement of the halogen on the imidazole by the primary amino group to fonn the alkylation product 27. Acid hydrolysis of the product removes the protecting group to afford noberastine (28). 6 CH3 N N ;>-C I + H2N-CNC02E t CH3 N N  ri°'::Y- I>-N -C NR N H 25 26 27 I R-C0 2 Et 2 8 I R = H 2. FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES FUSED TO PYRIMIDINES The imidazopyrimidine natural product theophylline, 29, has been used as an antiasthmatic bronchodilator for well over half a century. The undoubted efficacy of this drug is unfortunately compromised by a very narrow thera- peutic index and a host of side effects within the effective dosage range. There has thus been in existence a long-running effort to find congeners that are better tolerated. Alkylation of theophylline with the acetal 30 from bromoacetaldehyde affords the bronchodilator doxofylline (31). 7 o II H H3 C 'N Jr N l I /) o N N I CH 3 o +r<J Br 0 :> o o r-< J H3 C 'N Jr II N 0 l I /) all N N I CH 3 30 29 3 1 Theophylline also provides the nucleus for a compound described as a veterinary sedative. The starting material, 32, for this derivative can be obtained from 29 by alkylation with I-bromo-2-chloroethane. Displacement of the remaining halogen by the more basic amine on piperidyl indole, 33, leads to the alkylation product tameridone (34). 8 
2. FIVE-MEMBERED HETEROCYCLES FUSED TO PYRIMIDINES 145 :5 0 ,cR2CR2C 1 HsC'N H  I /) + o K H I CH 3  :5 0 ,cB2CH2N HSC'N N  I /) o N N I CH 3 32 33 34 As noted in more detail in Chapter 6, the majority of the modified pyrim- idine nucleosides developed as drugs show activity as antiviral or antineo- plastic agents. Much the same holds true for the purine (imidazopyrimidine) nucleosides. Oxidation of the carbon atom at the 2 position of the fused pyrimidine ring changes the activity to that of an immunostimulant. Dis- placement of the halogen atom on 2-bromoguanosine with the anion from allyl alcohol affords the corresponding ether 36. This intennediate undergoes Claisen rearrangement on heating to afford the N-allyl compound; bond reorganization leads to a carbonyl function at the 2 position. There is thus obtained loxoribine (37). 9 0 o  1 0 ;/ HN:k N HNN,>-o HN:k N  I ,>-Br  I )= 0 H 2 N N N H2NN N H 2 N N N HO :) HO :) HO HO OH HO OH HO OH 35 36 37 Omission of the 3 hydroxyl group from the ribose moiety of nucleosides often results in compounds that exhibit antiviral activity. The best known case is of course the pyrimidine nucleoside zidovudive (AZT) in which the hydroxyl is replaced by an azide group. Complete omission of hydroxyl groups at 2 and 3 in purine nucleosides has led to a series of antiviral agents, some of which are effective against HIV. Reaction of inosine 38 with a-acetoxyisobutyryl bromide leads to a complex series of reactions. The bromine in this reagent is sufficiently active to displace a ring hydroxyl at 2 or 3; it also serves to protect the primary hydroxyl at 5' as a complex acetal (R I = Z). There is consequently obtained a mixture of the bromoh- ydrins 40 and 41; the stereochemistry on the sugar is undefined. Treatment of the mixture with zinc copper couple leads to elimination of bromohydrin and fonnation of the olefin 42. Reduction of the double bond (43) followed 
146 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES o Jr " N HN, I '> l:N N o H C 'X " 3 Br + H 3 C OCOCH 3 o Jr l' N HN, I '> l:N N > HO 39 RiO HO OH 38 40, 123 R =Z,R =Br,R =OH 4 1 , 123 R =Z,R =OH,R =Br 1 0 0 N N HN, I '> < HN, I '> 0V: H3 l:N N l::: N N Z = H 3 C - RiO RiO CH 3 43, R=Z 42 44, R=H by acid hydrolysis of the acetal group leads to didanosine, 44,10 known colloquially as 001. The nucleoside analogue in which the ribose in guanosine is replaced by a simple CH 2 0CH 2 CH 2 0H group, acyclovir, is a well-established antiviral agent effective mainly against herpes viruses. Substitution of an additional hydroxymethyl group on the surrogate sugar leads to a drug effective against cytomegalovirus; this is particularly significant since this virus leads to loss of sight in AIDS patients. Construction of the side chain begins with the reaction of epichlorohydrin, 45, with the anion from benzyl alcohol. This leads largely to the 1 ,3-bis-benzyloxy derivative 47, possibly via the epoxide 46. Chloromethylation of the free hydroxyl in 47 with fonnaldehyde and hydrogen chloride gives the reactive intennediate 48. Reaction of 48 with the tris trimethylsilyl ether 49 of guanine gives the N-alkylated product 50. Removal of the benzyl groups by reduction with sodium in liquid ammonia affords the antiviral ganciclovir (51). II 
3. THIENOTHIOPYRANS 147 O{CI  O{ __ OCH 2 C e H 5 48 { OCH 2 C e H 6 HO OCH 2 C e H 5 { OCH 2 C e H 5 ---+ CICH 2 0 OCH 2 C e H 5 45 47 48 49 °  If If I '> H2NN N ROoJ OR t: + 48 -- KesSiIfH If  SiKes 50, R-CH 2 C e H 5 51, R-H 3. THIENOTHIOPYRANS Heterocyclic sulfonamides have a venerable history as diuretics which act by inhibiting the enzyme carbonic anhydrase. The thiazole derivative ace- tozolamide ranks among the first clinically useful diuretic agents. The find- ing that the increased intraocular pressure related to glaucoma can be alle- viated with carbonic anhydrase inhibitors led to the development of two closely related thienothiopyran sulfonamides. Lithiation of thiophene leads to the 2-lithio derivative 53; reaction with sulfur gives the lithio salt 54 of the corresponding 2-thiol. This is treated without prior isolation with 3-bromopropionic acid to afford the alkylation product 55. Friedel-Crafts cyclization by means oftrifluoroacetic anhydride gives the ketone 56. Exposure to sodium periodate oxidizes the thiopyran sulfur to the sulfone. The car- bonyl group is then reduced with a chiral oxazaborolidine hydride reagent to give alcohol 58 in chiral fonn. Conversion of the tosylate 59 followed by treatment with isobutylamine leads to the amine 60 by displacement of the tosy late. The chirality is retained, although the amine now has the op- posite configuration from the alcohol. Reaction with fuming sulfuric acid serves to introduce the sulfonic acid function at the 2 position of the fused thiophene. That intennediate is converted to the acid chloride with thionyl chloride. Treatment with ammonia converts this to a sulfonamide and com- pletes the synthesis of sezolamide, 61. 12 A related scheme is used to prepare the analogue dorzolamide, 68. Al- kylation of the lithio derivative 54 with chiral 3-toluenesulfonyloxybutyric acid affords the methylated thiopyran 62. This is cyclized as described above. 
148 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES 10 R S H0 2 C,   J0 S S 0  m S S R 58, R-- 5 ? , R-0 2  OH m S S °2 52, R-H 53, R-Li 54, R-SLi 55 58 I HiBu S02NH2 S S O 2 NHiBu V --00 S S O 2 c & s S °2 6 1 60 59 The presence of a chiral center near the carbonyl group in 63 leads to the alcohol 64 with good stereochemical control on reduction with lithium alu- minum hydride. The ring sulfur is then oxidized to the sulfone as above. Ritter reaction with acetonitrile leads to replacement of the hydroxyl by the acetamide group with retention of configuration (66). This observation can be rationalized by assuming the intervention of a double inversion with stabilization of charged intennediates by the transannular prochiral sulfone HO:) J0 ° OH :> :> j):;> S S S S R 62 63 64, R=- 65, R.- 02 1 HCH2CH3 HCOCHs J}03 T S02NH2 S02 NH 2 < < s s s S °2 °2 67 66 68 
4. PYRIDOPYRIDINES 149 group. The sulfonamide group is then introduced exactly as above. Reduc- tion of the acetamide group to an ethylamine with lithium aluminum hydride completes the synthesis of the carbonic anhydrase inhibitor dorzolamide (68). 13 4. PYRIDOPYRIDINES A pyridopyridone represents yet another cardiotonic agent that lacks the ubiquitous pyridazinone pharmacophore. The starting pyridone 70 is pre- pared by condensation of the enamine 69 obtained from acetylacetone and ammonia with methyl propiolate. The reaction can be envisaged as conjugate addition of the enamine to the acetylene followed by cyclization of the ester group with the amino group. Reaction of the pyridone with a special version of DMF acetal (Brederick's reagent) adds an extra carbon to the pyridone methyl group in the aldehyde oxidation state (71). Reaction of this inter- mediate with ammonium acetate leads to formation of the fused pyridine ring. There is thus obtained medorinone (72). 14 + NH 2 0 C0 2 Me :> 69 70 I <: 7 1 72 Cyclized analogues of open-chain biologically active compounds often lead to equally or more active agents because the rigid versions provide a better fit for the putative receptor. A case in point is the well-known an- tiarrhythmic agent disopyramide, 73. Hydrogenation of that agent over platinum catalyst reduces the pyridine ring to a piperidine. Acetylation of 
150 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES the product, 74, gives the acetamide 75. Treatment of that intennediate with base leads the newly introduced acetyl group to condense with the adjacent amide nitrogen. There is thus obtained the antiarrhythmic agent actisomide (76). 15  ----+ N(iPr)2 N(iPr)2 N(iPr)2 73 74. R-H 75. R-COCH s 76 The search for mediator release inhibitors as potential antiallergic and antiasthmatic drugs covered many heterocyclic systems. Reaction of the 2-aminopyridine 77 with ethoxymethylene cyanoacetate gives the product of addition-elimination, 78. Thennal cyclization leads to fonnation of pyr- idopiperidone, 79. Treatment with sodium azide converts the nitrile to the tetrazole characteristic of the potential mediator inhibitor and fonnation of pemirolast (80). 6 Gr:jCN 0 o HN-\ Q jyCN Yl 1/   " " I  NH 2 N CH s CH H CH s CH s s 77 78 79 80 The same bicyclic ring system provides the nucleus for an antipsychotic compound. Friedel-Crafts acylation of 1,3-difluorobenzene with the a'cid chloride from N-acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid affords the ketone 81. The acetyl group is then removed (82) and the ketone is converted to the oxime 83. Treatment of that derivative with base leads to displacement of fluorine by the oxime alkoxide and fonnation of a fused isoxazole ring 84. Alkylation of this product with chloride 85 affords risoperidone (86).17 In much the same vein, alkylation of fully unsaturated pyridopyrimidine 87 with benzoylpiperidine 88 affords the veterinary muscle relaxant me- trenperone (89).18 The fused heterocyclic starting material can, at least in principle, by prepared by a scheme similar to that used to prepare 79, starting with 2-amino-5-methyl piperidine and ethyl 2-(2-bromoethylacetoacetate), 
4. PYRIDOPYRIDINES 151 F NOH F ---+ ----+ F F 81, R-COCH S 83 82, R-H F 84 84 o  Q)::N N-O I o Q)::Cl + F 85 86 which is available by alkylation of ethyl acetoacetate with bromochloro- ethane. o HscBr __J1,.u + N CH s o rN HN V, o o rN H3CN Vr uJ1,.n N CH s ----+ 87 88 89 The pteridine folate antagonist methotrexate is one of the earliest cancer chemotherapy agents. The efficacy of the drug combined with its extremely poor tolerability has led to extensive investigation of the SAR aimed at developing better drugs. It has been found that antineoplastic activity is retained in the face of major changes in the structure. The analogue lome- trexol omits the nitrogen atom in the reduced fused ring as well as that on the position of the pendant benzene ring para to the carbonyl group. The fused ring intennediate 91 which replaces the pteridine is prepared by con- densation of diaminopyrimidone 90 with 2-bromomalonaldehyde. The free amino group is then protected as its pivaloyl amide (92). Palladium-catalyzed coupling with the sHyl ether from acetylene affords 93; the silyl group is then removed with fluoride ion to give 94. In a convergent scheme, diethyl glutamate is then acylated with 4-iodobenzoyl chloride to afford intennediate 95. A second palladium-catalyzed coupling involving the iodo group in 95 and free acetylene in 94 leads to the compound 96, which now contains the completed carbon skeleton. Catalytic hydrogenation reduces both the acet- ylene function and the pyridyl ring in the heterocyclic nucleus to give com- 
152 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES o HN H2N).lNH2 o 0 HNBr HN  R RHNl:::NY-NJ - pVHNl:::NY-NJ  90 91, R=H 93, R-SiKe S 94, R - H 92, R=Pv Pv- CO C(C HS)S p IN102Et C0 2 Et + 94  o Ni02Et CO 2 Et 95 96 / o CO R 2 HN-Z 2 CO R 2 2 1 2 97, R -Pv, R -Et 98, R 1 _R 2 _H pound 97. Saponification removes the ester and amide protecting groups to afford the antineoplastic agent lometrexol (98). 19 5. MISCELLANEOUS BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES Another pteridine, edatrexate (106), combines the full pteridine nucleus of methotrexate with a deaza connecting link to the para aminobenzoic acid moiety. One of the syntheses for this compound starts with the fully fonned pteridine nucleus 99, which contains a bromomethyl group at the point of attachment of the side chain. Reaction with triphenylphosphine leads to phosphonium salt 100. Condensation of the ylide obtained on base treatment of this with 4-carbethoxypropiophenone affords the olefin 101 as a mixture of isomers, only one of which is shown below. When this intennediate is hydrogenated in order to reduce the side-chain olefin, the pyrazine ring takes 
5. MISCELLANEOUS BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES 153 up hydrogen as well to afford 102. Treatment of that compound with hy- drogen peroxide restores the ring to its desired oxidation state, 103. The ester group is then saponified and the resulting acid, 104, condensed with diethyl glutamate to give 105. Hydrolysis of the ester groups on the glutamyl moiety than affords the antineoplastic compound edatrexate (106).20 NH2 NH2  C02Et NH2H  C02Et NJvNCH2R NJvN I /. NN I /. ,l.R  -. ;.R: --+: II H2N N N H2 N N N H2 N N N H 102 101 99, R = Br 100, R = P + (C S HS)3 NH2 tR N N....... ...... ...... I ....... H2NN N o ; C0 2 R I' N ./ H C02 R I NH2 rc? C0 2 R Jc N 1./ +--- N....... " ...... I ....... H2N N N 105, R = Et 106, R = H 103, R = Et 104, R = H Although it is built around a pyridooxazepine nucleus, the antihistamine rocastine, 111, hews relatively close to the known SAR for such compounds in that it includes an ethylamine side chain. The key reaction in the synthesis of this compound involves an unusual rearrangement. Thus treatment of the sodium salt 107 of the alkylation product from 2-chloronicotinic acid and 3-hydroxy-l-methylpyrrolidine with oxalyl chloride leads directly to the fused bicyclic compound 110. The first step in this transfonnation no doubt in- volves fonnation of acid chloride 108 as the first step. This transient inter- mediate can then undergo internal acylation to fonn the bridged bicyclic ammonium salt 109; attack by the chloride counterion on the two-membered bridge will open that ring to give the observed product 110. Displacement of the tenninal chlorine with dimethylamine leads to the fonnation of ro- castine (111).21 N 0 Gl:oP \ CH s  N 0 Q H: O /  N\ R rI-;Y0 _--  > , CI o CH s 0 CH s 107, R=O-Na+ 109 liD. R=CI Ill. R-N(CH 3 )2 lOB. R=CI 
154 BICYCLIC FUSED HETEROCYCLES REFERENCES 1. L. J. Browne, Eur. Pat. Appl. 165904 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 105,6507 (1986). 2. T. A. Davidson and R. J. Murray, S. African Patent 8404299 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 103,215281 (1985). 3. J. P. Kaplan and G. Pascal, Eur. Pat. Appl. 50563 (1982); Chern. Abstr., 97, 92280 (1982). 4. A. Esanu, Belgian Patent 891797 (1982); Chern. Abstr., 97, 127623 (1982). 5. B. Silvestrini and L. Baiocchi, Ger. Offen. 2915318 (1979); Chern. Abstr., 92, 111060 (1980). 6. F. E. Janssens, J. L. G. Torremans, and G. S. I. M. Diels, Eur. Pat. Appl. 295742 (1988); Chern. Abstr., 110,173236 (1989). 7. K. Takmoto, H. Tahara, A. Yamada, Y. Inaki, and N. Ueda, Makrornol. Chern., 169, 327 (1973). 8. E. J. L. Kennis, J. Vandenberk, and J. M. Boey, U.S. Patent 4548939 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 104,224785 (1986). 9. J. Come, L. Burr, and R. Chen, Tetrahedron Lett., 32,4823 (1991). 10. V. Bhat, E. Stocker, and B. G. Ugarkar, Synth. Cornrnun., 22, 1481 (1992). 11. J. P. H. Verheyden, in Chronicles of Drug Discovery, D. Lednicer, Ed., ACS Books, Washington, DC, 1993, p. 299. 12. T. K. Jones, J. J. Mohan, L. C. Xavier, T. J. Blacklock, D. J. Mathre, P. Sohar, E. T. T. Jones, R. A. Reamer, F. E. Roberts, and E. J. J. Grabowski, J. Org. Chern., 56, 763 (1991). 13. T. J. Blacklock, P. Sohar, J. W. Butcher, T. Lamanec, and E. J. J. Grabowski, J. Org. Chern., 58, 1672 (1993). 14. B. Singh and G. Y. Lesher, J. Heterocycl. Chern., 27, 2085 (1990). 15. R. J. Chorvat, K. A. Prodan, G. W. Adelstein, R. M. Rydzewski, K. T. McLaughlin, M. H. Stamm, L. G. Frederick, H. C. Schniep, and J. L. Stick- ney, J. Med. Chern., 28, 1285 (1985). 16. P. F. Juby, U.S. Patent 4122274 (1978); Chern. Abstr., 90, 103998 (1979). 17. L. E. J. Kennis and J. Vandenberk, Eur. Pat. Appl. 196132 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 106,67291 (1987). 18. L. E. J. Kennis and J. C. Mertens, Eur. Pat. Appl. 37265 (1981); Chern. Abstr., 96, 122814 (1982). 19. E. C. Taylor, D. Kuhnt, C. Shih, S. M. Rinzel, G. B. Grindey, J. Barredo, M. Jannatipour, and R. G. Moran, J. Med. Chern., 35,4450 (1992). 20. J. R. Piper, C. A. Johnson, G. M. Otter, and F. M. Sirotnak, J. Med. Chern., 35,3002 (1992). 21. A. D. Cale, T. W. Gero, K. R. Walker, Y. S. Lo, W. J. Welstead, L. W. Jaques, A. F. Johnson, C. A. Leonard, J. C. Nolan, and D. N. Johnson, J. Med. Chern., 32, 2178 (1989). 
CHAPTER 10 BETA LACTAMS The beta lactam antibiotics could justifiably have been included in the pre- vious chapter on the basis of their chemical structures. Tradition, as well as their somewhat distinctive chemistry, has led to their grouping in a separate section. The outstanding efficacy and good tolerability of antibiotics based on the beta lactam pharmacophore has led to four decades of intensive research on this class of compounds. This research, whose successes are detailed in the earlier volumes of this series, resulted in many drugs which greatly expanded the antibacterial spectrum over the original antibiotic, pen- icillin, and which showed activity against microbes that developed resistance to some of the agents in this class. It is consequently of more than passing interest that this particular chapter has shrunk to a mere seven entries in this volume, emphasis during the past few years having apparently shifted to the synthetic quinolones discussed in Chapter 8. The discovery of the monobactams demonstrated that an unfused, appro- priately substituted beta lactam ring could lead to clinically effective anti- biotics. The synthesis of one of these agents, tigemonam (9), starts by formation of the amide from chiral hydroxy amino acid 1 with O-benzyl- hydroxylamine to afford amide 2. Reaction of that compound with carbon tetrachloride and triphenylphosphine probably leads initially to conversion of the alcohol to chloride. This cyclizes to the lactam 3 under reaction conditions. Catalytic hydrogenation then serves to remove the benzyl group. Treatment of the product, 4, with sulfur trioxide in DMF gives the corre- sponding sulfuric ester S. Exposure to trifluoro acetic acid (TF A) serves to 155 
156 BETA LACTAMS remove the protecting group on nitrogen to afford amino acid 6. Conden- sation with the side-chain acid 7 catalyzed by DCC leads to the amide 8. The protecting group on the ester is removed by means of TF A to afford tigemonam (9).1 H BOCN CH s \-t-CH s I OH C0 2 H =- H BOCN CH s CH3 // NOCH 2 C e H 5 o H 2 H BOCN CH s  LtCH s 0 ' , N, OR 1 3, R-CH 2 C H H 6 4, R=H H 2 N } C02H N...... o l C0 2 tBu ! H N C Hs 2 LtCH 3 0' N... OSO H s < H BOCN CH s CHs ,k o 'oso H s 6 5 7 y H 2 M )-- N 0 / H S  N u CHs , CH s N '1 0' , O SOH COR s 2 B, R=tBu 9, R-H One of the more common mechanisms by which bacteria resist the action of this class of antibiotics involves the elaboration of enzymes, the beta lactamases, which specifically cleave the phannacophore. Several natural agents, such as clavulanic acid as well as some penicillin sulfones, which have no antibacterial action in their own right, are useful lactamase inhibi- tors. The synthesis of the beta lactamase inhibitor tazobactam, 19, starts with the readily available 6-aminopenicillanic acid 10. Diazotization of this 
BETA LACTAMS 157 compound in the presence of bromide ion leads to the bromo derivative 11. The sulfur is then oxidized to a sulfoxide and the acid protected as a p-nitrobenzyl ester. Treatment with zinc in acid removes the bromine to give 13. Reaction of that compound with 2-mercaptobenzothiazole leads to a well-known, albeit complex, penicillin rearrangement-ring opening reac- tion to give the olefin 14. In the presence of cuprous chloride, the disulfide bond cleaves heterolytically to give a species that adds stereospecifically to the double bond; the transient intennediate then picks up chloride from the medium to give chloride 15. Nucleophilic displacement with sodium azide then affords 16; the sulfur is then oxidized to the sulfone, 17, by means of pennanganate. A reaction of the azide with acetylene in a 1,3-dipolar cy- cloaddition leads to the triazine derivative 18. Mild hydrolysis to remove the nitrobenzyl ester affords tazobactam (19). 2 ROW)< C0 2 H ° · ) c:x C0 2 PNB :)0 ""R S I s )J-}l C0 2 PNB 10, R-NH 2 11, R-Br PNB-p-nitrobenzyl 12, R-Br 13, R-H 14, R-2-Benzothiazole 1 N-N  x 2 '" J /L  'I' o /  / C0 2 R  LT X 2 ""/ R 01'  / C0 2 PNB +-- ,i OC R °  C0 2 PNB 18, R-PNB 19, R-H 1 7 15 t R-C] 18, R-N s Absorption of ionic molecules from the gastrointestinal (GI) tract tends to be poor, often leading to lack of oral absorption of polar drugs. One of the classical methods for overcoming this obstacle involves the protection of ionizable groups with functions that are labile to enzymes found in the blood stream such as esterases. The penicillin derivative pivampicillin was one of the first of the so-called prodrugs which relied on a mixed ester of fonnaldehyde. Preparation of the prodrug side chain for a cephalosporin begins with the free-radical chlorination of ethyl chlorofonnate by means of sulfuryl chloride and benzoyl peroxide to give 21. This is converted to ester 
158 BETA LACTAMS 22 by means of isopropanol; reaction with sodium iodide replaces chlorine by iodine to afford the key intennediate 23. Solvolysis of the antibiotic cefotaxime, 24, in acidic methanol replaces the allylic acetoxy group by a methyl ether to give 25. Alkylation of the carboxylate salt from 25 with iodide 23 gives the mixed ester cefpodoxine protexil (26). 3 Removal of the isopropyl group by serum esterases will leave the highly unstable ester of acetaldehyde hydrate; this presumably spontaneously decomposes to leave the biologically active cephalosporin free acid. C 1 0 o)..lc 1  R 0 o)..locH (CH s ) 2 2 1 22, R-Cl 23, R=I lz3 N H 2 N S  'iTl N OYeo........LNOR C0 2 H lzv.. N 23 H 2 N S   :. II' N. OM eO"".... N"""" 0 C H s 000 OJ.tOCH (CH S ) 2 24, R=COCH S 25, R-CH s 26 Extension of the side chain on the six-membered ring is consistent with antibacterial activity. Solvolysis of the diphenylmethyl ester of 7 -aminoce- phalosporanic acid 27 in the presence of chloride ion gives the product 28 from displacement of the allylic acetate. The free amino group is then acy- lated with an amino-protected derivative of 4-hydroxyphenylglycine to give amide 29. Alkylation of that intennediate with triphenyhlphosphine gives the phosphonium salt 30. The ylide from treatment of that intennediate with strong base gives olefin 31 as predominantly the cis isomer on condensation with acetaldehyde. Exposure to TFA removes both protecting groups to afford cefprozil (32). 4 Nucleophilic displacement of the allylic acetate in BOC-protected ace- tylcephalosporanic acid (ACA) 33 with cyclopentanopyridine leads to the quaternary betaine 34. The protecting group is then removed with TF A to give the primary amine 35. Condensation of that with the thiazoleacetic acid 36 affords the antibiotic cefpirone (37). 5 
BETA LACTAMS 159 H2N. =- NHBOC NS {}-R C0 2 CHPh 2 R C0 2 CHPh 2 HO 27, R=OAC 29, R=CI + 1- 30, R=P Ph 3 C 28, R=Cl / NHR 1 NS '0 //L" I -""- o / CO R 2 2 HO 31, R 1 =BOC I R 2 =CHPh 2 32, R 1 =R 2 =H BOCHN 4 S OQOAC C0 2 H RHN.;.: S > OQNI CO 2 - 33 34, R=BOC 35 J R=H 36 1 36 H 2 N f=: N 0 SNRr--T'  S I NOM e /L  /. + N 0/ CO 2 - H 2 N f=: N SC02H I I NOMe 37 
160 BETA LACTAMS Further investigation into the structural requirements for the now almost ubiquitous oxime ether side chain led to a compound in which this substituent is replaced by an all-carbon chain. Fonnylation of the diphenylmethyl thi- azoleacetate 38 with ethyl fonnate leads to the hydroxymethyl derivative 39. Condensation of 39 with the phosphorane from benzyl 2-triphenylphos- phonium acetate leads to the unsaturated ester 40; the double bond shifts from its original position to the thennodynamically more favored conjugated position. Exposure of the product to TF A selectively cleaves the diphenyl- methyl over the benzyl ester to give acid 41. Condensation of the acid with the free amino group in the desmethyl cephalosporin 42 6 affords the amide 43. The remaining benzyl ester protecting groups are then removed by means of aluminum chloride to afford ceftibuten (44). 7 HzN 'F N S  COzCHPhz > HzN 'F N S  C02CHPh2 OH HZN 'F N  S02R COzCHzPh .0, R-CHPh z .1, R-H 38 39 ! H2N4[(  S " N /. o COzCHzPh HzN ')-N 0 I NH S / '\ /:q) COzR co R z 42 .3 t R-CHzPh 4., R-H Condensation of the desmethyl cephalosporin 42 with a rather complex thiazoleacetic acid based side chain leads to the potent broad spectrum an- tibiotic cefetecol (45). It has been known for some time that penicillins and cephalosporins in which carbon replaced sulfur in the fused ring often showed enhanced ac- tivity over the natural product-based analogues. Development of such com- pounds as therapeutic agents was hindered by the often lengthy and difficult total syntheses required for their preparation. A number of relatively short syntheses to such agents have been recently been developed which start from more readily available fennentation products. The phenoxyacetyl deacetyl- cephalosporin sulfoxide 46 is accessible in a very few steps from the tonnage 
BETA LACTAMS 161 H 2 N  N 0 S NHII",----(  S N,O , /. o C0 2 H C 02H 45 fennentation product, penicillin V. 8 Condensation with fonnaldehyde adds a methlyene group at the highly activated position a to the sulfoxide group to fonn 47. Conjugate addition of phenyl mercaptan to that intennediate gives the sulfide 48. Heating that compound with AIBN (a,a' -azobisiso- butyronitrile) results in free-radical fragmentation of the six-membered ring followed by loss of sulfur dioxide. The ring then recloses with concomitant loss of the remaining sulfur function to give the carabacephem 49. 9 H O 2 PhOCH2CON fl S // N /. o C0 2 CH 2 CH=CH 2 H O 2 PhOCH2CON ft S  > /L  /. 0/ C0 2 CH 2 CH=CH 2 46 47 1 H \ PhOCH 2 CON ¥ < // N /" o C0 2 CH 2 CH=CH 2 H O 2 PhOCH2CON 7 SPh // N /. o C0 2 CH 2 CH=CH 2 49 48 The starting material 51 for a carbacephalosporin could in principle be derived from an analogous scheme starting with 50, a compound readily obtainable from an intennediate for cefaclor. 10 Acylation of 51 with phe- 
162 BETA LACTAMS RHNt( fl 2 // N /' o C 1 C0 2 R H2N  // N ./' o C 1 C0 2 R  O N  I '0' /' / N ./' 0/ CI C0 2 H 50 5 1 52 nylglycine, followed by removal of the protecting groups, affords loracarbef (52)" 1 REFERENCES 1. C. Yoshida, T. Hori, K. Momonoi, K. Nagumo, J. Nakano, T. Kitani, Y. Fukuoaka, and I. Saikawa, J. Antibiot., 38, 1536 (1985). 2. R. G. Micetich, S. N. Maita, P. Spevak, T. W. Hall, S. Yamabe, N. Ishida, M. Tanaka, T. Yamazaki, A. Nakai, and K. Ogawa, J. Med. Chern., 30, 1469 ( 1987). 3. K. Fujimoto, S. Ishihara, H. Yanagisawa, I. Hiroaki, J. Ide, E. Nakayama, H. Nakao, S. Sugawara, and M. Iwata, J. Antibiot., 40, 370 (1987). 4. T. Naito, H. Hoshi, S. Aburaki, Y. Abe, J. Okumura, K. Tomatsu, and H. Kawagushi, J. Antibiot., 40, 991 (1987). 5. M. Hashimoto, S. Shiozawa, M. Aoki, and T. Watanabe, Jpn. Kokai 02069483 (1990); Chern. Abstr., 113,78017 (1990). 6. T. Takaya, H. Takasugi, K. Tsuji, and T. Chiba, Ger. Offen. 2810922 (1978); Chern. Abstr., 90, 204116 (1979). 7. Y. Hamashima, T. Kubota, K. Minami, K. Ishikura, T. Konoike, M . Yoshioka, Y. Mitsuru, T. Toshida, H. Nakashimizu, and K. Motokawa, J. Antibiot., 40, 1468 (1987). 8. See, for example, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 3, D. Lednicer and L. A. Mitscher, Wiley, New York, (1984), p. 211. 9. L. Chris, Eur. Pat. Appl. 359540 (1990); Chern. Abstr., 113, 131868 (1990). 10. R. R. Chauvette and P. A. Pennington, J. Med. Chern., 18,403 (1975). 11. M. T. Eckrich and R. C. Hoying, Eur. Pat. Appl. 369687 (1990); Chern. Abstr., 114,88369 (1990). 
CHAPTER 11 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES 1. LINEAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS The oxypropanolamine phannacophore imparts beta sympathetic antagonist activity to a plethora of aromatic nuclei. It is thus not entirely surprising that a carbazole serves as the nucleus for a beta blocker. The key epoxide 1 is obtained by the now familiar alkylation of 5-hydroxycarbazole with epichlorohydrin. Reaction of this intennediate with amine 2, itself obtained starting from 2-methylcatechol, affords the oxypropanolamine, carvedilol (3), I a compound that exhibits antihypertensive activity. + H 2 N  -F\ 0t-'l' CHsO  ONH 08  ° i /) CHsO O o 1 2 3 The nausea produced by administration of cancer chemotherapy agents such as cisplatin is resistant to most conventional antiemetic agents. The finding that the drug metoclopramide was partially effective led to intensive investigation on related agents (see Chapter 2). Detailed phannacological examination of those compounds revealed that the anti nauseant activity was 163 
164 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES due to their antagonism of 5-hydroxytriptamine (serotonin) receptors rather, than as had originally been thought, their antidopamine activity. It is inter- esting that one of the most effective new antiemetics, ondansetron, incor- porates some of the structural features of serotonin. Mannich reaction of carbazolone 4, which is based on the Fischer indole synthesis product from phenylhydrazine and cyclohexane-l,3-dione, affords the dimethylamino- methyl derivative 5. Reaction of that compound with 2-methylimidazole leads to replacement of dimethylamine by imidazole. This reaction may involve either direct displacement or loss of methylamine to form the exo- methylene derivative followed by conjugate addition of imidazole. There is thus obtained ondansetron (6). 2 o CH S N-1 l::::/N :. R 4, R-H 6 5, R-CH 2 N(CH S )2 Inclusion of additional nitrogen on one of the rings of a carbazole leads to an unusual antipsychotic agent. Acid-catalyzed ring closure of the indole aminoalcohol 7 leads to the tricyclic derivative 8. Alkylation of this inter- mediate with 3(3-bromopropyl)pyridine affords gevotroline (9). 3 NH OH =- 7 / B 9 The association of acidic functions with NSAID activity has been a re- curring topic in this and previous volumes. An acetic acid derivative of a reasonably complex heterocyclic compound thus shares this activity. Re- 
1. LINEAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 165 ductive ami nation of the indole derivative 10 leads to the corresponding amino ester 11; this is converted to the corresponding fonnyl derivative 12. The ester is then reduced to the alcohol to give the amidoalcohol 13. Acid- catalyzed condensation of that intennediate with the {3-keto ester enol ether 14 leads to fonnation of the fused hydropyran ring. The steps leading to fonnation of the product, 15, involve exchange of the alkoxide groups on the enol ether and condensation of the nucleophilic enol with the electrophilic indole 2-position; the order in which these steps occur is not clear. Hydrol- ysis of the diastereomeric mixture in the presence of parafonnaldehyde leads to alcohol 16, again as a mixture of stereoisomers. Reaction of 16 with benzylmagnesium chloride in the presence of titanium tetrachloride probably involves initial loss of hydroxyl and fonnation of a trigonal carbocation-like center at that position. The substituents at the transannualar position cause the benzyl group to approach from a position trans to the ethyl group; 17 is thus formed as the main stereoisomer. Saponification of the ester group completes the synthesis of pemedolac (18).4 o Gof C0 2 CH 9 I/,I N H  NHR  C02CB3 I/,I N B NHCH-O ---+ 10 11. R-H 12. R-CH-O 1 3 CHSO COaCH s (: R c COaCH s 17. R-CH s 18. R-H 15. R-MHCH-O 18, R-OH The imidazoquinazoline ring system has been associated in the past with compounds such as anagrelide, which inhibit platelet antiaggregation. It is of interest that addition of an alky lamido side chain leads to a cardiotonic 
166 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES agent. The preparation of this agent starts with the alkylation of the phenolic group in 19 with ethyl 4-bromobutyrate to give 20. The ester is then hydro- lyzed and the resulting acid converted to its acid chloride. Reaction with N-methylcyclohexylamine gives the amide 21. Reductive alkylation of the aldehyde group in this last intennediate with ethyl glycinate leads to the amine 22; diamine 23 is obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of the nitro group. Reaction of this last product with cyanogen bromide proceeds by substitution on the more basic nitrogen atom to give the N-cyano derivative 24. Reaction of this key intermediate with ammonia can be visualized as a series of condensations beginning with the addition of the anilino group to the cyano function. The imidazoquinazoline lixazinone (25)5 is thus fonned. ROCB-O }fO 2 BaC.. I O }fC(CBI)aOCB-O JrO . BsC, I O }fC(CB.)I0 -O:: JrCO It I H · /. IR I   li, i-H 20, i- ItO.C(CB I ). 21 22. R-O 23. R-B / Ba C , I O IC(CBI).O  I 0 I /: .F I I B BaC.. I O JfC(CBI)'0 -CC .co It I CIf I /. IfB I  26 2' A deficit in brain acetyl choline levels or poor sensitivity of receptors for that neurotransmitter has been associated with Alzheimer's disease. Drugs that increase levels of that compound by inhibiting the enzyme, acetyl cho- linesterase, responsible for turnover of the compound offer a treatment" for this devastating disease. The relatively simple aminotetrahydroacridine, tac- rine (28), has shown some activity against Alzheimer's. One of several synthesis for this compound starts by sodium amide catalyzed reaction of isatin 26 with cyclohexanone. The first step probably involves ring opening of the isatin ring to an amino amide; this is followed by fonnation of an eneamine from the ketone with the amino group of ring-opened isatin. Con- densation of the activated {3 position with the isatin ketone serves to close the quinoline ring and fonn product 27. Reaction of 27 with bromine in the presence of sodium hydroxide leads to Hofmann degradation of the side chain to an amine; tacrine (28)6 is thus obtained. 
1. LINEAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 167 o M o N/ H CONH 2  26 27 NH 2 :> 28 The relatively poor bioavailability of the parent compound encouraged the search for analogues that might show better absorption. The preparation of a more hydrophilic congener starts by fonnation of enamine 30 from 2-cyanoaniline 29 and 1,3-cyclohexanedione. Reaction of the product with base and cuprous chloride leads direct! y to the aminoacridine 31. Reduction of the carbonyl group by means of lithium aluminum hydride gives velna- crine (32). 7 Alkylation of intennediate 31 with benzyl chloride gives the corresponding N-benzyl derivative 33. Reduction of the carbonyl group in this compound affords suronacrine (34). 8 0 Q):CN Ct CN 0) I' > I" I  ./ /" ./ NH 2 N H 29 30 3 1 / 1 < 34 33 OH 32 An aminopyrimidine fused to a hexahydroquinoline provides a compound that exhibits antihypertensive activity. It should however be noted that the same activity is displayed by the analogue, quinpirole, in which pyrazole replaces the aminopyrimidine. Reaction of perhydroquinolone 35 with tris(dimethylamino)methane affords the aminomethylene derivative 36. Con- 
168 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES o lNY I nPr  cttN{CH S )2 -- I nPr NNH2 I 'I /' N 35 36 37 densation of that intennediate with guanidine leads to fonnation of the py- rimidine ring. Quinelorane (37)9 is thus obtained. Dibenzocycloheptanes and -azocines bearing an amino group attached at the tenninus of a three-carbon chain have a venerable history as antidepres- sants and muscle relaxants. The latter activity is retained when one of the aromatic rings is replaced by a pyrrole. The preparation of this agent starts by ring opening of styrene oxide with 2-carbethoxypyrrole to afford the intennediate 38. Dehydration leads to the styrene 39; this is cyclized with a strong acid such as PP A to the tricyclic product 40; reduction of the double bond leads to 41. Condensation of that compound with the Grignard reagent from N-(3-bromopropyl)-N,N-dimethylamine gives the tertiary carbinol 42. This is dehydrated to afford nelezaprine (43).10 HO c)rjC0 2 Et O"rj 0 2 Et > > 38 39 o 40 ! < < o 4 1 43 42 Replacement of the side chain in the dibenzocycloheptanes by a pipera- zine group has led to a large series of relatively well-tolerated antipsychotic agents. Activity is also retained in this case when one of the fused benzene rings is replaced by a heterocyclic moiety. Reaction of 2-nitrophenyl- 
1. LINEAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 169 acetonitrile with methanolic hydrogen chloride affords the iminoether 44. Condensation of that intennediate with acetylhydrazide leads to fonnation of a triazole ring. Hydrogenation of that product, 45, leads to reduction of the nitro group and fonnation of diamine 46. Treatment with carbonyl diim- idazole leads to reaction of those two groups to fonn imide 47. The carbonyl function is then converted to imino chloride 48 by means of phosphorus oxychloride. Displacement of chlorine by means of N-methylpiper- azine completes the synthesis of batelapine (49). 11 NH  OCH s N0 2  Gr:f; N / ,/ /yCH s  HN-N NR 2  Q::: N / ,/ Ij-CH s  N-N N H 0 44 45. R=O 46. R=H 47 / CJC:; N / ,/ Ij-CH s <  N-N N -=< N) C N , CH s CJC:; N / ,/ Ij-CH s  N-N N -=( C 1 48 49 In a similar vein, displacement of the amine in the thiophenobenzodiaze- pine derivative 50 12 with N-methylpiperazine affords the antipsychotic agent olanzapine (51).13  y  S CH  \ / s N NH 2    S CH )0  \ / 3 N N) C N \ CH s 50 5 1 
170 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES The good clinical efficacy of the acyclic aryloxyalkylamine amine fluox- etine (76, Chapter 2) has led to the preparation a number of analogues, including the closely related seproxtine (75, Chapter 3). A tricyclic pyrrol- idinobenzodioxan which incorporates some of the structural features of the open chain compounds also exhibits antidepressant activity. Alkylation of the catechol 52 with the functionalized derivative 53 of meso butanetetrol affords the fused dioxan 54. The benzyl protecting groups are then removed by treatment with aluminum chloride and the resulting diol 56 is converted to the corresponding bis mesylate 56. Reaction of that intennediate with benzylamine results in double alkylation on nitrogen and fonnation of the pyrrolidine ring (57). Hydrogenation over palladium on carbon leads to removal of the benzyl group and fonnation of the serotonin reuptake inhibitor fluparoxan (58).14 F OCH 2 Ph F r et° H OTS &orO R &0 I; + I; ° .",......OR -........: I NR :) :. / oJ: OH OTs 52 OCH 2 Ph 53 54-. R-CH 2 Ph 57, R=CH 2 Ph 55, R-H 58, R-H 56, R-OS0 2 CH s 2. ANGULAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS Fennentation products have proven an unusually rich source for potential antineoplastic agents. The pyrroloindole trimer, CC-I065, seemed a partic- ularly promising candidate because of its high potency in various animal models as well as its mechanism of action. Detailed biochemical studies revealed that the compound owed its cytotoxic activity to binding to specific CC-I065 
2. ANGULAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 171 sequences of bases in the minor groove of DNA. Delayed liver toxicity precluded clinical development of the compound. Molecular dissection of CC-I065 by means of synthetic models revealed that the activity was due mainly to the left-hand cyclopropylquinone, whereas the major contributor to toxicity was the right-hand moiety. That observation prompted the preparation of a number of analogues, all of which have been shown to be cytotoxic by the same mechanism as the natural product. One of the published synthesis for the key intennediate, 71, starts by conversion of diol 59 to the bis-mesylate 60; catalytic hydro- genation results in reduction of the nitro group to the corresponding amine; this product, 61, undergoes spontaneous internal alkylation to afford the cyclized product 62. The amine is then protected as a mesylate. Nitration proceeds to give the derivative 64. The nitro group is then reduced (65) and the O-mesylate is converted to acetate 66 by a saponification-acylation se- quence. Introduction of the second pyrrole ring involves the Gassman in- dolone synthesis, an electrocyclic rearrangement based on the Hauser ortho- substitution rearrangement. The sequence starts by alkylation of the anilino nitrogen in 66 with the product from methyl 2-thiomethylpropionate and thionyl chloride to give sulfonium salt 67. The anion on the carbon bearing the sulfonium salt, from treatment with strong base, adds to the aromatic ring; electrocyclic bond reorganization leads to a transient intennediate such as 68. This spontaneously cyclizes to give the observed product, indolone 69. Reduction with borane leads to indole 70 with simultaneous loss of methyl mercapatan. The remaining protecting groups are then removed and the product resolved optically by means of its tryptophan derivative pyr- roloindole 71. 15 Acylation of the free amino group in 71 with carboxylic acid 72 gives the corresponding amide 74. The hydroxymethyl group on the fused pyrrole ring is then converted to chloromethyl (76) via its mesylate 75. Reductive removal of the benzyl protecting group affords the free phenol 77. Treatment of this intennediate with aqueous triethylamine can be visualized as involv- ing initially fonnation of the phenoxide, which can the undergo internal alkylation with the adjacent chloromethyl group at its para position to fonn a fused cyclopropyl ring. The observed product from that reaction is the antineoplastic agent adozelesin (78). 16 An analogous sequence starting from the intennediate bearing additional substitution on the benzofuran ring, 73, would lead to the correspondingly substituted analogue of 77. Reaction of the free phenol with phenylisocy- anate gives the corresponding carbamate and the antineoplastic drug car- zelesin (79). 16 Condensation of both carboxylic acids in indole dimer 80 with intenne- diate 71 affords the symmetrical derivative 81. This is then converted to the chloromethyl free phenol in much the same manner as that used to obtain 
 OMI I' PbCHZO /. N R 172 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES  OR:RI I' PhCHZO /. NR Z  59, R 1 .H, R2.0 80, R I .Ms, RZ-O 61, R I .Ws, RZ.H 82, R.H 83, R-Ws  R I N JG6 0RZ Z , 1/ PbCHzO N Ws 84, RI.0, RZ.Ws 65 , R 1 .H, R2.Ws 88, RI_H, RZ_!e 1 I( CH 3 HsC,+co We  ri5 z OAe HN I' PhCHzO / N Ws O!e CH 3 HsCS COzMe OAe HzN I( PhCH 2 0 69 ! NH m CH3 OAe I' PhCHzO / N Ws 68 67 @ CH S .... OH NH :- I' PhCHzO /. N H  70 H N 71+H02C, OOR H -+ 72, R = H 73, R = NEt2 m CH3 - CI HN : I' H o /' NN ONH 6/-'\N OONEt2  H V 79 7 1 H N  CH3, R 2 I' H RIO /' NN 6/ \N O H 74, R 1 = PhCH2, R 2 = OH 75, R I = PhC H 2, R 2 = Ms 76, R I = PhCH2, R 2 = CI 1 2 77, R = H, R = CI  C H 3 H: D5   ON oo-Z:? H 78 
2. ANGULAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 173 B H H02CNyNC02H N N H H 80 CBS R2 ... H B NyN o 81, R 1 .OH. R 2 .Ph 82, R 1 .Cl. R 2 .H 77. There is thus obtained an extraordinarily potent cytotoxic agent which incorporates two reactive groups bizelesin (82).17 The highly varied biological activities shown by the angularly fused tri- cyclic compounds emphasize the lack of common phannacophores in this structural class. The synthesis of an imidazoquinoline, described as an im- munomodulator, starts by nucleophilic aromatic displacement of halogen from quinoline 83 by means of isobutylamine to afford 84. Reduction of the nitro group leads to diamine 85; this is cyclized by means of ethyl ortho- fonnate to give the imidazole ring in 86. The quinoline nitrogen is then converted to the N-oxide (87) by means of peracid. Treatment of this last intennediate with phosphorus oxychloride leads to a well-known Polonov- sky-like reaction and fonnation of the chloride 88. A second nucleophilic displacement, this time using aqueous ammonia, affords imiquimod (89).18 An imidazoquinoxaline, which is described as an anxiolytic agent, carries through the theme of varied activities. Condensation of ester 90 with the unusual cyclopropyl carboxylic acid derivative 91 leads to fonnation of an oxadiazle ring in a single step. There is thus obtained panadiplon (92).19 It has been shown that the symptoms of Parkinson's disease can be treated by increasing levels of the neurotransmitter dopamine. The very short half- life of that endogenous compound has led to the search for dopaminergic drugs that are longer lasting and more bioavailable. A tricyclic heterocycle that incorporates the phenethylamine function of dopamine has shown prom- ising activity as a dopamine agonist. Condensation of the Grignard reagent 
174 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES N0 2 NR 2 c- N\\ N C 1 "CH :>  83 84, R=O 85, R=H C- N\\ N <: R 88, R = C 1 89, R=NH 2 86 ! C- N\\ N B7  N 0 N /. /  ' OEt N 0 A + H N-O 2 H N>r---<J :> N N-O '  N  J'n N 0 A 9 1 92 90 from 4-methoxyphenethyl chloride with ethyl oxalate leads to the corre- sponding a-keto ester 94; this is then saponified to keto acid. Reaction of the free acid with methyl carbamate affords the eneamine derivative 95. Hydrogenation of the double bond over the chiral catalyst Chirophos affords amino acid derivative 96 as a single optical antipode. Friedel-Crafts cycli- zation of the acid gives the tetralone derivative 97. Reduction of the carbonyl group with sodium bis(methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride leads to the cor- responding aminoalcohol 98, again as a single enantiomer. The carbamate group is then removed and replaced by a propionamide by sequential hy- drolysis and acylation; reduction of the amide leads to the N-propyl deriv- 
2. ANGULAR TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS 175 ative 99. Reaction of the aminoalcohol with chloracetyl chloride gives the motpholinone 100 by sequential acylation on nitrogen followed by fonnation of an ether. Reduction of the amide using sodium bis(methoxy- ethoxy)aluminum hydride followed by cleavage of the methyl ether affords the dopamine agonist naxogilide (102).20 °  C02It '/ CHsO NHCOaWe COIB CB o s JfHCOaWe COIB CH o s ---+  g. g5 88 1 1GO. '/  CHsO _ HC B ijJol 7  CBsONHR OH c  CHsOJfBC02We o  98, R-COzWe 88, a-.-C S B 7 g., 100  ROIC B  a 7 101, R-CB s 102, R-H An unusual pyranoquinoline has been described as an antiasthmatic agent which inhibits the release of allergic mediators. Condensation of 2,3-di- methylaniline with diethyl acetylmalonate in one of the classical quinolone syntheses leads to starting material 103. Base-catalyzed reaction of the methyl group on the acetyl side chain with diethyl oxalate gives the acylation prod- uct 104, shown in its enol fonn. Treatment with acid yields the pyranone ring by fonnation of a cyclic ether, possibly by an addition-elimination sequence. The product from that reaction, 106, is then converted to the acid chloride with thionyl chloride. Reaction with 3-methyl-I-butanol affords repirinast (107).21 The preponderance of products of the arachidonic acid cascade are as- sociated with deleterious biological effects such as inflammation and platelet aggregation. An exception to this generalization is the bicyclic enol ether product prostacyclin (PGI 2 ), which is a vasodilator and also inhibits throm- 
176 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES OH .::J, CO 2 R ::- H 3 C H 3 C CH 3 CH 3 103 104, R=Et 1 0 5 , R=H J C0 2 H <: CH 3 H 3 C H 3 C CH 3 107 106 boxane-induced platelet aggregation. The fact that the half life of this agent is measured in minutes precludes its use as a drug. Fusion of a benzene ring to the bicyclic moiety of prostacylin has been among the more successful strategies used to overcome that instability. Thus reaction of the phosphorane from phosphite 109 with the aldehyde group in tricyclic intennediate 108 gives the condensation product 110. Reduction of the carbonyl group by means of sodium borohydride, followed by removal of the acetyl protecting group, affords beraprost (111).22 ° B OICB S .$:- I" 1'\.,\\ /. + AcOJ--( CB.O ° 0 I II (ltO)2PCB2CCBC = CCH s I CBs 109 -+ ° B OICHS I-S.." I : R I O k CH3 CH s 108 110, a I .Ac, a 2 .o , 11 1, R 1 . H, a 2 · H , oS 
3. FOUR OR MORE FUSED HETEROCYCLIC RINGS 177 3. FOUR OR MORE FUSED HETEROCYCLIC RINGS The activity of piperazinodibenzazepines and -diazepines is quite well es- tablished. Antidepressant activity is not unexpectedly retained when one of the fused benzene rings is replaced by pyridine. Nucleophilic aromatic dis- placement of chlorine from 2-chloronicotinonitrile by the secondary nitrogen in 2-phenyl-4-methylpiperazine leads to the tricyclic intennediate 112. The nitrile is then hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid 113, which is reduced with diborane to afford the carbinol 114. Treatment with sulfuric acid closes the azepine ring to afford mirtazepine (115).23 (t CN I' ,/ N N C N 'c Hs  OH C(R N N C N , CH s --+ 112 113, R=O 114, R=H2 115 The strategy used to prepare the benzodiazepine anxiolytic agent sera- zepine, 119 differs somewhat in that the piperazine ring is built in situ. This scheme starts by acylation of the amino group in 116 with chloroacetyl chloride to give 117. Reaction of that intennediate with methylamine prob- ably involves as the first step displacement of the activated chlorine; inter- change of the adjacent ester with the newly fonned amine leads to pipera- zinedione 118. Reduction of that compound with diborane affords serazepine (119).24 Anxiolytic activity presists in a tertracyclic benzodiazepine in which the traditional pendant benzene ring is replaced by a fused imidazole. Conden- sation of L-proline with isatoic anhydride derivative 120 leads directly to the chiral benzodiazepinedione 121. The reaction can be rationalized as stepwise fonnation of an amide by proline nitrogen with ring opening of the anhy- dride, loss of carbon dioxide, and fonnation of a second amide bond. This intennediate is then condensed with tert-butyl 2-isocyanoacetate [CNCH 2 C0 2 C(CH 3 )3] to give bretazenil (122).25 Though the natural product camptothecin, 136, had shown very prom- ising antineoplastic activity in an array of animal models, the compound eventually failed in the clinic. This was attributed to the extremely poor 
178 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES QrN I QrN I  / -   / - N C0 2 E t N C0 2 E t H C0 2 Et ° < C0 2 E t 1 1 6 CH 2 Cl 1 1 7 ! QrN I QrN I  / - <:  / - N C0 2 Et N C0 2 Et C N o C N =0 'c H 'c H 3 3 119 118  c(p 0 c(N I' 0  ./ NJ:.. O > H N 0 N \ C0 2 C(CH S )S H ........ 120 121 122 bioavailability of the parent compound and, it should be added, lack of activity of the acid from opening of the lactone ring. The availability of more soluble derivatives has revived interest in this class of compounds. The natural product is sufficiently difficult to obtain to make total synthesis an attractive alternative. A recent synthesis, which leads to d,l-camptothecin, starts by condensation of pyrrole derivative 123 with the chi or ogluta rate 124. The resulting pyridone 125 probably arises by addition to the allene fonned from 124 under reaction conditions followed by lactam fonnation. Alkylation with ethyl iodide in the presence of base introduces the required side-chain substituent to give 126. Reaction with parafonnaldehyde in the presence of acid leads to addition of a carbinol function on the pyridone ring; lactone fonnation gives the intennediate 127. The carbonyl group on the pyrrolidine ring needed for addition of the second half of the compound 
3. FOUR OR MORE FUSED HETEROCYCLIC RINGS 179 C0 2 Me ",:,' cr: fC02Me + Cl CO 2 Me  CO 2 Me  123 124 o 125 o 126 / c o o o o 128 127 is introduced in two steps by oxidation with molecular oxygen in the pres- ence of triethyl phosphite followed by oxidation to a ketone (128). Construction of the second half of the molecule starts by addition of vinylmagnesium bromide to aldehyde 129 to give the corresponding carbinol 130; the alcohol is then oxidized to the ketone 131. Catalytic hydrogenation of this intennediate results in reduction of both the double bond and the nitro group to afford aniline 132.  N02  N02  N02 o::: NH2 I ---+ I -+ I -. I CH30 /. CH = 0 CH3 0 /.  CH3 0 /.  C H 3 0 /. OH 0 0 129 130 131 132 The two halves of the molecule incorporate the functionality required for the classical Friedlander quinoline synthesis. Thus reaction of aniline 132 with pyridone 128 gives the pentacyclic condensation product 133. The now superfluous carboxyl group on the pyridone is removed by treatment with hydrogen bromide to afford 134; reaction of 134 with oxygen in the presence of cupric chloride and base serves to introduce the hydroxyl group on the tertiary carbon adjacent to the lactone carbonyl (135). Cleavage of the phe- nolic methyl ether affords racemic lO-hydroxycamptothecin 137. 26 Reaction of the isomer obtained from the natural product or a chiral version of this from total synthesis with fonnaldehyde and dimethylamine gives the Man- nich base 138. There is thus obtained the antineoplastic agent topotecan (138) . 
180 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES 128+132  CH 0 s  CHSO 133 134, R-H 135 , R-OH ! HO R 138 136, R-H 137, R-OH A much less highly functionalized pentacyclic compound whose structure is somewhat reminiscent of camptothecin also exhibits antineoplastic activ- ity. Condensation of tetrahydroisoquinoline 139 with naphthoquinone 140 affords the completely assembled ring system 141 in a single step. Hydrol- ysis of the acetate protecting group leads to the free phenol 141. The re- mainder of the sequence consists of introduction of the phosphonic acid side chain intended to improve solubility in aqueous media. Alkylation of the 0 ro COZH C1W I /' N,c H . 0 + I I/, > 0 OAe 139 140 141 , R-Ac 142, R-H !  O-P-( OCH 2 Ph) 2 I o 0- P-O C H 2 Ph I O-Na+ 144 143 
REFERENCES 181 phenol by treatment with chlorodibenzyloxyphosphonate gives the corre- sponding phosphonate ether 143. Reaction with sodium iodide leads to phos- phonate 144 by an Arbuzov-like reaction with benzyl iodide presumably fonned as a byproduct. Fosquidone (145)27 is thus obtained. Certain seemingly complex structures are sometimes available by quite simple, straightfolWard processes. This is aptly illustrated by the example given below, which is admittedly out of place at this point in the chapter. Reaction of cyanoquinoline 145 with sodium azide and ammonium chloride affords 146 in a single step. Conversion of a nitrile to a tetrazole is well precedented; the fonnation of the fused tetrazole ring is more unusual. The glucamine salt of the product is the antiallergic compound tetrazolast. 28 Ger CN " " 1/ /' N C 1 :> N .........N ---, NH ........./ N 145 146 REFERENCES 1. F. Wiedeman, W. Kampe, M. Thiel, G. Sponer, E. Roesch, and K. Dietman, Ger. Offen. 2815926 (1979); Chern. Abstr., 92, 12871 (1980). 2. M. B. Tiers, Eur. Pat. Appl. 275668 (1988), Chern. Abstr., 110,141572 (1989). 3. M. Abou-Gharbia, U. R. Patel, M. B. Webb, J. A. Moyer, T. H. Andree, and E. A. Muth, J. Med. Chern., 30, 1818 (1987). 4. A. H. Katz, C. A. Demerson, C. C. Shaw, A. A. Asselin, L. G. Humber, K. M. Conway, G. Gavin, C. Giunoso, N. P. Jensen, D. Mobilio, R. Nouceldin, J. Schmid, U. Sleah, D. Van Eugen, T. T. Chau, and B-M. Weichman, J. Med. Chern, 31, 1244 (1988). 5. M. C. Venuti, G. H. Jones, R. Alvarez, and J. J. Bruno, J. Med. Chern., 30, 303 (1987). 6. J. Bielavsky, Collect. Czech. Chern. Comrnun., 42, 2802 (1977). 7. G. M. Schutzke, F. A. Pierrat, M. L. Comfeldt, M. R. Szewczak, F. P. Huger, G. M. Bores, V. Hartounian, and K. L. Davis, J. Med. Chern., 31, 1278 (1988). 8. G. M. Schutzke and F. A. Pierrat, Eur. Pat. Appl. 179383 (1986); Chern. Abstr., 105,172311 (1986). 9. C. L. Nichols and E. C. Kornfeld, U. S. Patent 4501890 (1985);, Chern. Abstr., 103, 123525 (1985). 
182 MISCELLANEOUS FUSED HETEROCYCLES 10. C. S. Rooney, J. Rokach, and J. G. Atkinson, U. S. Patent 4112112 (1978); Chern. Abstr., 91,91624 (1979). 11. I. Vlattas, Eur. Pat. Appl. 129509 (1984); Chern. Abstr., 102,149293 (1985). 12. For a closely related compound see D. Lednicer, L. A. Mitscher, and G. Georg, Organic Chernistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 4, Wiley, New York, (1989), p. 212. 13. J. K. Chakrabarti, T. M. Hotten, and D. E. Tupper, Eur. Pat. Appl. 454436 (1991); Chern. Abstr., 116,83703 (1992). 14. J. Kitchin, P. C. Cherry, A. J. Pipe, A. J. Crame, and A. D. Borthwick, Brit. UK Pat. Appl. 2157691 (1985); Chern. Abstr., 105, 208896 (1986). 15. M. A. Warpenhoski, Tetrahedron Leu. 27,4103 (1986). 16. R. C. Kelly, I. Gebhard, N. A. Wicnienski, P. A. Aristoff, P. D. Johnson, and D. G. Martin, J. Arn. Chern. Soc. 109,6837 (1987). 17. M. A. Mitchell, R. C. Kelly, N. A. Wicnienski, N. T. Hatzenbuhler, M. G. Williams, G. L. Petzold, J. L. Slightom, and D. R. Siemieniak, J. Arn. Chern. Soc. 113,8994 (1991). 18. J. F. Gerster, Eur. Pat. Appl. 145340 (1985); Chern. Abstr. 103, 196090 (1985). 19. H. C. Hansen and F. Watjen, Eur. Pat. Appl. 320136 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 112, 35889 (1990). 20. D. G. Melillo, R. D. Larsen, D. J. Mathre, W. F. Shukis, A. W. Wood, and J. R. Colleluori, J. Org. Chern., 52, 5143 (1987). 21. Y. Morinaka, K. Takahashi, S. Hata, and S. Yamada, Eur. J. Med. Chern., 16, 251 (1981). 22. K. Ohno, H. Nagase, K. Matsumoto, and S. Nishio, Eur. Pat. Appl. 84856 (1983); Chern. Abstr., 100,51356 (1984). 23. W. J. Van der Burg, Ger. Offen. 2614406 (1976); Chern. Abstr., 86, (1977). 24. J. F. Wasley, U. S. Patent 4737496 (1988); Chern. Abstr., 109,54795 (1088). 25. W. Hunkeler and E. Kyburz, Eur. Pat., Appl. 59391 (1982); Chern. Abstr., 98, 53950 (1983). 26. W. Shen, C. A. Coburn, W. G. Bornmann, and S. J. Danishefsky, J. Org. Chern., 58, 611 (1993). 27. G. H. Phillipps and B. R. Cowley, Eur. Pat. Appl. 323907 (1989); Chern. Abstr., 112, 35696 (1990). 28. N. Peet, private communication. 
CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS Cenazepril Fosinopril Ace Inhibitors Ceronapril Perindopril Aldose Reductase Inhibitors Ponalrestat Alpha Blockers Apraclonidine Atipamezole Brimodine Dapiprazole Analgesic, Unclassified Detomidine Dexmedetomidine Medetomidine Lorcinadol Brifentanil Ocfentanil Remi fentanil Analgesic, Opioid Mirfentanil Pentamorphone Spiradoline Angiotensin Antagonist Losartan 183 
184 CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS Sibutramine Adapalene Cioteronel Ranolazine Actisomide Bucromanone Ipazilide Propafenone Sematilide Lodelaben Binfloxacin Cefpiromine Cefprozil Clinafloxacin Enrofloxacin Ibafloxacin Loracarbef Sparfloxacin Tigemonam Anorexic Antiacne Inocoterone Antiandrogen Finasteride Antianginal Antiarrhythmic Bidisomide Ibutilide Modecainide Risotilide Antiarthritic Antibiotic Cefetecol Cefpodoxime Ceftibuten Danofloxacin Fleroxacin Lomefloxacin Sarafloxacin Temafloxacin Tosufloxacin Anticholinergic Tematropium Ameltolide Sabeluzole Dapoxetine Etoperidone Anticonvulsant Loreclezole Topiramate Antidepressant Dazepinil Fluparoxan 
Mirtazapine Seproxetine Pioglitazone Batanopride Dolasetron Ondansetron Zatosetron Amorolfine Fluconazole Alprenoxime Noberastine Cicletanine Pelanserin CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS 185 Paroxetine Venlafaxine Antidiabetic Antiemetic Bemesetron Granisetron Pancopride Antifungal Cisconazole Oxiconazole Antiglaucoma Antihistamine Rocastine Antihypertensive Flosequinan Quinelorane Antiinflammatory, Steroid Halobetasol Loteprednol Antiinflammatory, Nonsteroid Pemedolac Pravadoline Prifelone Romazarit Rimexolone Tebufelone Tenidap Tifurac Antimigraine Sumatriptan Adozelesin Brequinar Crisnatol Dexonnaplatin Fosquidone Antineoplastic Bizelesin Carzelesin Decitabine Edatrexate Gemcitabine 
186 CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS Antineoplastic (Continued) Idarubicin Lometrexol Losoxantrone Mafosfamide Masoprocol Onnaplatin Perfosfamide Piroxantrone Topotecan Zeniplatin Antipsoriatic Tepoxalin Calcipotriene Alentomol Gevotroline Olanzapine Prinomide Antipsychotic Batelapine Minaprine Risperidone Antirheumatic Antiulcer Lansoprazole Pantoprazole Antiulcer, H 2 Antihistamine Lavoltidine Roxatidine Sufotidine Didanosine Ganciclovir Zalcitabine Alpidem Bretazenil Ipsapirone Serazepine Tiospirone Antiviral Fiacitabine Lamivudine Anxiolytic Binospirone Enciprazine Panadiplon Tandospirone Aromatase Inhibitor Fadrozole Plomestone Rogletimide Salmeterol Beta Agonist 
Adaprolol Carvedilol Nebivolol CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS 187 Beta Blocker Bendacalol Metipranolol Picumetrol Beta Lactamase Inhibitor Tazobactam Bronchodilator Doxofylline Calcium Channel Blocker Belfosdil Clentiazem Lacidipine Taludipine Calcium Regulator Calcipotriene Secalciferol Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitor Dorzolamide Sezolamide Cardioprotectant Dexrazoxone Arbutamine Bemoradan Lixazinone Pimobendan Vesnarinone Cardiotonic Bemarinone Indolidan Medorinone Prinoxodan Cholecystokinin Antagonist Devazepide Lorglumide Cholinesterase Inhibitor Suronacrine Tacrine Velnacrine T 01 trazuril Torsemide Coccidiostat Diuretic 
188 CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS Dopaminergic Naxogilide Estrogen Antagonist Raloxifene Toremifene Glomerulonephritis Treatment Sulotraban Colestolone Dal vastin Xenalipin Hypolipidemic Crilavastine Fluvastatin Daltroban Loxoribine Immune Modulator Imiquimod Oxamisole Doretinel Pelretin Linarotine Keratolytic Etarotene Sumarotene Leukotriene Antagonist Ablukast Ritolukast Sulukast Tiacrilast Tomelukast Verlukast Lipid Peroxidation Inhibitor Tirilazad Lipoxygenase Inhibitor Docebenone Zileutron Liver Disease Treatment Malotilate Mediator Release Inhibitor Pemirolast Repirinast Tetrazolast Tibenlast Muscle Relaxant Metrenperone Azumolene Nelezaprine 
CROSS INDEX OF DRUGS 189 Neuroprotective Dizocilpine PET Imaging Agent Fluorodopa 18F Platelet Aggregation Inhibitor Acadesine Beraprost Lifarizine Progestin Desogestrel Progestin Antagonist Mifepristone Onapristone Radioprotectant Amifostine Radiosenstizer Etanidazole Di tekiren Terlakiren Renin Inhibitor Enalkiren Sedative Tameridone Thromboxane Antagonist Vapiprost Thromboxane Synthetase Inhibitor Ridogrel Uricosoric Irtemazole 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Ablukast. 5, 128 Acebutolol, 2, 109 Aceclidine. 2, 295 Acedapsone, 2, 112 Acenocoumarole, 1, 331 Aceperone. 2, 332 Acephylline. 1, 425 Acetaminophen, 1, III Acetanilide, 1, III Acetazolamide, 1, 249 Acetohexamide, 1, 138 Acetyl methoxprazine, 1, 131 Acetylmethadol, 1, 81 Aciclovir, 3, 229 Acifran, 4, 78 Acitretin, 4, 35 Acivicin, 4, 85 Aclomethasone, 3, 96 Acodazole, 4, 215 Acrivastine, 4, 105 Acitsomide, 5, 150 Actodigin, 3, 99 Adapalene, 5, 38 Adaprolol, 5, 18 Adinazolam, 2, 353 Adiphenine, 1, 81 Adozelesin, 5, 171 Adrenalone, 2, 38 Alaproclate, 4, 33 Albendazole, 2, 353 Albuterol, 2, 43 Albuterol, 5, 15 Albutoin. 2, 261 Alclofenac, 2, 68 Aldosterone, 1, 206 Alentomol, 5, 39 Aletamine, 2, 48 Alfaprostol, 4, 9 Alfentanyl, 3, 118 Alfuzocin, 4, 149 Algestone acetonide, 2, 171 Alipamide, 2, 94 Allobarbital, 1, 269 Allopurinol, 1, 152 Allyiestrenol, 1, 172 Alonimid, 2, 295 Aloxidone, 1, 232 Alpertine, 2, 342 Alpha eucaine, 1, 8 Alphaprodine, 1, 304 Alpidem, 5, 142 Alprazolam, 3, 197 Alprenolol, 1, 177 Alprenoxime, 5, 18 Alprostadil, 3, 2 Alrestatin, 3, 72 Altanserin, 4, 151 Althiazide, I, 359 191 
192 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Altrenogest, 4, 66 Alverine, 2, 55 Ambucaine. I, II Ambucetamide, 1, 94 Ambuside, 2, 116 Amcinafal, 2, 185 Amcinafide. 2, 185 Amdinocillin. 3, 208. 4, 177 Amedalin. 2, 348 Ameltolide. 5, 20 Ametantrone. 3, 75 Amfenac, 3, 38 Amflutizole, 4, 94 Amicibone, 2, II Amicycline. 2, 228 Amidephrine. 2, 41 Amidoquine, 1, 342 Amifloxacin, 4, 144 Amifostine, 5, I Amiloride, 1, 278 Aminitrozole, 1, 247 Aminoglutetimide, 1, 257 Aminometetradine, 1, 265 Aminophenazole, 1, 248 Aminophylline, 1, 427 Aminopromazine, 1, 390 Aminopropylon, 1, 234 Aminopyrine, 1, 234 Aminorex, 2, 265 Amiodarone, 4, 127 Amiquinsin, 2, 363 Amisometradine, 1, 266 Amitraz, 4, 36 Amitriptyline, 1, 151 Amlodipine, 4, 108 Amobarbital, 1, 268 Amodiaquine, 4, 140 Amoproxan, 2, 91 Amopyroquine, 1, 342 Amorolfine, 5, 99 Amoxapine, 2, 428 Amoxycillin, 1, 414 Amphecloral, 2, 48 Amphetamine, 1, 37 Amphetaminil, 2, 48 Ampicillin, 1, 413 Amprolium, 1, 264 Ampyzine, 2, 298 Amqinate, 2, 370 Amrinone, 3, 147 Anagesterone acetate, 2, 165 Anagrelide, 3, 244 Androstanolone, 1, 173 Anidoxime, 2, 125 Anileride, 1, 300 Anilopam, 3, 121 Aniracetam, 4, 39 Anirolac, 4, 158 Anisindandione, 1, 147 Anitrazafen, 1, 147 Antazoline, 1, 242 Antipyrine, 1, 234 Apalcillin, 4, 179 Apazone, 2, 475 Apraclonidine, 5, 74 Aprophen, 1, 91 Aptazapine, 4, 215 Ara-A, 4, 122 Arbaprostil, 3, 8 Arbutamine, 5, 15 Arildone, 3, 45 Arprinocid, 4, 165 Astemizole, 3, 177 Atenolol, 2, 109 Atipamezole, 5, 71 Atiprosin, 4, 211 Atropine, 1, 35 A vridine, 4, I Azabon, 2, 115 Azaclorzine, 3, 241 Azacosterol, 2, 161 Azacyclonol, 1, 47 Azaloxan, 4, 138 Azanator, 2, 457 Azaperone, 2, 300 Azarole, 3, 129 Azastene, 3, 89 Azatadine, 2, 424 Azathioprine, 2, 464 Azelastine, 4, 152 Azepinamide, 1, 137 Azepindole, 3, 242 Azipramine, 3, 246 Azlocillin, 3, 206 Azoconazole, 3, 137 Azolimine, 2, 260 Azomycin, 1, 238 Azosemide, 3, 27 Aztreonam, 4, 193 Azumolene, 5, 68 Bacampicillin, 3, 204 Baclofen, 2, 121 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 193 Bamethan, 2, 39 Bamiphylline, 1, 426 Bamipine, I, 51 Bamnidazole, 3, 132 Barbital, 1, 267 BAS, 2, 96 Batanopride, 5, 2 I Batelapine, 5, 169 Becanthone, 2, 413 Belfosdil, 5, 2 Beloxamide, 2, 56 Bemarinone, 5, 131 Bemidone, I, 305 Bemigride. 1, 258 Bemitradine, 4, 168 Bemoradan, 5, 133 Bemsetron, 5, 66 Benactyzine, I, 93 Benapryzine, 2, 74 Benazepril, 5, 135 Bendacalol, 5, 134 Bendazac, 2, 351 Bendroflumethazide, 2, 358 Benfurodil, 2, 355 Benorterone, 2, 156 Benoxaprofen, 2, 356 Benperidol, 2, 290 Bentiromide, 3, 60 Benzbromarone, 2, 354 Benzestrol, 1, 103 Benzetimide, 2, 293 Benzilonium bromide, 2, 72 Benzindopyrine, 2, 343 Benziodarone, 1, 3 13 Benzocaine, 1, 9 Benzoctamine, 2, 220 Benzodepa, 2, 122 Benzphetamine, 1, 70 Benzquinamide, 1, 350 Benztriamide, 2, 290 Benzydamine, 1, 323 Benzylpenicillin, 1, 408 Bepridil, 3, 46 Beraprost, 5, 176 Beta eucaine, 1, 9 Betahistine, 2, 279 Betamethasone, 1, 198 Betaxolol, 4, 26 Bethanidine, 1, 55 Bevantolol, 3, 28 Bezafibrate, 3, 44 Biantrazole, 5, 43 Bicifadine, 3, 120 Biclodil, 4, 38 Bidisomide, 5, 87 Bifonazole, 4, 93 Binafloxacin, 5, 125 Binospirone, 5, 134 Bipenamol, 4, 45 Biperiden, 1, 47 Bisantrene, 4, 62 Bishydroxycoumarin, 1, 331 Bisoprolol, 4, 28 Bitolterol, 3, 22 Bizelesin, 5, 173 Bolandiol diacetate, 2, 143 Bolasterone, 1, 173 Boldenone, 2, 153 Bolmantalate, 2, 143 Boxidine, 2, 99 Brequinar,5, 121 Bretazenil, 5, 177 Bretylium tosylate, 1, 55 Brifentanil, 5, 84 Brimodine, 5, 132 Brocrinat, 4, 130 Brofoxine, 3, 191 Bromadoline, 4, 6 Bromdiphenhydramine, 1, 42 Bromfenac, 4, 46 Bromhexine, 2, 96 Bromindione, 2, 210 Bromisovalum, 1, 22 I Bromoxanide, 2, 94 Bromperidol, 2, 331 Brompheniramine, 1, 77 Brompirimine, 4, 116 Broperamole, 3, 139 Brotizolam, 4, 219 Bucainide, 2, 125 Bucindolol, 3, 28 Bucromanone, 5, 128 Budesonide, 3, 95 Bufonnin, 1, 221 Bufuralol, 2, 110 Bumetanide, 2, 87 Bunaftine, 2, 211 Bunamidine, 2, 212 Bunitridine, 2, 215 Bunitrolol, 2, 106 Bunolol, 2, 110 Bupicomide, 2, 280 Bupivacaine, 1, 17 Buprenorphine, 2, 321 
194 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Bupropion, 2, 124 Buquinolate, 1, 346 Burimamide, 2, 251 Buspirone, 2, 300 Butabarbital, 1, 268 Butacaine, 1, 12 Butacetin, 2, 95 Butaclamol, 2, 226 Butalbital, 1, 268 Butamirate, 2, 76 Butamisole, 3, 226 Butaperazine, 1, 381 Butaprost, 4, 13 Butazolamide, 1, 249 Buterizine, 3, 175 Butethal, 1, 268 Butoconazole, 3, 134 Butoprozine, 4, 156 Butorphanol, 2, 325 Butoxamine, 1, 68 Butriptyline, 1, 151 Butropium bromide, 2, 308 Butylallonal, 1, 269 Butylvynal, 1, 269 Caffeine, 1, 111 Calcifediol, 3, 101 Calcipotriene, 5, 60 Calcitriol, 3, 103 Calusterone, 2, 154 Cambendazole, 2, 353 Canrenoate, 2, 174 Canrenone, 2, 174 Capobenic acid, 2, 94 Captodiamine, 1, 44 Captopril, 3, 128 Caracemide, 4, 1 Caramiphen, 1, 90 Carbacephalothin, 2, 390 Carbacycline, 4, 14 Carbadox, 2, 390 Carbamazepine, 1, 403 Carbantel, 3, 57 Carbazeran, 3, 195 Carbencillin, 1, 414 Carbetidine, 1, 90 Carbidopa, 2, 119 Carbimazole, 1, 240 Carbinoxamine, 1, 43 Carbiphene, 2, 78 Carboplatin, 4, 16 Carboprost, 3, 7 Carbutamide, 1, 138 Carbuterol, 2, 41 Carfentanyl, 3, 117 Carisoprododol, 1, 219 Carmantidine, 2, 20 Cannustine, 2, 12 Camidazole, 2, 245 Caroxazone, 3, 191 Carphenazine, 1, 383 Carpipramine, 2, 416 Carprofen, 2, 169 Cartazolate, 2, 469 Carteolol, 3, 183 Carumonam, 4, 193 Carvedilol, 5, 163 Carzelesin, 5, 171 Cefaclor, 3, 209 Cefadroxyl, 2, 440 Cefamandole, 2, 441 Cefaparole, 3, 212 Cefatrizine, 3, 211 Cefazaflur, 3, 213 Cefazolin, 3, 442 Cefbuperazone, 4, 189 Cefetamet, 4, 184 Cefetecol, 5, 160 Cefixime, 4, 184 Cefmenoxime, 4, 187 Cefmetazole, 4, 190 Cefonicid, 3, 213 Cefoperazone, 4, 185 Ceforanide, 3, 214 Cefotaxime, 3, 216 Cefotetan, 4, 191 Cefotiam, 3, 215 Cefoxitin, 2, 435 Cefpimizole, 4, 185 Cefpiramide, 4, 188 Cefpiromine, 5, 158 Cefpodoxime proxetil, 5, 158 Cefprozil, 5, 158 Cefroxadine, 3, 210 Cefsulodin, 3, 214 Ceftazidine, 3, 216 Ceftibuten, 5, 160 Ceftiofur, 4, 187 Ceftizoxime, 3, 218 Ceftriaxone, 4, 190 Cefuroxime, 3, 216 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 195 Celiprolol, 4, 27 Cephalexin, 1, 417 Cephaloglycin,I,417 Cephaloridine, 1, 417 Cephalothin, 1, 420 Cephapyrin, 2, 441 Cephradine, 2, 440 Ceronapril, 5, 65 Cetaben, 3, 60 Cetamole, 4, 26 Cetiedil, 3, 42 Cetirizine, 4, 118 Cetophenicol, 2, 46 Cetraxate, 4, 6 Chloraminophenamide, 1, 133 Chlorbenzoxamine, 1, 43 Chlorcyclizine, 1, 58 Chlordiazepexoxide, 1, 365 Chlorexolone, 1, 321 Chlorfluperidol, 1, 306 Chlorguanide, 1, 115 Chlorimpiphene, 1, 385 Chlorindandione, I, 147 Chlonnadinone acetate, 1, 181 Chlonnidazole, 1, 324 Chlorophenylalanine, 2, 52 Chloroprocaine, 1, 11 Chloropyramine, 1, 402 Chloroquine, 1, 341 Chlorothen, 1, 54 Chlorothiazide, 1, 321 Chlorotrianisine, 1, 104 Chlorphenamide, 1, 133 Chlorphendianol, 1, 46 Chlorphenesin, I, 118 Chlorpheniramine, 1, 77 Chlorphenoxamine, 1, 44 Chlorphentennine, 1, 73 Chlorproethazine, 1, 379 Chlorproguanil, 1, 115 Chlorpromazine, 1, 319 Chlorpropamide, 1, 137 Chlorprothixene, 1, 399 Chlorpyramine, 1, 51 Chlortetracycline, 1, 212 Chlorthalidone, 1, 322 Chlorzoxazone, 1, 323 Chromoglycate, 1, 313 Chromonar, 1, 331 Cibenzoline, 4, 87 Ciclafrine, 2, 226 Ciclazindol, 4, 217 Cicletanine, 5, 143 Cicloprofen, 2, 217 Cicloprolol, 4, 25 Cicloprox, 2, 282 Ciglitazone, 4, 33 Ciladopa, 4, 22 Cilazapril, 4, 170 Cimaterol, 4, 23 Cimetidine, 2, 253 Cinanserin, 2, 96 Cinepazet, 3, 157 Cinepazide, 2, 30 I Cinflumide, 4, 35 Cingestol, 2, 145 Cinnameridine, 2, 39 Cinnarizine, 1, 58 Cinoxacin, 2, 388 Cinromide, 3, 44 Cintazone, 2, 388 Cintriamide, 2, 121 Cioteronel, 5, II Ciprefadol, 3, 119 Ciprocinonide, 3, 94 Ciprofibrate, 3, 44 Ciprofloxacin, 4, 141 Ciprostene, 4, 14 Ciramadol, 3, 122 Cisplatin, 4, 15 Citenamide, 2, 221 Clamoxyquin, 2, 362 Clavulanic acid, 4, 180 Clazolam, 2, 452 Clazolimine, 2, 260 Clebopride, 4, 42 Clemastine, 2, 32 Clemizole, 1, 324 Clentiazem, 5, 139 Clinafloxacin, 5, 125 Clioxanide, 2, 94 Cliprofen, 2, 65 Clobazam, 2, 406 Clobetasol propionate, 4, 72 Clobetasone butyrate, 4, 72 Clobutinol, 2, 121 Clocapramine, 2, 416 Clocental, 1, 38 Clocortolone acetate, 2, 193 Clodanolene, 3, 130 Clodazon, 2, 354 Clofenpyride, 2, 101 
196 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Clofibrate, 1, 119 Clofilium phosphate, 3, 46 Clogestone, 2, 166 Clomacran, 2, 414 Clomegestone acetate, 2, 170 Clomethrone, 2, 170 Clomifene, 1, 105 Clominorex, 2, 265 Clonidine, 1, 241 Clonitazene, 1, 325 Clonixeril, 2, 281 Clonixin, 2, 281 Clopamide, 1, 135 Clopenthixol, 1, 399 Cloperidone, 2, 387 Cloperone, 3, 150 Clopimozide, 2, 300 Clopipazam, 3, 237 Clopirac, 2, 235 Cloprednol, 2, 182 Cloprenaline, 2, 39 Cloprostenol, 2, 6 Clorsulon, 4, 50 Closantel, 3, 43 Closiramine, 2, 424 Clothiapine, I, 406 Clothixamide, 2, 412 Cloticasone propionate, 4, 75 Cloxacillin, 1, 413 Cloxazepam, 1, 370 Clozapine, 2, 425 Codeine, 1, 287 Codorphone, 3, 112 Codoxime, 2, 318 Colchicine, 1, 152 Colestolone, 5, 55 Colterol, 3, 21 Connethasone acetate, 2, 194 Cortisone, 1, 188 Cortisone acetate, 1, 190 Crilavastine, 5, 65 Crisnatol, 5, 44 Cromitrile, 4, 137 Cromoglycate, 3, 66 Cyclacillin, 2, 439 Cyclandelate, 1, 94 Cyclazocine, 1, 298 Cyclindole, 3, 168 Cyclizine, 1, 58 Cyclobarbital, 1, 269 Cyclobendazole, 2, 353 Cyclobenzaprine, 3, 77 Cycloguanil, 1, 281 Cyclomethycaine, 1, 14 Cyclopal, 1, 269 Cyclopenthiazide, 1, 358 Cyclopentolate, 1, 92 Cyclophosphamide, 3, 161 Cyclopyrazolate, 1, 92 Cycloserine, 3, 14 Cyclothiazide, 1, 358 Cycrimine, 1, 47 Cyheptamide, 2, 222 Cypenamine, 2, 7 Cyprazepam, 2, 402 Cyproheptadine, 1, 151 Cyprolidol, 2, 31 Cyproquinate, 2, 368 Cyproterone acetate, 2, 166 Cyproximide, 2, 293 Dacarbazine, 2, 254 Daledalin, 2, 348 Daltroban, 5, 22 Dalvastatin, 5, 87 Danazol, 2, 157 Danfloxacin, 5, 125 Dantrolene, 2, 242 Dapiprazole, 5, 143 Dapoxetine, 5, 36 Dapsone, 1, 139 Darodipine, 4, 107 Dazadrol, 2, 257 Dazepinil, 5, 137 Dazoxiben, 4, 91 Debrisoquine, 2, 374 Decitabine, 5, 101 Declenperone, 3, 172 Decoquinate, 2, 368 Delapril, 4, 58 Delmadinone acetate, 2, 166 Demoxepam, 2, 401 Deprostil, 2, 3 Desciclovir, 4, 165 Descinolone acetonide, 2, 187 Deserpidine, 1, 320 Desipramine, 1, 402 Desogestrel, 5, 52 Desonide, 2, 179 Desoximetasone, 4, 70 Deterenol, 2, 39 Detomidine, 5, 71 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 197 Devazepide, 5, 137 Dexamethasone, 1, 199 Dexbrompheniramine, 1, 77 Dexmedetomidine, 5, 71 Dexnorgestrel acetime, 2, 152 Dexonnaplatin, 5, 11 Dexrazoxone, 5, 95 Dextroamphetamine, 1, 70 Dextromoramide, 1, 82 Dextromorphan, 1, 293 Dextrothyroxine, 1, 92 Dezaguanine, 4, 162 Dezocine, 4, 59 Diacetolol, 3, 28 Diamocaine, 2, 336 Dianithazole, 1, 327 Diapamide, 2, 93 Diaveridine, 2, 302 Diazepam, 1, 365 Diaziquone, 4, 51 Dibenamine, 1, 55 Dibenzepin, 1, 405 Dibucaine, 1, 15 Dichlorisone, 1, 203 Dichloroisoproterenol, 1, 65 Dichlorophenamide, 1, 133 Diclofenac, 2, 70 Dicloxacillin, 1, 413 Dicoumarol, 1, 147 Dicyclomine, 1, 36 Didanosine, 5, 146 Dienestrol, 1, 102 Diethyl carbamazine, 1, 278 Diethy lstibestrol, 1, 101 Diethylthiambutene, 1, 106 Difenoximide, 2, 331 Difenoxin, 2, 331 Difloxacin, 4, 143 Diflucortolone, 2, 192 Diflumidone, 2, 98 Diflunisal, 2, 85 Difluprednate, 2, 191 Diftalone, 3, 246 Dihexyverine, 1, 36 Dihydralizine, 1, 353 Dihydrocodeine, 1, 288 Dilevalol, 4, 20 Diltiazem, 3, 198 Dimefadane, 2, 210 Dimefline, 2, 391 Dimetacrine, 1, 397 Dimethisoquine, 1, 18 Dimethisterone, 1, 176 Dimethothiazine, 1, 374 Dimethoxanate, 1, 390 Dimethylpyrindene, 1, 145 Dimethy lthiambutene, 1, 106 Dimetridazole, 1, 240 Dinoprost, 1, 27 Dinoprostone, 1, 30 Dioxadrol, 2, 285 Dioxyline, 1, 349 Di phenhydrami ne, 1, 41 Diphenidol, 1, 45 Diphenoxylate, 1, 302 Diphenylhydantoin, 1, 246 Diphepanol, 1, 46 Dipivefrin, 3, 22 Dipyridamole, 1, 248 Dipyrone, 2, 262 Disobutamide, 3, 41 Disopyramide, 2, 81 Disoxaril, 4, 86 Disulfiram, 1, 223 Ditekiren, 5, 4 Dithiazanine, 1, 327 Dixyrazine, 1, 384 Dizocilpine, 5, 136 Dobutamine, 2, 53 Docebenone, 5, 8 Doconazole, 3, 133 Dolasetron, 5, 109 Domazoline, 2, 256 Domperidone, 3, 174 Donetidine, 4, 114 Dopamantine, 2, 52 Dopexamine, 4, 22 Dorastine, 2, 457 Doretinel, 5, 38 Dorzolamide, 5, 149 Dothiepin, 3, 239 Doxapram, 2, 236 Doxaprost, 2, 3 Doxazocin, 4, 148 Doxepin, 1, 404 Doxofylline, 5, 144 Doxpicomine, 3, 122 Doxylamine, 1, 44 Dribendazole, 4, 132 Drindene, 3, 65 Drobuline, 3, 47 Drocinonide, 2, 186 
198 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Dromostanolone, 1, 173 Droperidol, 1, 308 Droprenylamine, 3, 47 Droxacin, 3, 185 Duoperone, 4, 199 Dydrogesterone, 1, 185 Ebastine, 4, 48 Eclanamine, 4, 5 Eclazostat, 4, 131 Econazole, 2, 249 Ectylurea, 1, 221 Edatrexate, 5, 152 Edifolone, 4, 69 Edoxudine, 4, 117 Eflomithine, 4, 2 Elantrine, 2, 418 Elfazepam, 3, 195 Elucaine, 2, 44 Emilium tosylate, 3, 47 Enalapril, 4, 81 Enalkiren, 5, 4 Encainide, 3, 56 Enciprazine, 5, 92 Encyprate, 2, 27 Endralazine, 3, 232 Endrysone, 2, 200 Enilconazole, 4, 93 Enisoprost, 4, 11 Enolicam, 4, 148 Enpiroline, 4, 103 Enprofylline, 4, 165 Enprostil, 4, 10 Enrofloxacin, 5, 125 Enviradene, 4, 131 Enviroxime, 3, 177 Ephedrine, 1, 66 Epimestrol, 2, 138 Epinephrine, 1, 95 Epirazole, 3, 152 Epithiazide, 1, 359 Epoprostenol, 3, 10 Epostane, 4, 68 Eprazinone, 1, 64 Eprozinol, 2, 44 Eritadenine, 2, 467 Erytriptamine, 1, 317 Esmolol, 4, 27 Esproquin, 2, 373 Estradiol, 1, 162 Estradiol benzoate, 1, 162 Estradiol cypionate, 1, 162 Estradiol dipropionate, 1, 162 Estradiol hexabenzoate, 1, 162 Estramustine, 3, 83 Estrazinol, 2, 142 Estrofurate, 2, 137 Estrone, 1, 156 Eta fed rine, 2, 39 Etanidazole, 5, 73 Etarotene, 5, 37 Etazolate, 2, 469 Eterobarb, 2, 304 Ethacrynic acid, 1, 120 Ethambutol, 1, 222 Ethamivan, 2, 94 Ethionamide, 1, 255 Ethisterone, 1, 163 Ethithiazide, 1, 358 Ethoheptazine, 1, 303 Ethonam, 2, 249 Ethopropropazine, 1, 373 Ethosuximide, 1, 228 Ethotoin, 1, 245 Ethoxzolmide, 1, 327 Ethy lestrenol, 1, I 70 Ethylmorphine, 1, 287 Ethynerone, 2, 146 Ethynodiol Diacetate, 1, 165 Ethynodrel, 1, 164 Ethynylestradiol, 1, 162 Etibendazole, 4, 132 Etidocaine, 2, 95 Etintidine, 3, 135 Etintidine, 4, 89 Etoclofene, 2, 89 Etofenamate, 4, 42 Etomidate, 3, 135 Etonitazine, 1, 325 Etoperidone, 5, 92 Etoprine, 3, 153 Etorphine, 2, 321 Etoxadrol, 2, 285 Fadrozole, 5, 141 Famotidine, 2, 37 Fanetizole, 4, 95 Fantridone, 2, 421 Fazarabine, 4, 122 Febantel, 4, 35 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 199 Felbinac, 4, 32 Felodipine, 4, 106 Felsantel, 3, 57 Fenalamide, 2, 81 Fenbendazole, 3, 176 Fenbufen, 2, 126 Fencamfine, 1, 74 Fenclofenac, 3, 37 Fenclorac, 2, 66 Fenclozic acid, 2, 269 Fendosal, 2, 170 Fenestrel, 2, 9 Fenethylline, 1, 425 Fenfluramine, 1, 70 Fengabine, 4, 47 Fenimide, 2, 237 Feniprane, 1, 76 Fenisorex, 2, 391 Fenmetozole, 2, 257 Fenobam, 3, 136 Fenoctimine, 4, 109 Fenoldapam, 4, 147 Fenoprofen, 2, 67 Fenoterol, 2, 38 Fenpipalone, 2, 293 Fenprinast, 4, 213 Fenprostalene, 4, 9 Fenquizone, 3, 192 Fenretidine, 4, 7 Fenspiriden, 2, 291 Fentanyl, 1, 299 Fentiazac, 4, 96 Fenticonazole, 4, 93 Fenyripol, 2, 40 Fetoxylate, 2, 331 Fezolamine, 4, 87 Fiacitabine, 5, 98 Finasteride, 5, 49 Flavodilol, 4, 137 Flavoxate, 2, 392 Flazolone, 2, 337 Flecainide, 3, 59 Fleroxacin, 5, 125 Flestolol, 4, 41 Fletazepam, 2, 403 Floctacillin, 1, 413 Floctafenine, 3, 184 Flordipine, 4, 107 Flosequinan, 5, 127 Fluandrenolide, 2, 180 Fluanisone, 1, 279 Fluazepam, 1, 366 Flubanilate, 2, 98 Flubendazole, 2, 354 Flucindolol, 3, 168 Flucinolone, 3, 94 Flucinolone acetonide, 1, 202 Fludalanine, 3, 14 Fludarabine, 4, 167 Fludorex, 2, 44 Fludrocortisone, 1, 192 Fludroxycortide, 1, 202 Flufenamic acid, 1, 110 Flumazenil, 4, 220 Flumequine, 3, 186 Flumethasone, I, 200 Flumethiazide, 1, 355 Flumetramide, 2, 306 Fluminorex, 2, 265 Flumizole. 2, 254 Flumoxonide, 3, 95 Flunarizine, 2, 31 Flunidazole, 2, 246 Flunisolide, 2, 181 Flunitrazepam, 2, 406 Flunixin, 2, 281 Fluorocortolone, 1, 204 Fluorodopa F18, 5, 27 Fluorogestone acetate, 2, 183 Fluorometholone, 1, 203 Fluoroprednisolone, 1, 292 Fluorouracil, 3, 155 Fluotracen, 3, 73 Fluoxetine, 3, 32 Fluoxymestrone, 1, 175 Fluparoxan, 5, 170 Fluperamide, 2, 334 Fluperolone acetate, 2, 185 Fluphenazine, 1, 383 Flupirtine, 4, 102 Fluproquazone, 3, 193 Fluprostenol, 2, 6 Fluquazone, 3, 193 Fluradoline, 4, 202 Flurbiprofen, 1, 86 Fluretofen, 3, 39 Fluspiperone, 2, 292 Fluspirilene, 2, 292 Flutamide, 3, 57 Flutiazine, 2, 431 
200 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Fluticasone propionate, 4, 75 Flutroline, 3, 242 Fluvastatin, 5, 105 Fluzinamide, 4, 29 Fonnocortal, 2, 189 Fosarilate, 4, 31 Fosazepam, 3, 195 Fosinopril, 5, 66 Fosquidone, 5, 181 Fostedil, 4, 134 Frentizole, 3, 179 Fumoxicillin, 4, 179 Furaltadone, 1, 229 Furaprofen, 4, 127 Furazolidone, 1, 229 Furegrelate, 4, 125 Furethidine, 1, 301 Furobufen, 2, 416 Furodazole, 4, 215 Gamfexine, 2, 56 Ganciclovir, 5, 146 Gemcadiol, 3, 15 Gemcitabine, 5, 96 Gemeprost, 4, 11 Gemfibrozil, 3, 45 Gepirone, 4, 120 Gestaclone, 2, 169 Gestodene, 3, 85 Gestonorone, 2, 152 Gestrinone, 3, 85 Gevotroline, 5, 164 Glaphenine, 1, 342 Gliamilide, 2, 286 Glibomuride, 2, 117 Glicetanile, 3, 61 Gliflumide, 3, 61 Glipizide, 2, 117 Gloxinonam, 4, 195 Glutethemide, 1, 257 Glyburide, 2, 139 Glybuthiazole, 1, 126 Glycosulfone, 1, 140 Glyhexamide, 1, 138 Glymidine, 1, 125 Glyoctamide, 2, 117 Glyparamide, 2, 117 Glyprothiazole, 1, 125 Granisetron, 5, 118 Griseofulvin, 1, 314 Guaiaphenesin, 1, 118 Guanabenz, 2, 123 Guanacycline, 1, 260 Guanadrel, 1, 400 Guanethidine, 1, 282 Guanfacine, 3, 40 Guanisoquin, 2, 375 Guanoclor, 1, 117 Guanoxabenz, 2, 123 Guanoxan, 1, 352 Guanoxyfen, 2, 101 Halcinonide, 2, 187 Halobetasol, 5, 57 Halofantrine, 3, 76 Halofenate, 2, 80 Halopemide, 3, 174 Haloperidol, 1, 306 Haloprednone, 3, 99 Haloprogesterone, 3, 173 Heptabarbital, 1, 269 Hepzidine, 2, 222 Heroin, 1, 288 Hetacillin, 1, 414 Heteronium bromide, 2, 72 Hexahydroamphetamine, 4, 4 Hexesterol, 1, 102 Hexethal, 1, 268 Hexobarbital, 1, 273 Hexobendine, 2, 92 Hexylcaine, 1, 12 Histapyrrodine, 1, 50 Hoquizil, 2, 381 Hycanthone, 1, 398 Hydracarbazine, 2, 305 Hydrochlorothiazide, 1, 358 Hydrocodone, 1, 288 Hydrocortisone, 1, 190 Hydrocortisone acetate, 1, 190 Hydroflumethiazide, 1, 358 Hydromorphone, 1, 288 Hydroxyamphetamine, 1, 71 Hydroxychloroquine, 1, 342 Hydroxyphenamate, 1, 220 Hydroxyprocaine, 1, 11 Hydroxyprogesterone, 1, 176 Hydroxyzine, 1, 59 Ibafloxacin, 5, 127 Ibu fenac , 1, 86 Ibuprofen, 1, 86 Ibutilide, 5, 23 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 201 Icotidine, 4, 113 Idarubicin, 5, 47 Ifenprodil, 2, 39 Ifosfamide, 3, 151 Imafen, 3, 226 Imazodan, 4, 90 Imidoline, 2, 259 Imiloxan, 4, 88 Imipenem 4, 181 Imipramine, 1, 401 Imiquimod, 5, 173 Imolamine, 1, 249 Incoterone, 5, 49 Indacrinone, 3, 67 Indapamide, 2, 349 Indecainide, 4, 62 Indeloxazine, 4, 59 Indolapril, 4, 128 Indolidan, 5, 110 Indomethacin, 1, 318 Indoprofen, 3, 171 Indoramine, 2, 344 Indorenate, 3, 167 Indoxole, 2, 254 Inocoterone, 5, 49 Intrazole, 2, 354 Intriptyline, 2, 223 lodothiouracil, 1, 265 Ipazilide, 5, 70 Ipexidine, 3, 157 Ipratropium bromide, 3, 160 Iprindol, 1, 318 Iproniazide, 1, 254 Ipronidazole, 2, 244 Iproplatin, 4, 17 Ipsapirone, 5, 91 Irtemazole, 5, 117 Isamoxole, 3, 138 Isoaminile, 1, 82 Isobucaine, 1, 12 Isobuzole, 2, 272 Isocarboxazide, 1, 233 Isoetharine, 2, 9 Isomazole, 4, 163 Isomethadone, 1, 79 Isomylamine, 2, 11 Isoniazide, 1, 254 Isopentaquine, 1, 346 Isopyrine, 1, 234 Isothiopendyl, 1, 430 Isotiquamide, 4, 139 Isotretinoin, 3, 12 Isoxepac, 3, 328 Isoxicam, 2, 394 Isoxsuprine, 1, 69 Isradipine, 4, 107 ltazigrel, 4, 96 Ketamine, 1, 57 Ketanserin, 3, 193 Ketasone, 1, 237 Ketazocine, 2, 238 Ketazolam, 1, 369 Ketobemidone, 1, 303 Ketoconazole, 3, 132 Ketoprofen, 2, 64 Ketorfanol, 4, 60 Ketorolac, 4, 81 Ketotifen, 3, 239 Khellin, 1, 313 Labetolol, 3, 24 Lacidipine, 5, 82 Lamivudine, 5, 99 Lamotrigine, 4, 120 Lansoprazole, 5, 115 Lavoltidine, 5, 77 Leniquinsin, 2, 363 Lenperone, 2, 286 Lergotrile, 2, 480 Letimide, 2, 393 Levalorphanol, 1, 293 Levamisole, 4, 217 Levarterenol, 1, 63 Levocabastine, 4, 110 Levonantrodol, 3, 188 Levonordefrine, 1, 68 Levophenacylmorphan, 1, 294 Levopropoxyphene, 1, 50 Levothypoxine, 1, 97 Lidamidine, 3, 56 Lidocaine, 1, 16 Lidoflazine, 1, 279 Lifarizine, 5, 92 Lifibrate, 1, 103 Linarotine, 5, 37 Linogrilide, 4, 80 Liothyronine, 1, 97 Lisinopril, 4, 83 Lixazinone, 5, 166 Lobendazole, 2, 353 Lobenzarit, 4, 43 
202 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Lodelaben, 5, 22 Lodoxamide, 3, 57 Lofemizole, 4, 90 Lofentanyl, 3, 117 Lofepramine, 4, 201 Lofexidine, 4, 88 Lomefloxacin, 5, 125 Lometraline, 2, 214 Lometrexol, 5, 151 Lomustine, 2, 12 Lonapalene, 4, 57 Loperamide, 2, 334 Lorazepam, 1, 368 Lorbamate, 2, 21 Lorcai nide, 3, 40 Lorcinadol, 5, 94 Lorglumide, 5, 20 Lonnetazepam, 3, 196 Lortalamine, 4, 404 Lorzafone, 4, 48 Losartan, 5, 73 Losoxantrone, 5, 43 Losulazine, 4, 139 Loteprednol, 5, 56 Loveclazole, 5, 78 Loxapine, 2, 427 Loxoribine, 5, 145 Lucanthone, 1, 397 Lupitidine, 4, 115 Lynestrol, 1, 166 Mafenide, 2, 114 Mafosfamide, 5, 102 Maprotiline, 2, 220 Masoprocol, 5, 31 Matotilate, 5, 75 Mazindol, 2, 462 Mebendazole, 2, 353 Mebeverine, 2, 54 Mebhydroline, 1, 319 Mebromphenhydramine, 1, 44 Mebutamate, 1, 218 Meccnu, 2, 12 Mecillinam, 3, 208 Meclastine, 1, 44 Meclizine, 1, 59 Meclofenamic acid, 1, 110 Meclorisone butyrate, 3, 95 Medazepam, 1, 368 Medibazine, 2, 30 Mediquox, 2, 390 Medorinone, 5, 149 Medrogestone, 1, 182 Medroxalol, 3, 25 Medroxyprogesterone, 1, 180 Medrylamine, 1, 41 Medrysone, 2, 200 Mefenamic acid, 1, 110 Mefenidil, 4, 89 Mefenorex, 2, 47 Mefexamide, 2, 103 Mefruside, 1, 134 Megesterol acetate, 1, 180 Melengesterol acetate, 1, 182 Melitracen, 2, 220 Melphalan, 2, 120 Memotine, 2, 378 Menabitan, 4, 210 Menoctone, 2, 217 Meobentine, 3, 45 Meparfynol, 1, 38 Meperidine, 1, 300 Mephenhydramine, 1, 44 Mephenoxalone, 1, 119 Mephensin, 1, 118 Mephensin carbamate, 1, 118 Mephentermine, 1, 72 Mepivacaine, 1, 17 Meprobamate, 1, 218 Mequoqualone, 1, 354 Meralluride, 1, 224 Mercaptomerine, 1, 224 Meseclazone, 1, 254 Mesoridazine, 1, 389 Mesterolone, 1, 174 Mestranol, 1, 162 Mesuprine, 2, 41 Metabutoxycaine, 1, 11 Metalol, 2, 41 Metampicillin, 1, 41 Metaproterenol, 1, 64 Metaxalone, 1, 119 Meteneprost, 3, 9 Methacycline, 2, 227 Methadone, 1, 79 Methallenestril, 1, 187 Methamphetamine, 1, 37 Methandrostenolone, 1, 173 Methantheline bromide, 1, 393 Methaphencycline, 1 53 Methaphenyline, 1, 52 Methaprylon, 1, 259 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 203 Methapyriline, 1, 54 Methaqualone, 1, 353 Metharbital, 1, 273 Methazolamide, 1, 250 Methdilazine, 1, 387 Methenolone acetate, 1, 175 Methicillin, 1, 412 Methimazole, 1, 240 Methisazone, 2, 350 Methitural, 1, 275 Methixine, 1, 400 Methocarbamol, 1, 118 Methohexital, 1, 269 Methopholine, 1, 349 Methopromazine, 1, 374 Methoxsalen, 1, 333 Methoxypromazine, 1, 387 Methsuximide, 1, 228 Methyclothiazide, 1, 360 Methylchromone, 1, 335 Methyldihydromorphinone, 1, 292 Methyldopa, 1, 95 Methylphenidate, 1, 88 Methylprednisolone, 1, 193 Methylprednisolone, 16-B. 1, 196 Methyltestosterone, 1, 172 Methylthiouracil, 1, 264 Methynodiol diacetate, 2, 149 Methyridine, 1, 256 Methysergide, 2, 477 Metiamide, 2, 252 Metiapine, 2, 429 Metioprim, 3, 155 Metipranolol, 5, 17 Metizoline, 2, 256 Metoclopramide, 5, 20 Metolazone, 2, 384 Metopimazine, 1, 153 Metoprolol, 2, 109 Mexrenoate, 2, 175 Mexrenone, 2, 175 Mezlocillin, 3, 206 Mianserin, 2, 451 Mibolerone, 2, 144 Miconazole, 2, 249 Midaflur, 2, 259 Midazolam, 3, 197 Midodrine, 4, 23 Mifepristone, 5, 53 Milenperone, 3, 172 Milipertine, 2, 341 Mimbane, 2, 347 Minaprine, 4, 120 Minaprine, 5, 96 Minaxolone, 3, 90 Minocycline, 1, 214 Minoxidil, 1, 262 Mioflazine, 4, 119 Mirtazapine, 5, 177 Misonidazole, 3, 132 Mitindomine, 4, 218 Mitoxantrone, 3, 75 Mixidine, 2, 54 Moclobemide, 4, 39 Modaline, 2, 299 Modecainide. 5, 86 Mofebutazone, 1, 234 Molinazone, 2, 395 Molindone, 2, 455 Molsidomine, 3, 140 Mometasone, 4, 73 Moprolol, 2, 109 Morantel, 1, 266 Morazone, 2, 261 Moricizine, 4, 200 Momiflumate, 3, 146 Morphazineamide, 1, 277 Morphedrine, 1, 300 Morphine, 1, 286 Motretinide, 3, 12 Moxalactam, 3, 218 Moxazocine, 3, 114 Moxisylyte, 1, 116 Moxnidazole, 2, 246 Muzolimine, 3, 137 4abazenil, 4, 209 Nabilone, 3, 189 Nabitan, 3, 190 Naboctate, 4, 209 Nadolol, 2, 110 Nafcillin, 1, 412 Nafenopin, 2, 214 Nafimidone, 4, 90 Naflocort, 4, 75 Nafomine, 2, 212 Nafoxidine, 1, 147 Nafronyl, 2, 213 Naftidine, 3, 372 Naftifine, 4, 55 Nalbufine, 2, 319 
204 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Nalidixic acid, 1, 429 Nalmefene, 4, 62 Naloxone, 1, 289 Naltrexone, 2, 319 Namoxyrate, 1, 86 N androlone, 1, 164 Nandrolone decanoate, 1, 171 Nandrolone phenpropionate. 1, 171 Nantradol, 3, 186 Napactidine, 3, 71 Napamazole, 4, 87 Naphazoline, 1, 241 Naproxen, 1, 86 Naranol, 2, 454 Naxogilide, 5, 175 Nebivolol, 5, 128 Nedocromil, 4, 209 Nefazodone, 4, 98 Neflumozide, 4, 133 Nefopam, 2, 447 Nelezaprine, 5, 168 Negostigmine. 1, 114 Nequinate, 2, 369 Netobimin, 4, 36 Nexeridine, 2, 17 Nialamide, 1, 254 Nicardipine, 3, 150 Nicergoline, 2, 478 N iclosamide, 2, 94 Nicordanil, 3, 148 Nicotinic acid, 1, 253 Nictotinyl alcohol, 1, 253 Nidroxyzone, 1, 228 Nifedipine, 2, 283 Nifenazone, 1, 234 Nifluminic acid, 1, 256 Nifuratrone, 2, 238 Nifurdazil, 2, 239 Nifurimide, 2, 239 Nifuroxime, 2, 238 Nifurpirinol, 2, 240 Nifurprazine, 1, 231 Nifurquinazol, 2, 383 Nifursemizone, 2, 238 Nifurthiazole, 2, 241 Nikethamide, 1, 253 Nilvadipine, 4, 107 Nimazone, 2, 260 Nimodipine, 3, 149 Nimorazole, 2, 244 Niridazole, 2, 269 Nisbuterol, 3, 23 Nisobamate, 2, 22 Nisoxetine, 3, 32 Nistremine acetate 3, 88 Nithiazole, 2, 268 Nitrafudam, 3, 130 Nitrazepam, 1, 366 Nitrimidazine, 1, 240 Nitrofurantel, 1, 229 Nitrofurantoin, 1, 230 Nitrofurazone, 1, 229 Nitrofuroxime, 1, 228 Nitromifene. 3, 51 Nivazol, 2, 159 Nivimedone, 3, 67 Nocodazole, 3, 176 Nomifensine, 4, 146 Noracylmethadol, 2, 58 Norbolethone, 2, 151 Norephedrine, 1, 260 Norethandrolone, 1, 170 Norethindrone, 1, 164 Norethindrone acetate, 1, 165 Norethynodrel, 1, 168 Norfloxacin, 4, 141 Norgestatriene, 1, 168 Norgestatrienone, 1, 186 Norgestrel, 1, 167 Nonneperidine, 1, 300 Nonnethadone, 1, 81 Nonnethandrolone, 1, 170 Norpipanone, 1, 81 Nortriptyline, 1, 151 Nufenoxole, 3, 42 Nylidrin, 1, 69 Ocfentanil, 5, 83 Octazamide, 2, 448 Octopamine, 5, 23 Octriptyline, 2, 223 Ofloxacin, 4, 141 Ofomine, 4, 102 Olanzapine, 5, 169 Olsalazine, 4, 42 Olvanil, 4, 35 Omeprazole, 4, 133 Onapristone, 5, 53 Ondansetron, 5, 164 Orconazole, 3, 133 Onnaplatin, 5, 11 Onnetoprim, 2, 302 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 205 Palmoxiric acid, 4, 4 Paludrine, 1, 115 Pamaquine, 1, 345 Pamatolol, 3, 28 Panadiplon, 5, 173 Pancopride, 5, 21 Pancuronium chloride, 2, 163 Pantoprazole, 5, 115 Papaverine, 1, 347 Para-aminosalicylic acid, 1, 109 Paraethoxycaine, 1, 10 Paramethadione, 1, 232 Paramethasone, 1, 200 Paranyline, 2, 218 Parapenzolate bromide, 2, 75 Parconazole, 3, 133 Pargyline, 1, 54 Paroxetine, 5, 87 Pazoxide, 2, 395 Pecazine, 1, 387 Pefloxacin, 4, 141 Pelanserin, 5, 94 Pelretin, 5, 8 Pelrinone, 4, 116 Pemedolac, 5, 165 Pemerid, 2, 288 Pemirolast, 5, 150 Penfluridol, 2, 334 Pentamorphone, 5, 42 Pentapiperium, 2, 76 Pentaquine, 1, 346 Pentazocine, 1, 297 Pentethylcyclanone, 1, 38 Pentiapine, 4, 220 Pentizidone, 4, 86 Pentobarbital, 1, 268 Pentomone, 3, 248 Pentopril, 4, 128 Pentoxiphyline, 2, 466 Pentylenetetrazole, 1, 281 Perazine, 1, 381 Perfosfamide, 5, 1 Pergolide, 3, 249 Perindopril, 5, III Perlapine, 2, 425 Phenacaine, 1, 19 Phenacemide, 1, 95 Phenacetin, 1, III Phenadoxone, 1, 80 Phenaglycodol, 1, 219 Phenazocine, 1, 298 Phenazopyridine, 1, 255 Phenbencillin, 1, 410 Omidazole, 3, 131 Orpanoxin, 3, 130 Orphenadrine, 1, 42 Oxacephalothin, 1, 420 Oxacillin, 1, 413 Oxagrelate, 4, 151 Oxamisole, 5, 142 Oxamniquine, 2, 372 Oxanamide, 1, 220 Oxandrolone, 1, 174 Oxantel, 2, 303 Oxaprotiline, 4, 63 Oxaprozin, 2, 263 Oxarbazole, 3, 169 Oxatomide, 3, 173 Oxazepam, 1, 366 Oxazolapam, 1, 370 Oxeladine, 1, 90 Oxendolone, 4, 66 Oxethazine, 1, 72 Oxetorene, 3, 247 Oxfendazole, 3, 353 Oxibendazole, 2, 352 Oxiconazole, 5, 72 Oxifungin, 3, 233 Oxilorphan, 2, 325 Oximonam, 4, 195 Oxiperomide, 2, 290 Oxiramide, 2, 290 Oxiramide, 3, 40 Oxolamine, 1, 248 Oxolinic acid, 2, 370 Oxprenolol, 1, 117 Oxybutynin, 1, 93 Oxycodone, 1, 290 Oxyfedrine, 2, 40 Oxymestrone, 1, 173 Oxymetazoline, 1, 242 Oxymetholone, 1, 173 Oxymorphone, 1, 290 Oxypendyl, 1, 430 Oxypertine, 2, 343 Oxyphenbutazone, 1, 236 Oxyphencyclimine, 2, 75 Oxyphenisatin, 2, 350 Oxypurinol, 1, 426 Oxytetracycline, 1, 212 Ozolinone, 3, 140 
206 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Phenbenzamine, 2, 50 Phenbutalol, 2, 110 Phencarbamide, 2, 97 Phencyclidine, 1, 56 Phendimetrazine, 1, 260 Phenelizine, 1, 74 Pheneridine, 1, 301 Phenethicillin, 1, 410 Phenfonnin, 1, 75 Phenindandone, 1, 147 Pheniprazine, 1, 74 Pheniramine, 1, 77 Phenmetrazine, 1, 260 Phenobarbital, 1, 268 Phenomorphan, 1, 294 Phenoperidine, 1, 302 Phenoxybenzamine, 1, 55 Phenoxymethylpenicillin, 1, 410 Phensuximide, 1, 226 Phentennine, 1, 72 Phentolamine, 1, 242 Phenyl aminosalycilate, 2, 89 Phenylbutazone, 1, 236 Phenylephrine, 1, 63 Phenylglutarimide, 1, 257 Phenyltoloxamine, 1, 115 Phenyramidol, 1, 165 Pholcodeine, 1, 287 Phthaloyl sulfathiazole, 1, 132 Physostigmine, 1, III Picenadol, 4, 108 Picumetrol, 5, 16 Pimetine, 2, 286 Piminodine, 1, 301 Pimobendan, 5, 117 Pimozide, 2, 290 Pinacidil, 4, 102 Pinadoline, 4, 202 Pindolol, 2, 342 Pinoxepin, 2, 419 Pioglitazone, 5, 74 Pipamazine, 1, 385 Pipamperone, 2, 288 Pipazethate, 1, 390 Pipecurium bromide, 4, 70 Piperacetazine, 1, 386 Piperacillin, 3, 207 Piperidolate, 1, 91 Piperocaine, 1, 13 Piperoxan, 1, 352 Pipobroman, 2, 299 Piposulfan, 2, 299 Pipradol, 1, 47 Piprandamine, 2, 459 Piprozolin, 2, 270 Piquindone, 4, 205 Pirbencillin, 3, 207 Pirbuterol, 2, 280 Pirenperone, 3, 231 Piretanide, 3, 58 Pirexyl, 1, 115 Piridicillin, 1, 260 Piridocaine, 1, 13 Pirindol, 1, 45 Pirintramide, 1, 308 Piriprost, 4, 160 Piritrexim, 4, 169 Pinnagrel, 4, 161 Pinnenol, 3, 48 Piroctone, 3, 149 Pirogliride, 3, 57 Pirolate, 3, 245 Piromidic acid, 2, 470 Piroxantrone, 5, 43 Piroxicam, 2, 394 Piroximone, 4, 94 Pirprofen, 2, 69 Pirqinozol, 3, 243 Pivampicillin, 1, 414 Pivopril, 4, 7 Pizotyline, 2, 420 Plomestone, 5, 51 Poldine mesylate, 2, 74 Poly thiazide , 1, 360 Ponalrestat, 5, 132 Practolol, 2, 106 Pramoxine, 1, 18 Pranolium chloride, 2, 212 Pravadoline, 5, 108 Prazepam, 2, 405 praziquantel, 4, 213 prazocin, 2, 382 Prednicarbate, 4, 71 Prednimustine, 3, 93 Prednisolone, 1, 192 Prednisolone acetate, 1, 192 Prednisone, 1, 192 Prednival, 2, 179 Prednylene, 1, 197 Prenalterol, 3, 30 Prenylamine, 1, 76 Pridefine, 3, 49 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 207 Prifelone, 5, 67 Prilocaine, 1, 17 Primidone, 1, 276 Primodolol, 3, 29 Prinomide, 5, 64 Prinoxodan, 5, 130 Prizidilol, 3, 151 Probarbital, 1, 268 Probenecide, 1, 135 Probicromil, 4, 207 Probucol, 2, 126 Procainamide, 1, 14 Procaine, 1, 9 Procarbazine, 2, 27 Procaterol, 3, 184 Prochlorperazine, 1, 381 Procinonide, 3, 94 Procyclidine, 1, 47 Progabide, 4, 47 Progesterone, 2, 164 Proglumide, 2, 93 Proguanil, 1, 280 Prolintane, 1, 70 Promazine, 1, 377 Promethazine, 1, 373 Pronethalol, 1, 66 Prontosil, 1, 212 Propafenone, 5, 17 Propanidid, 2, 79 Propantheline bromide, 1, 394 Proparacai ne, 1, 11 Propenzolate, 2, 75 Properidine, 1, 299 Propicillin, 1, 410 Propiomazine, 1, 376 Propionylpromazine, 1, 380 Propizepine, 2, 472 Propoxorphan, 3, 113 Propoxycaine, 1, 10 Propoxyphene, 1, 50 Propranolol, 1, 117 Propylhexedrine, 1, 37 Propylphenazone, 1, 234 Propylthiouracil, 1, 265 Proquazone, 2, 386 Proquinolate, 2, 368 Prorenone, 2, I 75 Prostalene, 2, 5 Prothipendyl, 1, 430 Protriptyline, 1, 152 Proxazole, 2, 271 Proxicromil, 4, 205 Pyrantel, 1, 266 Pyrathiazine, 1, 373 Pyrazineamide, 1, 277 Pyrilamine, 1, 51 Pyrimethamine, 1, 262 Pyrindamine, 1, 145 Pyrinoline, 2, 34 Pyrovalerone, 2, 124 Pyroxamine, 2, 42 Pyrrobutamine, 1, 78 Pyrrocaine, 1, 16 Pyrroliphene, 2, 57 Pyrroxan, 3, 191 Quazepam, 3, 196 Quazinone, 4, 212 Quazodine, 2, 379 Quazolast, 4, 216 Quinacrine, 1, 396 Quinapril, 4, 146 Quinazocin, 2, 382 Quinbolone, 2, 154 Quinelorane, 5, 168 Quinethazone, 1, 354 Quinfamide, 3, 186 Quinine, 1, 337 Quinodinium bromide, 2, 139 Quinpirole, 4, 205 Quinterol, 2, 366 Racemoramide, 1, 82 Racemorphan, 1, 293 Ranitidine, 3, 131 Ranolazine, 5, 94 Recainam, 4, 37 Reclazepam, 4, 153 Remifentanil, 5, 84 Remoxipride, 4, 42 Repirinast, 5, 175 Reproterol, 3, 231 Rescinnamine, 1, 319 Ridogrel, 5, 80 Rimantidine, 2, 19 Rimcazole, 4, 201 Rimexolone, 5, 56 Rimiterol, 2, 278 Riodipine, 4, 107 Rioprostil, 4, 13 Ripazepam, 3, 234 
208 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Risocaine, 2, 91 Risotilide, 5, 24 Risperidone, 5, 150 Ristianol, 4, 102 Ritodrine, 2, 39 Ritolukast, 5, 120 Rocastine, 5, 153 Rodocaine, 2, 450 Rogletimide, 5, 81 Roletamide, 2, 103 Rolgamidine, 4, 80 Rolicyprine, 2, 50 Rolitetracycline, 1, 216 Rolodine, 2, 468 Romazarit, 5, 68 Ronidazole, 2, 245 Ropitoin, 3, 139 Rosoxacin, 3, 185 Rotoxamine, 2, 32 Roxatidine, 5, 26 Rozaxane, 5, 95 Sabeluzole, 5, 86 Salbutamol, 2, 280 Salicylamide, 1, 109 Salmeterol, 5, 16 Salsalate, 2, 90 Salvarsan, 1, 223 Sarafloxacin, 5, 125 Sarmoxicillin, 3, 205 Sarpicillin, 3, 204 Secalciferol, 5, 59 Secobarbital, 1, 269 Sematilide, 5, 24 Semustine, 2, 12 Seproxetine, 5, 25 Serazepine, 5, 177 Sennetacin, 3, 166 Sertraline, 4, 57 Setoperone, 4, 172 Sezolamide, 5, 147 Sibutramine, 5, 25 Solypertine, 2, 342 Somantidine, 4, 4 Sontoquine, 1, 344 Sotalol, 1, 66 Sotalol, 5, 23 Soterenol, 2, 40 Spirapril, 4, 83 Spirilene, 2, 292 Spiromustine, 4, 5 Spironolactone, 1, 206 Spiropiperone, 1, 306 Spiroplatin, 4, 16 Spirothiobarbital, 1, 276 Stanazole, 1, 174 Stenbolone acetate, 2, 155 Styramate, 1, 219 Succinyl sulfathiazole, 1, 132 Sudoxicam, 2, 394 Sufentanil, 3, 118 Sufotidine, 5, 77 Sulazepam, 2, 403 Sulbactam pivoxil, 4, 180 Sulconazole, 3, 133 Sulfabenzamide. 2, 112 Sulfacarbamide, 1, 123 Sulfacetamide, 1, 123 Sulfachloropyridazine, 1, 124 Sulfacytine, 2, 113 Sulfadiazine, 1, 124 Sulfadimethoxine, 1, 125 Sulfadimidine, 1, 125 Sulfaethidole, 1, 125 Sulfaguanidine, 1, 123 Sulfaisodimidine, 1, 125 Sulfalene, 1, 125 Sulfamerazine, 1, 124 Sulfameter, 1, 125 Sulfamethizole, 1, 125 Sulfamethoxypyridine, 1, 124 Sulfamoxole, 1, 124 Sulfanilamide, 1, 121 Sulfanitran, 2, 115 Sulfaphenazole, 1, 124 Sui faproxy line, 1, 123 Sulfapyridine, 1, 124 Sulfasalaszine, 2, 114 Sulfasomizole, 1, 124 Sulfathiazole, 1, 124 Sulfathiourea, 1, 123 Sulfazamet, 2, 113 Sulfinalol, 3, 25 Sulfinpyrazone, 1, 238 Sulfisoxazole, 1, 124 Sulfonterol, 2, 42 Sulfonnethoxine, 1, 125 Sulfoxone, 1, 140 Sulindac, 2, 210 Sulnidazole, 2, 245 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 209 Suloctidil, 3, 26 Sulofenur, 5, 35 Sulotraban, 5, 22 Sulpiride, 2, 94 Sulprostene, 3, 9 Sulthiame, 2, 306 Sulukast, 5, 28 Sumarotene, 5, 37 Sumatriptan, 5, 108 Suporofen, 2, 65 Suricainide, 4, 49 Syrosingopine, 1, 319 Testolactone, 1, 160 Testosterone cypionate, 1, 172 Testosterone, decanoate, 1, 172 Testosterone propionate, 1, 172 Tetracaine, 1, 110 Tetracycline, 1, 212 Tetrahydrocannabinol, 1, 394 Tetrahydrozoline, 1, 242 Tetramisole, 1, 431 Tetrantoin, 1, 246 Tetrazolast, 5, 181 Tetroxyprim, 3, 154 Tetrydamine, 2, 352 Thalidomide, 1, 257 Thenium closylate, 2, 99 Theobromine, 1, 423 Theophylline, 1, 423 Thiabarbital, 1, 275 Thiabendazole, 1, 325 Thiabutazide, 1, 358 Thiamphenicol, 2, 45 Thiamprine, 2, 464 Thiamylal, 1, 274 Thiazinum chloride, 3, 240 Thiofuradene, 1, 231 Thioguanine, 2, 464 Thiopental, 1, 274 Thiopropazate, 1, 383 Thioridazine, 1, 389 Thiothixene, 1, 400 Thonzylamine, 1, 52 Thozalinone, 2, 265 Thyromedan, 2, 79 Thyroxine, 1, 95 Tiaconazole, 3, 133 Tiacrilast, 5, 130 Tiacrilast, 4, 150 Tiacrilast, 5, 130 Tiamenidine, 3, 137 Tiapamil, 4, 34 Tiaramide, 4, 134 Tiazofurin, 4, 96 Tibolone, 2, 147 Tibric acid, 2, 87 Ticabesone propionate, 4, 75 Ticarcillin, 2, 437 Ticlopidine, 3, 228 Ticrynafen, 2, 104 Tifurac, 5, III Tigemonam, 5, 155 Taclamine, 2, 224 Tacrine, 5, 166 Talampicillin, 2, 438 Talniflumate, 3, 146 Talopram, 2, 357 Taludipine, 5, 83 Tameridone, 5, 144 Tametraline, 3, 68 Tamoxifen. 2, 127 Tampramine, 4, 203 Tandamine, 2, 347 Tandospirone, 5, 91 Tazadolene, 4, 6 Tazifylline, 4, 165 Tazobactam, 5, 156 Tazolol 2, 110 Tebufelone, 5, 30 Tebuquine, 4, 28 Teclozan, 2, 28 Tegafur, 3, 155 Temafloxacin, 5, 125 Tematropium, 5, 66 Temazepam, 2, 402 Temlastine, 4, 113 Temocillin, 4, 178 Tenidap, 5, 109 Tenoxicam, 4, 173 Tepoxalin, 5, 69 Terazocin, 3, 194 Terbinafine, 4, 55 Terconazole, 3, 137 Terlakiren, 5, 4 Terolidine, 2, 56 Teroxirone, 4, 122 Tertrabenazine, 1, 350 Tesicam, 2, 379 Tesimide, 2, 296 
210 CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 Tigesterol, 2, 145 Tiletamine, 2, 15 Tilomisole, 4, 217 Tilorone, 2, 219 Timefurone, 4, 208 Timobesone propionate, 4, 75 Timolol 2, 272 Tinabinol, 4, 210 Tiodazocin, 3, 194 Tioperidone, 3, 192 Tiopinac, 3, 238 Tiospirone, 5, 91 Tioxidazole, 3, 179 Tipentosin, 4, 129 Tiprednane, 4, 74 Tiprinast, 4, 173 Tipropidil, 3, 28 Tiquinamide, 2, 372 Tirilazad, 5, 61 Tixanox, 3, 236 Tixocortol, 4, 73 Tocainide, 3, 55 Tolamolol, 2, 110 Tolazamide, 1, 241 Tolbutamide, 1, 136 Tolciclate, 3, 69 Tolgabide, 4, 47 Tolimidone, 3, 156 Tolindate, 2, 208 Tolmetin, 2, 234 Tolnaftate, 2, 211 Tolpyrramide, 2, 116 Tolrestat, 4, 56 Toltazuril 5, 100 Tolycaine, 1, 17 Tomelukast, 5, 30 Tomoxetine, 4, 30 Tonazocine, 3, 115 Topterone, 3, 88 Toremifene, 5, 33 Torsemide, 5, 82 Tosifen, 3, 62 Tosufloxacin, 5, 126 Tralonide, 2, 198 Tramadol, 2, 17 Tramazoline, 1, 243 Tranexamic acid, 2, 9 Tranilast, 4, 44 Transcainide, 4, 112 Tranylcypromine, 1, 73 Trazodone, 2, 472 Treloxinate, 2, 432 Trepipam, 4, 146 Triacetamide, 2, 94 Triafungin, 3, 233 Triamcinolone, 1, 201 Triamcinolone acetonide, 1, 201 Triampyzine, 2, 298 Triamterine, 1, 427 Triazolam, 1, 368 Triazuryl, 2, 305 Trichlormethiazide, 1, 359 Triclonide, 2, 198 Trifenagrel, 4, 282 Triflocin, 2, 282 Triflubazam, 2, 406 Triflumidate, 2, 98 Trifluperidol, 1, 306 Triflupromazine, 1, 380 Trihexyphenidyl, 1, 47 Triiodothyronine, 1, 95 Trilostane, 2, 158 Trimazocin, 2, 382 Trimeprazine, 1, 378 Trimethadone, 1, 232 Trimethobenzamide, 1, 110 Trimethoprim, 1, 262 Trimethoquinol, 2, 374 Trimetozine, 2, 94 Trimetrexate, 4, 149 Trioxasalen, 1, 334 Trioxyfene, 3, 70 Tripamide, 4, 51 Tripelennamine, 1, 51 Triprolidine, 1, 78 Trofosfamide, 3, 161 Tropanserin, 4, 39 Tropocaine, 1, 7 Tubulozole, 4, 91 Tybamate, 2, 22 Vapiprost, 5, 5 Velnacrine, 5, 167 Venlafaxine, 5, 26 Verilopam, 3, 121 Verlukast, 5, 121 Verofylline, 2, 230 Vesnarinone, 5, 122 Viloxazine, 2, 306 Vinbarbital, 1, 269 Viprostol, 4, 13 V olazocine, 2, 327 
CUMULATIVE INDEX, VOLUMES 1-5 211 Warfarin, 1, 131 Zeniplatin, 5, 12 Zidomethacin, 3, 166 Zileutron, 5, 113 Zimeldine, 3, 49 Zindotrine, 4, 168 Zinoconazole, 4, 92 Zofenopril, 4, 83 Zolamine, 1, 52 Zolazepam, 4, 174 Zolpidem, 4, 162 Zolporestat, 5, 132 Zolterine, 2, 301 Zometapine, 3, 234 Zompirac, 3, 128 Zonisamide, 4, 130 Xenalipin, 5, 19 Xilobam, 3, 56 Xipamide, 2, 93 Xorphanol, 4, 61 Xylamidine, 2, 54 Xylazine, 2, 307 Xylometazoline, 1, 242 Zacopride, 4, 42 Zalcitabine, 5, 98 Zaltidine, 4, 95 Zatosetron, 5, III 
SUBJECT INDEX ACE, 3, 65, 73 receptor antagonist, 73 AIDS, 4, 98 opportunistic infection, 75, 146 AZT, 98, 145 Ablukast, 128 Abortifacient, 53 Acetozolamide, 147 Acetylcholine, 166 Actisomide, 150 Acyclovir, 146 Adapalene, 38 Adaprolol, 18 Adozelesin, 171 Adrenergic antagonists, 16 Adriamycin, 45 Albuterol, 15 Aldose reductase, 131 Alentomol, 39 Allene, 178 Alpha adrenergic agonist, 71 Alpha blocker, 132 Alpidem, 142 Alprenolol, 18 Alprenoxime, 18 Alzheimer's disease, 166 Amifostine, 1 Aminoglutethimide, 81, 141 Amorolfine, 99 Amphetamine, 26 Amrinone, 109 Anagrelide, 165 Analgesic, 108 central, 9 Analgetic, 83 short -acting, 84 Androgen antagonist, 48 Angiotensin, 3 Angiotensin converting enzyme, 3 Anthracyclines, 45 Anthraquinones, 42 Anti-anxiety, 90 Antiallergic, 144, 150 Antiandrogen, 10, 48-49 Antianginal, 2 Antiarrhythmic, 23-24, 70, 86-87 Antiasthmatic, 15 Antibacterial, 122 Antibiotic, 122 quinolone, 123 Anticholinergic, 66 Anticonvulsant, 19, 78, 86, 90, 135 Antidepressant, 25, 87, 92, 136, 168, 170, 177 Antidopamine, 164 Antiemetic, 20, 109, 111, 117, 164 Antifungal, 72, 114 Antihistamine, 144, 153 213 
214 SUBJECT INDEX Antihyperlipidemic, 64 Antihypertensive, 127, 143, 163, 167 Antiinflammatory, 56 Antileukemic, 42 Antimigraine, 108 Antimycotic, 99 Antiprotozoal, 73 Antipsoriatic, 31 Antipsychotic, 150, 164, 168 Antitumor, 35,42,44, 121 Antiulcer, 26, 76, 115 Antiviral, 98, 145 Anxiolytic, 90, 134, 136, 142, 173, 177 Apraclonidine, 71, 74 Arachidonic acid, 5, 7, 28,80,120,175 Arbuzov reaction, 105, 181 Aromatic coupling, 38, 151 Aromatic displacement, 36, 74, 82, 87, 123, 150, 173, 177 Aspirin, 64 Asthma, 28 Atipamezole, 71 Azumolene, 68 Bacteria: resistant, 156 Batanopride, 21 Batelapine, 169 Bayer- Villiger oxidation, 6, 134 Beclomethasone, 57 Belfosdil, 2 Bemarinone, 131 Bemoradan, 133 Bemsetron, 66 Bendacalol, 134 Benzodiazepines, 90 Benzodioxane, 134 Benzofuran, 128 Benzopyran, 128 Benzyne, 40 Beraprost, 176 Beta agonist, 16 Beta blocker, 15, 17,23, 128, 134 Beta lactamase, 156 Biantrazole, 43 Bidisomide, 87 Binafloxacin, 125 Binospirone, 134 Bioavailability, 167 Bioisostere : carbon, 160 Bioisosteric, 24 Birch reduction, 51 Bisphosphonate, 2 Bizelesin, 173 Blood-brain barrier, 66, 84 Breast cancer, 33, 50, 80 Brequinar, 121 Bretazenil, 177 Brimodine, 132 Bromonium ion, 51 Bronchodilator, 144 Bufuralol, 128 Buspirone, 90, 134 CC-I065, 170 CCK antagonist, 137 Calcipotriene, 60 Calcium channel blocker, 2, 82, 137 Calcium transport, 59 Camptothecin, 177 Camptothecin, 1 O-hydroxy, 179 Cancer chemotherapy, 12, 20, 45, 80, 95-96, 99, 102, 151, 163, 170, 177-178, 180 Cancer: breast, 50, 80 prostatic, 48 Captopril, 3, 65 Carbacephem, 161 Carbonic- anhydrase, 147 Carcinogens, 44 Cardiac glycoside, 109 Cardiostimulant, 15 Cardiotonic, 109, 117, 122, 130, 131, 133, 149, 165 Cardiotoxicity, 95 Carvedilol, 163 Carzelesin, 171 Cefaclor, 161 Cefotaxime, 158 Cefpirone, 158 Cefpodoxime protexil, 158 Cefprozil, 158 Ceftecol, 160 Ceftibuten, 160 Cell wall synthesis, 122 Cephalosporanic acid: 7-amino, 158 Ceronapril, 65 Chemistry : superfast, 27 Chiral transfer, 16 Chirophos, 174 
Cholecystokinin, 20, 137 Cholesterol synthesis, 87 Chromone, 128 Cicletanine, 143 Cimetidine, 26, 76 Cioteronel, 11 Cisplatin, 163 Claisen condensation, 123 Claisen rearrangement, 30 Clark-Eschweiler reaction, 26, 36, 108 Clavulanic acid, 156 Clentiazem, 139 Clinafloxacin, 125 Clonidine, 74 Coccidiostat, 99 Colestolone, 55 Conazole, 72, 75, 114 Conjugate addition, 56, 81, 84, 88 Contraceptive, oral, 51 Corticosteroids, 56 Crilavastine, 64 Crisnatol, 44 Cuprate reagent, 88 Cyclooxygenase, 30 Cyclophosphamide, 102 Cyclotron, 27 Cytarabine, 96 Cytomegalovirus, 146 Cytotoxic, 170 DACH, 11 DOC, 98 DDQ, 50, 56, 58 DEAD, 112 DMF acetal, 149 DNA, 123 DNA, minor grove, 171 Daltroban, 22 Dalvastatin, 87, 105 Danfloxacin, 125 Dapiprazole, 143 Dapoxetine, 35 Daunorubicin, 45 Dazepinil, 137 Decitabine, 100 Demjanow rearrangement, 11 Desogestrel, 52 Detomidine, 71 Devazepide, 137 Dexmetomidine, 71 Dexonnaplatin, II SUBJECT INDEX 215 Dexrazoxane, 95 Diabetes, 13 I Didanosine, 146 Diels- Alder condensation, 40 Digitoxin, 109 Dihydroperylene, 39 Dihydropyridine, 82 Diketiren, 4 Diltiazem, 137 Disobutamide, 87 Dizocilpine, 136 Docebenone, 8 Dolasetron, 109, 117 Dopamine, 27, 173 Dopamine agonist, 175 Dopamine antagonist, 39 Doretinel, 38 Dorzolamide, 147 Doxofylline, 144 Doxorubicin, 45, 95 Edatrexate, 152 Elastase, 22 Elastin, 22 Emphysema, 22 Enalapril, 3 Enalkiren, 4 Enantiomers, resolution, 45, 66, 71, 135 Enantioselecti ve sy nthesis, 16, 36, 105, 110,137,147,155,174,177 Encainide, 86 Enciprazine, 92 Enrofloxacin, 125 Epinephrine, 14 Esmolol, 18 Esterases, 157 Estrogen antagonist, 10, 33, 113 Etanidazole, 73 Etarotene, 37 Etoperidone, 92 Fadrozole, 141 Fentanyl, 83 Fiacitabine, 98 Finasteride, 10, 49 Finkelstein reaction, 137 Fischer indole synthesis, 108, 164 Fleroxacin, 125 Flosequinan, 127 Fluconazole, 75 
216 SUBJECT INDEX HIV, 4, 145 Halobetasol, 57 Hantsch synthesis, 82 Hauser rearrangement, 1 71 Hepatitis, 98 Herpes virus, 146 Histamine, 26 Histamine H2 antagonist, 26 Histamine antagonist, 76, 115 Hofmann degradation, 166 Homologation, 36 Hypercholesterolemia, 55, 87 Hypocholesterolemic, 19, 87, 105 Hypoglycemic, 74 Hypolipidemic, 19 Indolidan, 110, 117 Inhibitor: ACE, 3,65. 110. 135 aldose reductase, 13 I aromatase, 50, 80, 141 beta lactamase, 156 calcium channel, 2 carbonic anhydrase. 147 cholinesterase, 166 cyclooxygenase, 30 elastase, 22 feedback, 55 lipoxygenase, 31. 112 mediator release, 150, I 75. 181 mevalonate, 87. 105 platet aggregation, 92 protease, 4 renin, 3 serotonin, 35, 66, 94. 109. 117, 164 thromboxane, 80 topoisomerase, 123 transition state, 3 Ink: ball point, 42 Inosine, 145 Ipazilide, 70 I psapi rone, 91 Irtemazole, 117 Isatin, 121, 166 Isoproterenol, 15 Isosteric, 24 Fluorine: potentiating effect, 57 Fluorodopa, 27 Fluorodopa F18, 27 Fluorodopamine, 27 Fluoxetine, 25, 35, 87 Fluparoxan, 170 Fluvastatin, 105 Folate antagonist, 151 Fosinopril, 65 Fosquidone, 181 Fries rearrangement, 8 Ganciclovir, 146 Gassman indolone synthesis, 171 Gemcitabine, 96 Gevotroline, 164 Glaucoma, 18. 74, 132, 147 Glutethimide, 81 Glycosidation, 45, 97-99 Gout, 115 Granisetron, 118 Guanosine, 146 Gyrase, 123 Kappa receptors, 9 Ibafloxacin, 127 Ibuprofen, 64 Ibutilide, 23 Imidazopyridine, 141 Imidazoquinazoline, 164 Imiquimod, 173 Immunomodulator. 173 Immunoregulatory. 141 Immunostimulant, 145 Incoterone. 49 Lacidipine, 82 Lamivudine, 99 Lansoprazole, 115 Latent functionality, 58 Lavoltidine, 77 Leukotriene antagonist, 28, 120, 128, 130 Leukotrienes, 7, 28 Levamisole, 141 Lidocaine, 19, 94 Lifarazine, 92 Linarotene, 37 Lipid peroxidation, 60 Lipoxygenase, 7 Lixinazone, 166 Locarbef, 162 Lodelaben, 22 
Lomefloxacin, 125 Lorcinadol, 94 Lorglumide, 20 Losarten, 73 Losoxantrone. 43 Loteprednol, 56 Lovastatin, 19. 55, 105 Loveclazole. 78 Loxoribine. 145 Mafosfamide, 102 Medorinone. 149 Mesna, 102 Metabolic activation, 102 Metipronalol, 17 Metoclopramide, 20, 66, Ill, 163 Metrenperone, 150 Mevalonic acid, 87 Mifepristone. 53 Minaprine, 96 Mirtazepine, 177 Misonidazole, 73 Mitoxantrone, 42 Mitsonobu reaction, 113 Modecainide, 86 Monobactam, 155 Muscle relaxant, 68. 168 N-Dealkylation, metabolic, 87 NSAID, 64, 67, 68, 109, Ill, 164 (see Non-steroid antiinflammatory) Nafoxidine, 113 Nausea, 163 Naxogilide, 175 Nebivolol, 128 N elezaprine, 168 Neuroleptic, 143 Neurotransmitters, 14, 27 Niche: special, 17 Noberastine, 144 Non-steroid antiinflammatory, 30 Norepinephrine, 14, 23 Ocfentanil. 83 Octopamine, 23 Olanzapine, 169 Onapristone, 53 Ondansetron, 164 SUBJECT INDEX 217 Opioids, 9, 40, 83 Oral absorption, 157 Oral contraceptive, 51 Ormaplatin, 11 Overlay: three-point, 53 Oxamisole, 142 Oxazole, 68 Oxiconazole, 72 Oxygen free radicals, 60 Oxymorphone, 40 Oxypropanolamine, 163 PCP, 135 PET scan, 27 PGI2. 175 Panadiplon, 173 Pancopride. 21 Paroxetine, 87 Pelanserin, 94 Pelretin, 8 Pemedolac, 165 Pemirolast, 150 Penicillanic acid: 6-amino, 156 Penicillin, 155 Penicillin V, 161 Pentamorphone, 42 Pepstatin, 3 Peptidase, 4 Peptide drugs, 137 Peptide receptors, 137 Perfosfamide, 102 Perhydroindole, 110 Perindopril, III Phencyclidine (PCP), 135 Phenyethanolamines, 23 Photolysis, 54, 59 Phthalazine, 131 Picumetrol, 16 Pimobendan, 117 Pioglitazone, 74 Piridoxal, 143 Piroxantrone, 43 Piroxicam, 64 Pivampicillin, 157 Plomestane, 50 Polonovsky reaction, 115, 137, 141, 173 Ponalrestat, 132 Positron emission tomography, 27 Pravadoline. 108 . 
218 SUBJECT INDEX Prednisolone, 56 Pregnancy: tennination, 53 Pregnenolone, 56, 59 Prilefone, 67 Prinodoxan, 130 Prinomide, 64 Prodrug, 157 Progestin. 51 Progestin antagonist, 53 Propafenone, 17 Prostacyclin, 175 Prostaglandin, 28 Prostaglandins, 5. 176 Prostatic hypertrophy, 10, 49 Protease, 4 Prozac, 25 Pteridine, 151 Purine, 145 Pyrazine, 69 Pyrazinone, 110, 117 Pyridazinone, 130, 132 Romazerit, 68 Roxatidine, 26 RU-486, 53 Radiation therapy, 1 Radiosensitizer, 73 Raloxifene, 114 Ranitidine, 76 Ranolazine, 94 Razoxane, 95 Refonnatskii reaction, 96 Remifentanil, 84 Renin, 3 Renin-angotensin system, 3 Repirinast, 175 Resolution, 66, 71, 135 Retin-A, 37 Retinoic acid, 8, 36 Ridogrel, 80 Rigid analogue, 149 Rimexolone, 56 Risotilide, 24 Risperidone, 150 Ritolukast, 120 Robinson annulation, 49 Rocastine, 153 Rogletimide, 81 Sabeluzole, 86 Saccharin, 91 Sameterol, 16 Sarafloxacin, 125 Secalciferol, 59 Sematilide, 24 Seproxetine, 25, 87 Serazepine, 177 Serotonin, 20, 108, 164 Sezolamide, 147 Sharpless oxidation, 60 Sibutramine, 25 Sna rl : monofilament, 123 Sodium-potassium pump, 115 Sorbitol, 131 Sotalol, 23 Sparfloxacin, 126 Spiradoline, 9 Statine, 3 Steric hindrance, 52 Substrate: false, 55 Sufotidine, 77 Suicide inhibitor, 51 Sui fonamide, 108, 147 Sulfonylurea, 35, 74, 82 Sulofenur, 35 Sultroban, 22 Sulukast, 28, 120 Suronacrine, 167 Swem oxidation, 30, 106 Sympathetic nervous system, 14 Quinazolinone, 131 Quinerolane, 167 Tacrine, 166 Taludipine, 83 Tameridone, 144 Tamoxifen, 10, 53, 80, 113 Tandispirone, 91 T azobactam, 156 Tebufelone, 30, 67 Temafloxacin, 123 Tematropium, 66 T enidap, 109 Tepoxalin, 68 Terlakiren, 4 Testosterone, 48 
SUBJECT INDEX 219 Tetrazolast, 181 Tetrazole, 73, 150, 181 as surrogate acid, 28 Tetrazolone, 84 Thebaine, 41 Theophylline, 144 Thiazide diuretics, 82, 147 Thromboxane, 6, 28, 80 Thromboxane inhibitor, 80 Thromboxane receptor blocker, 22 Tiacrilast, 130 Tifurac, III Tigemonam, 155 Tiospirone, 91 Tirilazad, 61 Toltazuril, 99 T opi ramate, 90 Topoisomerase, 123 Topological analogues, 137 Topotecan, 179 Toremefine, 33 Tosufloxacin, 126 Traumatic shock, 60 Trazodone, 92 Tretinoin, 36 Triazolopiperidine, 143 Trioxyfene, 113 Tropine, 66 U ricosoric, 11 7 Vapiprost, 6, 80 Vasodilator, 175 Velnacrine, 167 Venflaxine, 26 Verlukast) 121 Vesnarinone, 122 Villsmeyer reaction, 87, 105 Weak link: metabolic, 18 Wilgerodt reaction, III Wittig reaction, 6, 8, 30, 37, 38, 52, 60, 82, 106, 131, 152, 158, 160 Wolf-Kischner reduction, 52 Xenalipin, 19 Zacopride, 21 Zalcitabine, 98 Zatosetron, III Zeniplatin, 12 Zidovudine, 98, 145 Zileutron, 113 Zolporestat, 132 
The OrganIc ChemIstry of Drug Synthesis, Volume 5 cov- ers the literature on the synthesis of medicinal agents from 1988-1993. This well-received series meets the needs of practitioners in the field who seek a quick overview of the synthetic routes that have been used to access specific class- es of therapeutic agents. While most books on medicinal chemistry are organized on the basis of therapeutic or biochemical classes, materials in this series are arranged and discussed in terms of chem- ical structure. Thus, the preparation and detailed organic chemistry of the classes are presented in a unified way. Only drugs which have been granted a u.s. Adopted Name are included in this series. Synthetic organic, pharmaceutical, medicinal, and hetero- cyclic chemists will find this series an invaluable resource for their research in the synthetic chemistry of drug development. DANIEL LEDNICER is a chemist with the National Cancer Institute He received his PhD in organic chemistry from Ohio State University. He is the author or coauthor of the previous four volumes in the Wiley series, The OrganIc Chemistry of Drug Synthesis He is also Series Editor of Chemistry and Pharmacology of Drugs, published by Wiley. Cover Design: Watts Design WI LEY-I NTE RSCI E NCE John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Professional, Reference and Trade Group 605 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10158-0012 New York · Chichester · Brisbane · Toronto. Singapore ISBN 0-471-58959-4 90000